AI Terminal

MODULE: AI_ANALYST
Interactive Q&A, Risk Assessment, Summarization
MODULE: DATA_EXTRACT
Excel Export, XBRL Parsing, Table Digitization
MODULE: PEER_COMP
Sector Benchmarking, Sentiment Analysis
SYSTEM ACCESS LOCKED
Authenticate / Register Log In

British Land Co PLC

Annual Report Mar 31, 2013

5364_10-k_2013-03-31_f57d55b9-18be-4453-a6b3-297b1b3af8bd.pdf

Annual Report

Open in Viewer

Opens in native device viewer

Annual Report and Accounts 2013

"It'sbeen abusy,active yearandourbusiness is strongergoingforward"

BRITISH LAND IS ONE OF EUROPE'S LARGEST REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS (REITs) AND OUR VISION IS TO BE THE BEST.

We provide investors with access to a diverse range of quality property assets which we actively manage, finance and develop. We focus mainly on prime UK retail and London office properties as we believe these are the sectors that will outperform and provide shareholders with the best returns. We also have a reputation for delivering industry-leading customer service.

Our properties and our approach attracts high-quality occupiers committed to long leases, so we can provide shareholders with security of income as well as capital growth.

We believe achieving leading levels of efficiency and sustainability in our buildings helps drive our performance. This is also of increasing importance to occupiers and central to our aim to create environments in which businesses and local communities can thrive.

Integrated reporting

Corporate responsibility information is integrated throughout our Annual Report and Accounts and is highlighted with the logos below. This reflects how managing our environmental, economic and social impacts is central to how we do business. It also provides readers with insights into the critical linkages in our thinking and activity, and greater clarity on the relationship between our financial and non‑financial key performance indicators.

Why go online?

Our corporate website contains detailed information about the Company and is frequently updated as additional details become available. You can sign up for email alerts of our latest news and our current share price is displayed on the home page.

Our iPad app British Land Investor Relations

For more information

You'll find links throughout this Report, to guide you to further reading or relevant information.

P00–00

Contents

Directors' report and business review Financial statements

overview
What we do 2
Delivering our strategy this year 4
Delivering superior performance 5
Chairman's statement 6
Chief Executive's statement 8
2–11 48–73
Ourperf
ormance
Financial
111–176
stat
ements and
otherinformati
on
Portfolio review
48
Consolidated income statement
112
Performance review: Retail
53
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 113
Performance review: Offices
57
Consolidated balance sheet
114
Our corporate responsibility review
60
Consolidated statement of cash flows
115
Financial review
62
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
116
Financial policies and principles
69
Notes to the accounts
117
Understanding
our strat
egy
12–47 Governance 74–110
Our markets 12
Business model 14
Our strategy 16
Short-term actions 18
Measuring our performance (KPIs) 28
About our business 30
Managing risk in delivering our strategy 42
Principal risks and uncertainties 44
Chairman's governance review 74
Our governance structure 75
Board of Directors 76
Management Committees 78
Corporate governance compliance 80
Other matters 85
Report of the Audit Committee 86
Report of the Nomination Committee 90
Remuneration Report 92
Additional disclosures 109
Directors' responsibility statement 110

Governance

Financial
stat
ements and
otherinformati
on
Consolidated income statement 112
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 113
Consolidated balance sheet 114
Consolidated statement of cash flows 115
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 116
Notes to the accounts 117
Report of the auditor 150
Supplementary disclosures 151
Company balance sheet 156
Report of the auditor 162
Supplementary information 163
Ten year record 170
Other information
Financial calendar 171
Analysis of shareholders 171
Shareholder information 172
Glossary of terms 173

Index 176

Overview

Forward-looking statements

This Report contains certain 'forward-looking' statements. Such statements reflect current views on, among other things, our markets, activities and prospects. Such 'forward-looking' statements can sometimes, but not always, be identified by their reference to a date or point in the future or the use of 'forward looking' terminology, including terms such as 'believes', 'estimates', 'anticipates', 'expects', 'forecasts', 'intends', 'plans', 'projects', 'goal', 'target', 'aim', 'may', 'will', 'would', 'could', 'should' or similar expressions or in each case their negative or variations or comparable terminology.

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties because they relate to future events and circumstances which may or may not occur and may be beyond our ability to control or predict. Therefore they should be regarded with caution. Important factors that could cause actual results, performance or achievements of British Land to differ materially from any outcomes or results expressed

or implied by such forward-looking statements include, among other things, general business and economic conditions globally, industry trends, competition, changes in government and other regulation, including in relation to the environment, health and safety and taxation (in particular, in respect of British Land's status as a Real Estate Investment Trust), labour relations and work stoppages, changes in political and economic stability, changes in occupier demand and tenant default and the availability and cost of finance. These and other risks are described in greater detail in the section of this Report headed 'Principal risks and uncertainties'. Such forward-looking statements should therefore be construed in light of such factors. Information contained in this Report relating to British Land or its share price, or the yield on its shares are not guarantees of, and should not be relied upon as an indicator of, future performance.

Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of British Land speak only as of the date they are made and no representation, assurance, guarantee or warranty is given in relation to them (whether by British Land or any of its associates, directors, officers, employees or advisers), including as to their completeness, accuracy or the basis on which they were prepared. Other than in accordance with our legal and regulatory obligations (including under the UK Financial Conduct Authority's Listing Rules and Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules), British Land does not intend or undertake to update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect any changes in British Land's expectations with regard thereto or any changes in information, events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.

Whatwedo

We are one of europe's largest reits and our vision is to be the best and the partner of choice. For us, being the best means delivering superior total returns to our shareholders.

Ourportfolio

British Land manages a portfolio of commercial property worth £16.4 billion, of which our share is £10.5 billion. Our portfolio is focused primarily on high-quality UK retail locations and London offices. We like those sectors because they are large and liquid markets with the best growth potential for rents and capital values. We also have property in sectors which complement our core business, principally leisure and residential.

We invest in and develop high-quality buildings in prime locations and then manage them to a high standard with a focus on occupier needs at every stage. It's an approach that's proved successful; each year our properties attract over 300 million visits and are home to over 1,000 different organisations and retail brands. The quality and attractiveness of our portfolio is reflected in the high level of occupancy – 96.8% – and the fact that occupiers sign long leases with us. This means we generate secure long-term rental income. Only a small proportion 9.6% of rent is subject to break or expiry in the next three years – significantly lower than the sector average.

£16.4bn

Commercial property value

British Land share

96.8%

Percentage of portfolio let

300m

Number of visits each year

Ourapproachand values

We take a responsible and collaborative approach to business so our brand is both trusted and valued by stakeholders. Managing our environmental, social and economic impacts is also central to how we do business, adding value to our assets and delivering value to our shareholders.

Our people are one of our major assets and how they do business is embodied by our values which differentiate us and help deliver a brand people and organisations want to engage with. We aim to attract and retain experts in their fields and to leverage their significant experience, specialist expertise, skill and judgement across our business. They understand and anticipate the changing needs of stakeholders and their approach helps make British Land a partner of choice for a wide range of stakeholders.

Ourportfolio

did you know?

  • We partner with a range of well-known businesses and manage assets on their behalf. A number of our properties are held in joint ventures with other investors including Norges, Tesco, Sainsbury's, Blackstone and USS.
  • Recent research showed our development activity will contribute £1.2 billion to the UK economy and create 32,300 jobs between 2011 and 2015. While much of our construction activity takes place in London, it creates jobs in communities across the UK.
  • Recent awards won include: 'Property Company of the year – Offices'; 'Property Week Sustainability Achievement Award'; 'Carbon Disclosure Project Leadership Index'; and 'Best FTSE 100 website'. You can see more at www.britishland.com/ about-us/awards.

integrity We do what is right not what is easy.

one team

Working collaboratively with both internal and external stakeholders.

excellence

We are the best we can be and have a growth mindset.

COMMERCIAL ACUMEN We take the lead in our field.

See Our strategy P16–17

understanding our strategy

Our

What is a REIT?

REITs are property companies that allow people and organisations to invest in commercial property and receive benefits as if they directly owned the properties themselves. The rental income, after costs, is passed directly to shareholders in the form of dividends. In the UK REITs are required to distribute at least 90% of their tax exempt

property income to shareholders as dividends. As a result, over time, a significant proportion of the total return for shareholders is likely to come from dividends. The effect is that taxation is moved from the corporate level to the investor level as investors are liable for tax as if they owned the property directly. British Land became a REIT in January 2007.

For more information about REITs www.britishland.com/about-us/ our-business/reits-and-british-land

UK Retail Offices

We are the UK's largest listed retail landlord with 189 individual properties. Our portfolio is focused on properties in high-quality, well-located retail locations and includes retail parks, superstores, shopping centres, department stores and high street units.

Most of our assets are locally dominant, and provide retailers with modern, affordable and flexible units. We aim to create can thrive and where people want to shop and increasingly spend their leisure time.

Our assets are either:

  • Experiential: locations that are attractive to families and where consumers can spend significantly longer time. Typically there is a strong line-up of fashion brands and a large leisure component such as a cinema and restaurants.
  • Convenient: places where consumers shop regularly such as retail parks with free parking and flagship stores with depth of range and a good food offer.
  • Functional: such as superstores and DIY centres that customers visit regularly for items they cannot do without.

Our Offices business is focused on London reflecting its long-standing position as a leading global city and one of the largest centres for financial and business services in the world. We own and develop modern, high-quality and well-located office accommodation which meets the needs of a broad range of organisations. We aim to provide industry leading customer service and management of our buildings.

Our Offices are concentrated in the City of London and in the West End – the largest of which are our two office estates, Broadgate and

52% WEST END

Offices: OUR top 10 occupierS

UBS AG 3.7 HM Government 2.4 Herbert Smith 1.4 Royal Bank of Scotland plc 1.2 Aegis Group 0.9 JP Morgan 0.9 Reed Smith 0.9 C&W Plc 0.8 Gazprom 0.8 Deutsche Bank AG 0.8

£3.6 billion

In 2010, we committed early to a £1.2 billion development programme which will deliver 2.3 million sq ft of high-quality space by 2014. Increasingly, our offices are mixed-use including retail and residential elements.

We also deliver standalone residential projects, a profitable business in its own right and manage a large UK residential portfolio on behalf of a thirdparty Trust.

48% CITY

Offices: OUR KEY PROPERTIES

Broadgate 87 Regent's Place 49 York House 5 The Leadenhall Building n/a 10 Portman Square n/a

British Land share £m rent

% British Land rent

See Short-term actions

P18–27

See Performance review: Offices

P57–59

Deliveringour strategythisyear

It's been an active and successful year. The business is in good shape as these results reflect. Our equity placing gives us more investment capacity to take advantage of the increasing opportunities we see coming to the market.

Chris Grigg Chief Executive

See Our strategy P16–17

For more information www.britishland.com/investors/ results-and-presentations/results/2013

epra performance measures

2013 2012 2011
As at 31 March £m £m £m
EPRA earnings 268 262 259
EPRA NAV 5,967 5,381 5,101
EPRA NNN
AV
5,522 5,148 5,117
2013 2012 2011
As at 31 March % % %
EPRA net initial yield 5.5 5.2 5.2
EPRA 'Topped-up'
net initial yield 5.7 5.8 5.8
EPRA vacancy rate 3.4 2.4 2.7

IFRS performance measures

As at 31 March 2013
£m
2012
£m
2011
£m
IFRS profit before tax 260 479 830
IFRS net assets 5,687 5,104 4,930

deliveringsuperior performance

See Supplementary disclosures P151–155 See Supplementary information P163–170

underlying profitbefore tax

Underlying pre-tax profits grew by 1.9% to £274 million with the impact of recycling offset by lower financing ratios.

underlying eps

Underlying EPS increased 2.0% from 29.7 pence to 30.3 pence.

dividend per share

The quarterly dividend of 6.6 pence brings the total dividend for the year to 26.4 pence a 1.1% increase year-on-year.

£274m

2013 £274m
2012 £269m
2011 £256m

portfolio valuation

The value of our portfolio rose by 0.5% to £10.5 billion. Offices were the main contributor to growth, increasing in value by 5.0%.

30.3p

2013 30.3 pence
2012 29.7 pence
2011 28.5 pence

epra net asset value per share

EPRA net asset value per share was up 0.2% to 596 pence, with performance in the year offsetting the dilutive impact of the placing.

£10.5bn

2013 £10.5bn
2012 £10.3bn
2011 £9.6bn

loan to value ratio

At the end of the year, our loan to value ratio was 40.2% (proportionally consolidated), lower than last year following receipt of the placing proceeds. Our preferred range is 40%–50%.

40.2%

2013 40.2%
2012 45.3%
2011 44.7%

596p

2013 596 pence
2012 595 pence
2011 567 pence

Carbon emissions

We have reduced our Scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions (where we have most influence) across our like-for-like portfolio by 19.4% since 2011, saving 8,381 tonnes of carbon.

23,805
tonnes
2013 23,805 tonnes
2012 26,865 tonnes
2011 29,526 tonnes

26.4p

2013 26.4 pence
2012 26.1 pence
2011 26.0 pence

total property return

Our total property returns were 6.3%, outperforming the IPD benchmark by 310 bps. Estimated rental values increased 1.0% compared to 0.0% for the market, as measured by IPD.

6.3%
2013 6.3%
2012 8.3%
2011 13.1%

Water use

We have reduced water use across our like-for-like managed portfolio by 12.3% since 2011, saving 42,104m³ of water.

288,964
m3
2013 288,964m3
2012 328,283m3
2011 329,676m3

understanding our

strategy

Our

performance

chairman'sstatement

our business is in good shape and we are in a very strong position to take advantage of opportunities over the coming year.

I'm delighted to have taken on the role of Chairman of British Land. Succeeding Chris Gibson-Smith is a hard act to follow and I would like to thank him for guiding British Land to such an excellent position, with a first rate team, portfolio and strategy. I'd also like to thank Lord Turnbull who, following my appointment, agreed to become our Senior Independent Director.

Having been a Non-Executive Director of the Company since 2008 I knew it to be in good shape, but as Chairman I have been able to spend more time with the management team and visit more of our assets to look at our activities in further detail. I am reminded not only of what an outstanding portfolio we have but how impressive our management is; all experts in their own roles with an unrivalled ability to add value.

We have had a very active and successful year. Our results reflect the quality of our assets and the skill of management in taking the right actions to drive performance in what continues to be a difficult market. Our business is stronger going forward.

Despite a continued tough market we have reported good results which show the hard work we have put into improving our portfolio and maintaining and enhancing its attraction to occupiers.

Underlying pre-tax profit of £274 million was up 1.9% and earnings were up 2% despite significant recycling and investment in development. The value of our portfolio now stands at £10.5 billion and NAV is up to 596 pence per share giving a total accounting return of 4.6%. We've significantly outperformed the market benchmark.

The Board is recommending a fourth quarter dividend of 6.6 pence per share, bringing the total dividend for the year to 26.4 pence per share. For 2013/14 pending further investment of the placing proceeds, the dividend will not be less than 6.6 pence per quarter.

In my first few months as Chairman we have undertaken a number of activities which are a good representation of British Land putting its strategy into action.

While impossible to mention everything achieved, in addition to significant on-going leasing activity, which is a testament to our core asset management skills, we have shown our ability to acquire highly attractive assets at sensible prices, dispose of mature assets for good returns and fund continued investment in our development programme.

We've also improved the diversity of our funding and successfully completed a £400 million convertible bond last September and most recently raised total gross proceeds of £493 million for the Company via our share placing in March this year. As a result we are well placed to take advantage of the increasing number of attractive investment opportunities we are now seeing.

Acquisitions provide opportunities for growth and development such as Ealing Broadway Shopping Centre in early February and the purchase of our joint venture partner's 50% stake at Surrey Quays Shopping Centre in March. The sale of Ropemaker Place which raised £461 million in March was a good example of recycling capital and demonstrated our track record of developing exceptional sustainable buildings, profitably let to quality occupiers, which are also attractive to investors. This sale was the third largest deal in the City over the past four years and a great example of recycling capital to invest in more accretive opportunities such as our development programme.

Few companies could, or would, have successfully taken on a £1.2 billion office development programme but this year we are reaping the benefit of delivering five buildings to the London market at a time of constrained supply. Our programme continues to be very profitable with total expected profit now over £420 million with £126 million to come.

All these activities directly satisfy our strategic aims to grow income over time, grow capital value and exploit market opportunities and take advantage of our access to finance and scale of operations.

We have also been seeking to improve understanding for some time of how the property sector contributes to the UK economy. Recent research revealed that our development activity will contribute £1.2 billion to the UK economy and create 32,300 jobs between 2011 and 2015. Interestingly, while much of our construction activity takes place in London, it has an effect that is felt in communities across the UK. In addition, the commercial space we create goes on to deliver benefits to businesses and local communities for years to come.

Managing our environmental, social and economic impacts is central to how we do business, adding value to our assets and delivering value to our shareholders. From 2013, all members of our Executive Committee will have a corporate responsibility target linked to their variable remuneration. For more detail on how we manage our environment, social and economic impacts, see pages 38 and 39.

Finally, I would like to thank all our stakeholders for having made this year a successful one. Our business is in good shape and we are in a very strong position to take advantage of opportunities over the coming year. I look forward to working with the team to ensure British Land's continued strong performance.

John Gildersleeve Non‑Executive Chairman

We have shown our ability to acquire highly attractive assets at sensible prices, dispose of mature assets for good returns and fund continued investment in our development programme. We've also improved the diversity of our funding and successfully completed a convertible bond and share placing.

John Gildersleeve Non‑Executive Chairman

Underlying profit before tax

Underlying EPS

EPRA net asset value per share

See Full year results 2013 video www.britishland.com/investors/ results-and-presentations/results/2013

Chiefexecutive'sstatement

We have had an active and successful year, operationally and in terms of our investment and financing activities.

We have had an active and successful year, operationally and in terms of our investment and financing activities. The combination of our share placing and the sale of one of our major City offices, Ropemaker Place, increases our ability both to take advantage of a pipeline of attractive investment opportunities while completing our current development programme. We have already made good progress investing our placing capacity, investing £266 million in London focused properties including Ealing Broadway Shopping Centre. We were also delighted to sign a new long-term joint venture with Norges Bank Investment Management ('Norges'), one the world's largest sovereign wealth managers, at Meadowhall, which provides a strong platform for the management and growth of our largest retail asset.

Underlying profits and earnings per share for the year were ahead by 1.9% and 2.0% respectively despite the significant level of recycling during the year. Our net asset value is up to 596 pence per share, slightly ahead of last year with performance in the year offsetting the dilutive impact of the placing. In line with previous announcements, the Board is proposing a final dividend of 6.6 pence, bringing the dividend for the full year to 26.4 pence, an increase of 1.1% contributing to a total accounting return of 4.6%. For the coming year, the dividend will be not less than 6.6 pence per quarter pending further investment of the placing proceeds.

While the UK property market overall remained tough, there was real divergence in performance which played to our strengths and favoured our portfolio. Higher-quality properties continued to be resilient and London remained relatively strong across all sectors – offices, retail and residential – with strong levels of interest from international investors. Despite a tough occupational market in retail, there was an improvement in investment sentiment for more prime shopping centres and retail parks in the second half.

At the property level, we generated total returns of 6.3%, significantly outperforming the IPD benchmark on total and capital returns – by 310 bps and 360 bps respectively. Once again it was our actions and portfolio mix which drove our performance. Our committed development programme was a strong contributor generating a profit of £147 million in the year which, combined with asset management, more than offset the impact of slight yield expansion in UK Retail and further falls in the valuation of the PREF assets in Europe.

Across our portfolio, we signed 2 million sq ft of lettings and lease extensions with investment lettings signed on average 7.6% ahead of ERV with good levels of activity in both Retail and Offices despite slower occupational markets. Occupancy in the UK was 97.1% at the end of the year, 70 bps lower on a like-for-like basis including adjusting for the sale of Ropemaker and the completion of 199 Bishopsgate which is now included in the investment portfolio.

In UK Retail, the twin challenges of constrained consumer spending and the growth in online sales meant that conditions remained difficult. That said, although there was an increase in the number of administrations in the second half, the stronger retailers continue to trade relatively well and are still expanding. In this environment, it is even more important to have the right assets, the right approach and an ability to adapt in a fast changing environment. We were pleased recently to announce a long-term partnership agreement with BT to extend free wi-fi across our UK shopping centres and to work with them to find an outdoor solution for shopping parks. This will allow us to expand our digital platform and exploit technological innovations.

Our retail portfolio outperformed both the All Retail and the All Property benchmark total returns by 170 bps and 80 bps respectively. Our portfolio rental value was up and lettings overall continued to be agreed ahead of ERV in a market where rental values continued to fall. Our consistent trend of outperformance – our total returns have outperformed by 200 bps per annum over the past four years – reflects how we have structured our portfolio to ensure it remains relevant and attractive to today's retailers in a rapidly changing market. We have achieved this by investing in our existing estate through development and by asset recycling.

Offices had another good year reflecting our focus on London, our early call to invest in development and our shift towards the better performing West End market. In a market where occupier demand has been highly selective, we have successfully tapped into the pockets of demand in both the City and the West End. We signed 778,000 sq ft of investment lettings and lease extensions and have a further 34,000 sq ft of deals under offer. Our developments are progressing well. Since 1 April 2012, we have completed two projects and agreed or put under offer 200,000 sq ft of pre-lets. This includes a minimum of 95,000 sq ft to Amlin at The Leadenhall Building which will bring the percentage of the offices programme pre-let/ under offer to 61%, up from 51% a year ago.

Our gross investment activity during the year as measured by our share of acquisitions, sales and investment in development was £1.6 billion – so we have been highly active. Our continued process of recycling capital into higher growth opportunities means our UK portfolio is now 55% in London and the South East. We now have more of our office portfolio in the West End than the City which compares to a 35:65 split three years ago. We sold £795 million of properties at an average net initial yield of 5.3% and made £544 million of acquisitions in our core sectors at a net initial yield of 6.3% on income generating assets. We invested £324 million of capital into our highly attractive committed development programme on an anticipated yield on cost of 8.8%.

Our access to low cost financing is an important competitive advantage, reducing our cost of capital and allowing us to exploit attractive investment opportunities both in developments and standing investments. Since the beginning of the year, we have raised £1.7 billion (British Land share £1.5 billion) of new finance which includes our £493 million equity placing, a £400 million convertible bond with a coupon of 1.5% and a new £290 million revolving credit facility which was agreed last week.

We will continue to create growth ourselves, through asset management, development and acquisitions and by ensuring we are in the right parts of the market.

Chris grigg Chief Executive

£1.6bn

Gross investment activity

Acquisitions at a net initial yield of 6.3%

Disposals at a net initial yield of 5.3%

Chiefexecutive'sstatement continued

looking forward

Our results show we are executing successfully against a clear strategy – delivering good results in today's tough markets at the same time as increasing the growth potential of the business through our investment activity.

Although we continue to be cautious about the overall economic environment, we believe our core business will be resilient as we benefit from our focus on the better performing markets in London and the South East and on high-quality retail around the UK.

In addition, on-going recycling, notably our recent sale of Ropemaker Place, along with our successful equity placing increases our capacity to take advantage of a pipeline of attractive investment opportunities while completing our current development programme and staying comfortably within our stated gearing range.

We have already made good progress investing our placing capacity and we are pleased with progress on current opportunities under review.

We are focusing our investment activity on the areas we believe will perform best – mainly London and the South East – and on the activities which create best value and which play to our strengths.

So, within London we will look to continue the move of our Offices business to London's West End but will also look at up and coming areas.

There's a lot of infrastructure activity happening across London; we are very focused on the importance of transport links and Crossrail is a potential game-changer.

We have got real competitive advantage in mixed-use schemes and big estates but also in revitalising areas where development and place-making can make a real difference. Residential is a critical component of mixeduse schemes and we will continue to build on our skills in this area.

Development has served us well. We continue to see opportunities to generate double-digit returns and with the current programme nearing completion we are replenishing our pipeline with the aim of maintaining our exposure at around current levels, but not exceeding 15% of our gross assets. The Clarges Estate is part of that process. We have also recently been selected by The Corporation of London as their preferred development partner for the Shoreditch Estate, a two-acre site on the fringes of the City close to Broadgate.

In Retail, we firmly believe the physical shopping environment will remain at the heart of an integrated offer although digital services are clearly becoming an essential part of the shopping experience. So, it will be even more important in today's rapidly changing markets we have the right approach as well as the right assets. We will continue to focus on locally dominant assets and will invest more in our

best assets to ensure they are configured properly – physically, digitally or in terms of leisure provision. We will also increase the rate of recycling, selling assets which do not meet our criteria and reinvesting in assets which do.

Our purchase this year of Ealing Shopping Centre, Eden Walk and buying out our joint venture partner at Surrey Quays are in line with this strategy and also increase our exposure to London and the South East.

We will look for similar affluent and up and coming areas with significant catchments, good infrastructure and asset management and development potential.

So we are well placed. We have a strong and growing London offices business, a retail portfolio focused on the places retailers want to be and the capacity to grow our business further. We remain confident in our ability to generate superior growth and returns going forward.

Chris Grigg Chief Executive

We are focusing investment activity on the areas we believe will perform best – mainly London and the South East – and the activities that create best value, such as development.

Chris grigg Chief Executive

GROWI NG BRIT ISH LAND

Q: What do you want British Land to look like in three years' time?

A: We've done a lot of hard work to strengthen the business in recent years. Our portfolio is now better positioned, our finances stronger and the placing gives us significant capacity to continue to grow. In three years' time, we would like to see British Land as part of a larger and more vibrant REIT sector which has proved its worth as the property investment of choice, not only for professional but also private investors.

Q: What are the biggest opportunities you see over the next year?

A: Without a doubt, it is to use the capacity provided by the placing to capitalise on the increased flow of attractive investment opportunities we are seeing. Many of these are in our core areas, particularly in London and the South East where we want to expand. These are deals where we can exploit our scale and cost of capital, our ability to move quickly and our operational expertise.

Q: What are the biggest challenges?

A: One of our biggest challenges is to keep at the forefront of the changes taking place in retail so that our portfolio remains as relevant to our occupiers and their customers as it is today. That means making sure our schemes reflect the way people shop: introducing more food and leisure as well as embracing digital technology are all part of making that happen.

We've been working hard to reposition the business for growth.

Chris grigg Chief Executive

See Full year results 2013 video www.britishland.com/investors/ results-and-presentations/results/2013

our markets

The UK has a large and liquid commercial property market which continues to attract a broad range of domestic and international investors.

UK property market

The UK property market remains one of enormous contrast. It is a market where occupiers and investors have been increasingly discriminating between the types of property they want to be in or want to buy. And despite the travails of the UK economy as a whole, London continues to grow as one of a few international business and investment destinations of choice. For the UK property market, polarisation has again been the main theme with the differential in performance between the best and poorer quality assets being even more marked. Sector and asset allocation has been an even more important determinant of performance.

UK Total Property returns

2012/13
% Growth
Offices Retail Total
market
Prime 8.8 4.3 5.6
Secondary (6.6) (3.4) (3.3)

Source: Investment Property Databank.

Retail

IN A FAST CHANGING MARKET, HIGHER-QUALITY, WELL-LOCATED RETAIL SCHEMES CONTINUE TO SIGNIFICANTLY OUTPERFORM.

The retail market is changing rapidly with the economic pressures overlaid by what are far reaching changes to how and where people are choosing to shop. At the heart of this is the explosion in the use of digital technology where the UK consumer is one of the most tech-savvy in the world. We now lead the world in online buying with over 13% of all retail sales in the UK now estimated to be purchased online.

For retailers unable to adapt their business models or for those who are over-burdened with debt, business has remained challenging. In the months either side of Christmas the number of retailer failures increased with some well-known names going into administration. Even strong retailers who are prospering, continued to close stores in structurally weaker locations, migrating to better quality schemes and reducing their overall store footprint.

While there is clearly too much retail floor space in the UK, there is also not enough of the right quality space either in existence or being built. Retail development remains well below its 2008 peak with only six new shopping centre schemes reported to be due for completion in 2013 or 2014 – of which two were British Land schemes.

So, for the retail property market, the differences in performance we predicted have become increasingly marked. Higher-quality schemes are performing significantly better than poorer-quality space, both in terms of demand from occupiers and from investors.

There was a significant step up in retail investment activity in the second half, focused on the better quality schemes which underpinned the valuations of prime properties where yields were stable. Given the make-up of our portfolio, we have continued to benefit.

Looking forward

Although we expect the line between shopping in store or online to become even more blurred, we also believe consumers will continue to want the immediacy, convenience and experience of buying, collecting or returning products in-store. Add to that the increasing trend of 'going shopping' as a leisure activity, our view is that the physical shop will retain its central position in the retail landscape. But retail landlords will need to offer much more to their occupiers – more flexible spaces along with an attractive leisure and food offering to attract shoppers and encourage them to stay longer. At British Land, we believe it's not just a question of providing free wi-fi, it's about having a fully integrated approach. And this is where we are focusing our effort to retain our position as the partner of choice for retailers.

retail capital value growth

Secondary 3.9 (6.3) (10.0)
Prime 5.9 1.4 (0.8)
% Growth 2011 2012 2013

Source: Investment Property Databank.

retailrental value growth

Secondary (3.6) (3.6) (3.9)
Prime 1.7 1.6 1.0
% Growth 2011 2012 2013

Source: Investment Property Databank.

ONLINE SALES as a % ofretail sales

UK 13.2%
Germany 10.0%
France 8.7%
Sweden 8.0%
Spain 4.1%
Italy 1.6%

Source: Centre ofRetailResearch.

The UK market grew modestly in the year reflecting a more challenging economic environment. Rental values for the market as a whole flat 0.5% ahead. London offices once again was the stand-out performer although rental and capital value growth was more muted than the previous year.

London

LONDON ENJOYS A SPECIAL POSITION AS ONE OF A SMALL NUMBER OF GLOBAL CITIES AND ITS PROPERTY MARKET ATTRACTS A BROAD RANGE OF DOMESTIC AND INTERNATIONAL OCCUPIERS AND INVESTORS.

London is regularly voted as one of the most attractive places to invest, do business, live or visit and is one of the most important financial and business services centres globally. With a transparent legal system, skilled workforce and positioned mid-way between the United States to the west and the growing economies of the Middle East and Asia to the east, it attracts a broad range of businesses and investors, both domestic and international. In contrast to the UK as a whole, the London economy has grown steadily over the last two years.

London also has the strongest performing property market in the UK with values ahead by 8.8% over the last two years compared to the market overall which is down by 2.0%. All major asset classes in London – offices, retail and residential – have contributed. Through our major development programme, we have positioned our business to benefit from this growth, taking advantage both of the shortage of high-quality space mainly in offices but also in residential, and higher growth in the West End.

In the year to 31 March 2013, London continued to outperform the broader property market, up 4.4% in offices and 7.9% in residential. This outperformance reflected strong investor demand along with relatively limited supply of good quality space both to buy and to rent.

Offices

In Offices, investment transactions at £13.8 billion during the year were the highest since 2007 and nearly 30% higher than the long-term average. International investors remained the mainstay of the market, accounting for nearly 70% of all transactions.

While occupier demand was some way below the long-term trend, with business confidence generally at a low ebb and the financial sector continuing to retrench, the shortage of quality space across the market kept rental growth overall positive. We successfully tapped into pockets of strong demand from the insurance and technology, media and telecoms (TMT)

sectors. Toward the end of our year, there were early signs of an improvement in occupier demand, particularly in the West End where occupiers have less choice but also in the City from smaller occupiers and on smaller floorplates.

Residential

The London residential market performed well in the year, with capital values ahead by 7.9% overall. This is a reflection of the continued good underlying demand we see, both foreign and domestic, in the context of a structurally supply-constrained market, especially for well-located high-quality stock.

Looking forward

We expect London to retain its pre-eminent position as a world-leading City. Its population is forecast to continue growing – more people are choosing living in London over commuting and international businesses continue to be attracted to the capital. Large tracts of London are being regenerated by major infrastructure projects, notably Crossrail, and this includes areas previously considered to be less attractive and more peripheral. We expect on-going improvements to benefit these areas for a number of years to come. Investors show no signs of deserting London as an investment property market of choice – the list of international investors in London has never been more diverse with particularly strong demand for the sorts of high-quality, well-let buildings that British Land owns.

residential values in central london

% Growth 2010 2011 2012
Capital values 11.7 11.9 7.9
Rental values 10.8 6.5 3.2
Source: PMA.

occupier demand forlondon offices

investor demand forlondon offices

2012 £9,543m
£4,423m
2011 £4,496m
£3,908m
2010 £5,828m
£3,911m
2009 £5,072m
£1,899m

Source: CBRE.

Overseas purchasers

UK purchasers

Crossrail is a £14.8 billion government funded rail project which will transform transport links north of the Thames from Heathrow in the west, through London and to Canary Wharf in the east. Due to open in 2018, it will dramatically cut journey times across London – Heathrow to Bond Street in 25 minutes, to Liverpool Street in 32 minutes and to Canary Wharf in 38 minutes.

Business model our vision is to build the best reit in europe.

As a REIT, our objective is to create superior total returns for our shareholders through a combination of income (through our dividends) and capital returns (the increase in the value of our portfolio which over time is reflected in the value of our shares).

We expect dividends to make up an important proportion of our total returns over time, both reflecting the importance of income as a driver of long-term value creation across the property industry and our commitment as a REIT to distribute at least 90% of our tax exempt profits as dividends.

A partner of choice

Across all our business activities, we aim to be a partner of choice, valued and trusted by our stakeholders. This is key to our ability to create long-term value and lies at the heart of British Land's brand offer. This is reflected in the quality of the buildings we create, the quality of the people we employ, our highly consumer-centric approach and our responsible approach to managing and developing buildings.

High-quality property withstrong

occupational and investor demand Our core business is high-quality property. We own, manage and develop properties which we believe are capable of generating highquality and sustainable rental income streams and where the capital value will increase over time.

We invest only in properties and locations where we see good, lasting demand from occupiers and investors.

Property is a long-term business but is also cyclical with demand from both occupiers and investors significantly impacted by economic activity.

Our ability to create value requires us not only to identify and invest behind long-term trends but also to ensure that we manage the risks and opportunities created through economic cycles.

Great people with significant experience and expertise

We have a highly outsourced operating model with around 215 permanent employees.

We believe our people are one of our major assets: they have significant experience and expertise and are specialists in their field. We aim to leverage their skill and judgement across our business.

Our outsourced operating model also allows us to manage our costs most efficiently – we have the lowest operating costs of any of the major REITs in the UK – and ensures we can respond quickly to changing market dynamics.

Using ourresources to create environments where businesses and local communities can thrive

We use our resources to ensure our properties are well suited to a diverse range of occupier needs and benefit from customer demand and rental growth.

We aim to create properties with enduring occupier appeal. To us appeal means buildings which provide modern, flexible accommodation in the best locations, which are managed and maintained to high standards and where we continually seek to understand and anticipate the changing needs of our occupiers.

Each year our properties are visited over 300 million times and are home to over 1,000 organisations and retail brands. By being the best located, in places where people want to work and shop, our properties and approach attracts high-quality occupiers committed to long leases.

We also believe in a responsible approach to business. Buildings that are efficient, sustainable and meet business needs give our occupiers competitive advantages, cutting their costs, enhancing staff morale and meeting corporate responsibility goals. In our experience, these buildings therefore let more quickly and hold long-term value better. We recognise our responsibility to the local communities in which we build and manage properties and we work closely with them.

Strong and sustainable cashflows driving superior shareholder value

Our properties attract high-quality occupiers who sign long leases – we have industry-leading occupancy levels and lease lengths – and this underpins our strong and sustainable rental income flows.

The scale of our business, combined with our focus on managing our costs closely and spending wisely, means a high level of the rent we generate is available for distribution to our shareholders as dividends.

The quality and security of our cash flows also allows us to finance our business competitively and helps lower our cost of capital.

We believe the strength of our access to capital markets is a competitive advantage. It has allowed us to invest in development at a time when development finance has been scarce as well as move quickly to take advantage of acquisition opportunities.

REITs are property companies that allow people and organisations to invest in commercial property, and receive benefits as if they directly owned the property themselves.

For more information about REITs www.britishland.com/about-us/our-business/reits-and-british-land

Overview

ourstrategy

Our strategic priorities GUIDE THE decisions and actions we take to drive our performance.

alignment withremuneration

Remuneration of our Executive Directors and employees is aligned to the Group's strategic development and the financial performance of the business. All Executive Directors' and employees' performance is measured against our KPIs which are aligned to our strategic priorities.

Property Performance

priorities

Grow income Grow value Incremental value

OUR LONG-TERM DECISIONS

Our macro calls on property cycles, our sector and asset selection and our capital structure.

We focus on UK retail and London offices because they are large and liquid markets with the best growth potential for rents and capital values.

Across our portfolio, we are increasing our exposure to London and the South East in particular, reflecting its growing status as one of the most important cities in the world. In Retail, we are focusing on owning and creating the best experiential, convenience or functional shopping destinations which

dominate their catchment areas. In Offices, we operate across London but with an increasing emphasis on infrastructure hubs and the West End.

The security and stability of our business means we are able to invest in highly profitable activities such as development. We look for 'incremental' activity such as development, repositioning, buying and selling properties to meaningfully add to the returns we generate for our shareholders.

OUR short-TERM actIONS

The individual actions we take which support our long-term decisions.

Sharpening ourfocus on income

Our focus on creating the right occupiers even in today's difficult markets. At Broadgate, we have extended 1.5 million sq ft of leases with existing occupiers and signed 0.1 million sq ft of leases for new space over the last two years. All of this has helped keep occupancy high (96.8%) and leases long (10.7 years).

RENT SECURED THROUGH PRE-LETS

£49m

Developing the right space to satisfy demand

We are one of only a few companies with the financial resources and expertise to have been able to exploit the shortage of high-quality space in retail and London offices. Our early decision to start a major development programme in 2010 has already delivered significant value to shareholders with £49 million of rent already secured through pre-lets and a capital value uplift of £312 million, equivalent to a 31.2 pence contribution to our net asset value per share.

Securing the right deals

We are able to do smart deals because we have the expertise and financial firepower to take on more complex transactions and have a proven track record meaning people trust us. This means we have been able to take advantage of the increased flow of attractive opportunities coming to market over the last year. Our acquisitions include the Clarges Estate, an exciting office/residential development in Mayfair, Ealing Broadway Shopping Centre and two in-town retail/leisure developments in Hereford and Lancaster.

howwe measure ourselves

• Property returns

  • Gross income growth
  • Development commitment • Customer satisfaction

Managing risk

We evaluate the external environment to set out our risk appetite and determine our long-term decisions accordingly. We ensure that the results of our short-term actions fall within acceptable thresholds of our key risk indicators.

See Managing risk in delivering our strategy

new retail space but also a new head office. Later this year, they will move into our new 10 Brock Street development at Regent's Place, allowing them to bring all their head office staff under one roof for the first time. Over the past year they have committed to opening 100,000 sq ft of new space at two of our largest retail parks and we are working with them on a major refurbishment of their flagship store on Oxford Street.

to diversify our sources of finance and keep our financing costs low. In September 2011 we raised \$480 million in the US private placement market and in September 2012, having tracked the strong investor appetite for corporate convertible bonds, we issued a five year £400 million convertible bond with a coupon of 1.5%.

pursuing opportunities in strategy, sustainability and records management. The interns, who have all gone on to be successful in their next roles, particularly value spending time with our management team, gaining insights into our sector and receiving career support. In turn, our internship programme helps us attract a wider pool of talent to our sector and brings new enthusiasm and ideas into our business.

each choosing one of ten different opportunities near our key London assets. Over 90% said it had increased their pride in the Company and was an effective team building activity. Altogether, 76% of our staff took part in community activities in work time this year, up from 42% last year. We also offered more skills-based opportunities, such as mentoring.

• Total accounting return • Loan to value • Cost control

• Financing costs

• A great place to work • Dow Jones Sustainability Index Score

See Remuneration Policy P94–99

governance

Overview

Goodleasing activity intoughmarkets

securing income through asset management

offices

Our high-quality, well-designed buildings continue to attract strong demand from occupiers, both new and existing.

We had another successful year with 778,000 sq ft of leasing activity within the investment

portfolio at 7.1% ahead of ERV. Our Office investment portfolio has a high occupancy rate and our asset management activity over the year mainly focused on occupiers extending their leases, although there have also been a number of lettings to new occupiers at our existing buildings.

We also made further good progress pre-letting our new developments, with 200,000 sq ft pre-let and under offer during the year. Our 2.3 million sq ft committed office development programme is now already 61% pre-let or under offer.

778,000sqft +7.1%

Investment lettings and extensions

Compared to estimated rental value

New contracted rent added from all new lettings and extensions

London Offices

Leaseextensions

lease Extensions

Area sq ft
Herbert Smith 315,000
F&C 54,000
ICAP 174,000
Tullett Prebon PLC 66,000

The majority of our activity has been focused at Broadgate which continues to maintain its position as the premier City of London office estate. We have seen many of our existing occupiers commit to stay on the estate and have extended/renewed 611,000 sq ft of leases as we continue to deliver what

Herbert Smith (315,000 sq ft) and F&C (54,000 sq ft) extended their long-term leases at Exchange Square and 10 Exchange House and we have agreed a minimum two year extension with ICAP (174,000 sq ft) at 1–2 Broadgate. On average these lease extensions improved the average term on their leases by 7.4 years, and were accretive to value.

New Occupiers

Area sq ft
Itochu (additional) 6,000
Banco Itau (additional) 12,000
Hill Dickinson 39,000
Nippon Oil 15,000

We are continuing to see demand for our space from high-quality occupiers, attracted by the quality of our buildings and our high levels of customer service. We are pleased to see our occupier base diversifying into a broader industry mix. In this year, we have agreed 124,000 sq ft of lettings across our investment

portfolio and 200,000 sq ft of development pre-lets agreed or under offer.

There have been a number of new occupiers at Broadgate Tower, including Itochu, Banco Itau and Hill Dickinson at rents accretive to ERV. The newly refurbished 199 Bishopsgate has seen good levels of interest with new occupiers Nippon Oil and two further floors under offer.

Our

understanding

our

strategy

Overview

performance

governance

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND

OTHER INFORMATION

RETAIL

For many retailers, the inter-relationship between in store and online sales is becoming ever more blurred. Many do not need the same volume of space, but the need for the right space is as strong as ever. With our portfolio heavily weighted to prime well-located properties this has been to our advantage.

We have been delighted with the continued volume and price of our leasing activity with lettings to 210 different occupiers and the tenth consecutive quarter of lettings ahead of ERV. In what has continued to be a tough market, we signed 1.1 million sq ft, 7.6% ahead of ERV and have a further 420,000 sq ft under offer. Some assets have seen a great volume of activity, particularly Drake Circus in Plymouth where we have completed eight lettings including Bank, Ernest Jones and Apple which opened in April this year.

Total lettings and renewals

GLASGOW FORT

Taking new retailers out-of-town First out-of-town lettings 2,800 sq ft Office, 825 sq ft Chisholm Hunter

We continued to leverage our strong relationships with our traditional retail partners. We signed Next Home and Garden at Camberley, the third in the country and major lettings to Debenhams in Leamington Spa and Edinburgh.

We are improving the retail offer with new trading formats and continue to take retailers such as Whole Foods and Office out-of-town for the first time.

We are expanding our leisure offer, improving the overall customer experience and upgrading the experiential element of our offer. 49 food, beverage and leisure lettings and renewals were signed over the last 12 months and we have five cinemas in the planning process or on site including Glasgow Fort's leisure extension opening in July 2013.

+7.6%

Compared to estimated rental value

Fort Kinnaird

It has been an active year at Fort Kinnaird, our 510,000 sq ft retail park in Edinburgh. Next has expanded and refitted its store increasing it to 38,000 sq ft. We have also signed Outfit, the Arcadia brand, which will be new to the park. Expanding retailers, Smyths Toys and Mamas & Papas have both opened new units and we have signed a pre-let with Debenhams, subject to planning, for a 60,000 sq ft department store. We are also significantly enhancing the leisure offer. We are under offer to a major cinema operator and several restaurants, again subject to planning.

£5.4m

New contracted rent added from new lettings and renewals

DEBENHAMS

Leveraging strong relationships 40,000 sq ft at Leamington Spa and 60,000 sq ft at Fort Kinnaird

adding value through development

City office development

THE LEADENHALL BUILDING: A defining building forlondon

Designed by Rogers Stirk Harbour + Partners, a Joint Venture between British Land and Oxford Properties

For more information http://www.theleadenhallbuilding.com/

understanding

our

Next generation retail

whiteley: Therighttype ofspace in a high-quality environment

Whiteley opens on 23 May 2013. Located in Hampshire just one mile from Junction 9 of the M27, the 320,000 sq ft next generation retail scheme comprises over 50 units totalling 292,000 sq ft of retail space, 28,000 sq ft of restaurants, cafés and other facilities and 1,500 car park spaces.

Designed by architect Corstophine and Wright, Whiteley represents the latest in retail design incorporating dramatic double height retail units with oak panelling, centred around a new town square with high-quality public realm, landscaped areas and public art. Extensive energy and sustainability features mean that Whiteley is the first UK shopping centre to achieve the BREEAM 2008 Excellent sustainability rating. Almost 4,000 people attended a recruitment day in April 2013 for 1,000 jobs.

Situated between the two harbour cities of Portsmouth and Southampton and adjacent to an existing Tesco supermarket, the newly opened centre will transform the existing scheme into a significant shopping centre destination, which will serve a large and affluent catchment of 1.2 million people with an estimated £3.1 billion of potential spending power. The catchment is set to expand further in the foreseeable future with 3,500 new homes at North Whiteley.

Whiteley is 91% let (by rent) and will be anchored by Marks & Spencer and Next. It will feature a great range of some of the best retailers in the UK including fashion brands Topshop, H&M and River Island. Other signed retailers include Jones Bootmaker, Mamas & Papas, Paperchase, Schuh, Body Shop and WH Smith. In addition, ten units are dedicated to restaurants and cafés, including Frankie & Benny's and Starbucks and seven units are reserved for local/independent retailers, including a bakery, fruit shop, beauty parlour, children's shoe shop and cycle shop.

£90 million forward funding 310,000 sq ft fashion and leisure scheme c.50% already pre-let – Debenhams, Waitrose, Next, Odeon and TK Maxx Yield on cost: over 7%

100 Liverpool Street

Existing 380,000 sq ft building UBS lease break extended to 2016 Crossrail station due to open 2018

The Clarges Estate

£129 million acquisition

Major office/residential development opportunity

Prime Mayfair location of around an acre, freehold site

Revised planning application submitted for 193,500 sq ft scheme

replenishing our development pipeline

We continue to see a shortage of space in our core markets and believe that we can generate superior returns through accretive investment and development activity. We are therefore investing in future growth by replenishing our development pipeline, as our existing committed developments are all due to reach practical completion in the next two years.

Recent investments include the acquisition of the Clarges Estate, a major office and residential development site in Mayfair and the Hempel Hotel, a potential residential development in Bayswater. We have also acquired retail development sites in Lancaster and Hereford city centres.

Prospective development pipeline

We have made good progress at the Clarges Estate, which was acquired in July 2012. In March of this year, we reached agreement with The Kennel Club to relocate and develop their new headquarters. Just after the year end, we submitted a revised planning application, for a major new 193,500 sq ft mixed-use scheme, which increases the residential element from 63,000 sq ft to 94,000 sq ft, which we will develop and sell on completion. It also includes a re-modelled office element, as well as the new, agreed Kennel Club headquarters.

MAYFAIRW1

LONDON

At the Clarges Estate, we will create a landmark building in the heart of Mayfair and further enhance British Land's presence in the West End.

Tim Roberts Head of Offices at British Land

understanding

our

strategy

Overview

recyclingcapital todrivegrowth

selling mature assets – reinvesting in higher-growth opportunities.

During the year we have increased the pace of our recycling programme, selling our more mature assets to redeploy capital into new investments as well as into our existing committed developments.

It has been a busy year, with £1.6 billion of gross investment activity overall, including the sales of Ropemaker Place and the Beehive Centre Retail Park in Cambridge, and the acquisitions of the Clarges Estate in Mayfair, Eden Walk Shopping Centre in Kingston and the Ealing Broadway Shopping Centre.

In total in 2012/13, we sold £795 million of mature assets at an average net initial yield of 5.3%. We have reinvested that capital into £544 million of new acquisitions in our core sectors, on a net initial yield of 6.3% for income generating assets, and into our highly attractive committed development programme on an anticipated yield on cost of 8.8%.

£795m

Assets sold

Net initial yield on income producing assets sold

4.5%

Percentage above March 2012 valuation

Assets bought

Net initial yield on income producing assets bought

5 DEVELOPMENT OPPORTUNITIES ACQUIRED

Primarily the Clarges Estate in London and Retail Quarter in Hereford £269 million

RESIDENTIAL SALES

Ongoing sales of residential properties as we manage our exposure £30 million Of our development pipeline 25 residential units sold £28 million

Lucinda Bell Finance Director

LEVERAG ING OUR SCALE TO SECURE ACCESS TO COMPETITIVE CAPITAL

Q: How does British Land use financing as a competitive advantage?

A: During a time when banks had been reducing their lending to property companies, we have raised £2.8 billion over the last two years. Our access to flexible, low cost debt finance together with the recent share placing provides the firepower to exploit opportunities such as the Clarges Estate and Ealing Broadway Shopping Centre.

Q: How do you think about leverage?

A: The amount of debt we employ is a very important judgement for us. Leverage enhances our property returns and we weigh up the rewards from owning a larger portfolio with the risks of having more debt. The strong, highquality cash flows of our leases together with the quality of our debt book means we believe a LTV range of 40%–50% is right for our business.

Q: What made you take the decision to issue equity?

A: We decided to issue equity because we are seeing an increasing flow of investment opportunities, many of which are in our core sectors and markets, where we will be able to use our scale and property, development and financing expertise to create value.

Q: What is your biggest financing challenge over the next year?

A: Because we've achieved a series of successful financings recently, our requirements are actually quite modest in the coming year. However if we see interesting opportunities we will explore these. So, I see our challenges as being more how the finance team can continue to add value to the business in other areas – such as further developing our risk sophistication and working on transactions where we have particularly strong corporate finance and structuring expertise.

Well-timed financing is further diversifying our sources of funding.

Lucinda Bell Finance Director

green buildings add value

we design sustainable, flexible buildings and we manage them efficiently.

We believe that sustainable, flexible and efficiently managed buildings perform better financially over the long-term, for two key reasons.

  • 1 In our experience these buildings let more easily and occupiers are more willing to sign long leases for this space, supporting the long-term cash flows that underpin our value and performance.
  • 2 Sustainable, flexible and efficient buildings are less at risk from factors that can cause obsolescence. These include increasingly stringent environmental regulations, changing occupier demands, and extreme weather, such as flooding.

There are growing indications to support our 1 view that sustainability and particularly energy efficiency add value to assets in the longer-term. We are convinced this will be proven over time.

We have achieved £5.2 million energy and carbon cost savings for occupiers over the last four years and have certified 4.9 million sq ft of space BREEAM Excellent for sustainability. We are well on track to achieve our 40% reduction target in landlord-influenced energy use in our existing buildings by 2015, compared to 2009, a market leading target by some distance.

4.9msqft

BREEAM Excellent for sustainability

Above: Following a comprehensive refurbishment, 199 Bishopsgate has achieved BREEAM Excellent, with a 60% more carbon efficient design than the original building.

See Our corporate responsibility review P60–61 For more information

www.britishland.com/responsibility

Sustainability considerations inform all our investment decisions. Choosing Regent's Place as our EMEA headquarters allowed us to achieve the first BREEAM (2008) Excellent fit-out in the UK.

LEND LEASE, OCCUPIER at 20 Triton Street

Energy and carbon cost savings Over the last four years

1 BREEAM is a registered trademark of BRE (the Building Research Establishment Ltd. Community Trade Mark E5778551). The BREEAM marks, logos and symbols are the copyright of BRE and are reproduced by permission.

Community

ourcommunity charter in action

We want to be good neighbours wherever we operate and aim to implement our Community Charter at all our major properties and developments by 2015.

This brings benefits to the people who live near our assets, as we work with them to help address local priorities, such as training, employment and education. It also helps us understand local people's concerns when managing our properties and considering development opportunities.

In addition, we believe it makes us more likely to become the partner of choice for local authorities and others. Our planning proposals are also more likely to be in tune with what local communities want – helping us achieve better quality planning permissions, more quickly.

understanding

our

strategy

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND

OTHER INFORMATION

Our long-term partnership with The Prince's Trust has created opportunities for 225 disadvantaged young people in recent years. For instance, our awardwinning Get into Retail programme at St Stephen's Shopping Centre in Hull

has provided valuable work experience to 160 local young people who were not in education, employment or training. 60% have moved on to positive outcomes soon afterwards, including employment and further training.

In summer 2012, over 100 local school children created temporary artworks at Regent's Place, as part of our award-winning project with Camden School Improvement Service. The pupils worked alongside a

professional artist, and took their inspiration from the art and architecture at Regent's Place. Around 330 primary school children have participated in Creative Curriculum since 2007.

Measuring ourperformance

corporate Performance

total accounting return

4.6%

2013 4.6%
2012 9.5%
2011 17.7%
2010 33.5%

WHY IT is important

We expect our total accounting return to be a good proxy for our Total Shareholder Returns over time. It measures the return we generate including the impact of debt – the dividend combined with the growth in NAV expressed as a percentage.

How We've done

The dividend was up 1.1% this year and our NAV was 0.2% ahead with performance during the year more than offsetting the dilutive impact of the share placing in March.

Cost control

Cost ratio

15.3%

2013 15.3%
2012 14.9%
2011 13.5%
2010 11.8%

WHY IT is important

Controlling our costs so we maximise the amount of rent which flows through as profits as dividends is a key focus of the business. Our small head office and outsourced model helps keep costs low.

How we've done

Our cost ratio rose modestly during the year. Increased investment in our retail future proofing project has been offset by cost savings. We remain one of the most efficient listed property companies in the UK, even though we don't capitalise the British Land staff costs and overheads for developments.

loan to value

40.2%

2013 40.2%
2012 45.3%
2011 44.7%
2010 46.8%

WHY IT is important

Debt finance plays an important role in enabling us to finance our business and take advantage of market opportunities. Our target LTV range of 40%–50% balances the rewards from owning more property against the risk debt financing entails.

How we've done

Our LTV is at the bottom of our range following the equity placing in March which gives us significant capacity to invest and grow our business through buying and developing assets.

Financing costs

Weighted average interest rate

4.6%

2013 4.6%
2012 4.6%
2011 4.9%
2010 5.2%

WHY IT is important

Our low cost of capital is an important competitive advantage and our access to low cost debt finance is a key contributor to overall performance.

How we've done

Our weighted average interest rate has been maintained and would have been lower at 4.2% if we had not paid down low cost debt facilities with the proceeds of the placing, prior to their reinvestment.

Our results show we are executing successfully against a clear strategy and delivering good results in today's tough market.

chris grigg Chief Executive

alignment withremuneration

Remuneration of our Executive Directors and employees is aligned to the Group's strategic development and the financial performance of the business. All Executive Directors' and employees' performance is measured against our KPIs which are aligned to our strategic priorities.

property Performance Peopleperformance

property returns

6.3% Compared to IPD Actual
%
2013 310 bps 6.3
2012 200 bps 8.3
2011 190 bps 13.1
2010 420 bps 21.5

WHY IT Is important

How we allocate our capital, manage existing assets and develop new properties is core to our ability to generate returns for our shareholders. We compare the total returns generated by our property activities with the UK benchmark (IPD).

How we've done

At 6.3%, our property returns once again significantly outperformed the market benchmark. This was driven by our own actions – our highly successful development programme and asset management.

development commitment

Gross commitment

WHY IT Is important

We see development as an important contributor to our income and value growth and we are aiming to maintain our development exposure at between 10-15% of our gross assets. The amount of space pre-let or speculative is a key measure of our development risk.

How we've done

Although our development exposure has risen as our committed programme nears completion, because it is 65% pre-let our actual risk is reduced. We are looking to replenish our pipeline.

gross income growth

1.5%

2013 1.5%
2012 1.9%
2011 2.5%
2010 2.5%

WHY IT Is important

Creating sustainable and growing rental income is key to our business, driving long-term value creation and enabling us to pay a strong and growing dividend. We compare our gross income growth in absolute terms and relative to the UK Benchmark (IPD).

How we've done

Our UK portfolio delivered 1.5% gross income growth outperforming the market by 130 bps, driven by rent-free expiries in Offices and fixed rental increases in Retail.

customer satisfaction (industry average 5.11

Satisfaction with landlord(out of 10)

2013 7.8
2011 7.6
2009 and 2007 7.5
2005 6.1

WHY IT Is important

Our customer focus helps us attract and retain occupiers even in today's difficult markets. Companies are willing to commit to long leases for the right building and landlord relationship.

How we've done

Our biennial independent customer satisfaction survey confirmed that we continue to outperform industry averages for occupier satisfaction. It also identified opportunities for further improvement, which we will be actioning during the year.

1 Industry average based on Occupier Satisfaction Survey 2012.

A great place to work

Accreditation insunday timesbestcompanies toworkforsurvey

2013 One star
2012 One star

WHY IT Is important

Our people are one of our major assets and we believe that staff engagement provides a significant competitive advantage.

how we've Done

We again achieved a One Star accreditation in the Sunday Times Best Companies to Work for survey. Based on previous feedback, we increased training opportunities, improved our induction process and introduced a confidential staff helpline. We also held gender diversity workshops and introduced a 'respect and fairness in the workplace' course.

dowjones sustainable index (DJSI) score

70%

2013 results due September 2013

2012 70%
2011 76%
2010 69%

WHY IT Is important

Managing our environmental, social and economic impacts is central to how we do business and deliver value to our shareholders. The DJSI is a key sustainability reference point for investors and other important stakeholders.

how we've done

Despite strong performance on a number of key sustainability indicators, our score on the DJSI reduced. From 2013, all members of our Executive Committee will have a DJSI target linked to their Annual Incentive remuneration.

understanding

our

strategy

Our

performance

Overview

aboutourbusiness

british land is a leading european real estate investment trust

We own or manage over £16.4 billion of mainly UK properties making us one of the largest listed managers of property in Europe.

£16.4bn

British land owned or managed properties

£10.5bn

Our share of assets

REITS AS PROPERTY INVESTMENTS

REITs are an established property asset class with an estimated 35 countries around the world having REIT or REIT like regimes.

The US is by far the largest REIT market measured by market capitalisation of companies listed. The UK is the fifth largest market.

breakdown of globalreit markets

We are a UK-focused business – the largest listed manager of retail properties in the UK and a significant operator in the London office market. Around two thirds of the assets we manage are in joint ventures or property funds. Taking into account only our share of these joint ventures and funds, our gross assets are £10.5 billion.

Ourapproach

We run an outsourced operating model, focusing only on the most highly skilled and value-adding activities across the business – in asset management, finance, investment and development. So, for the size of portfolio we manage, we are a small Company in terms of headcount with around 215 permanent employees.

A combination of what we do and how we do it, is key to our ability to create long-term value and is at the heart of the British Land brand offer. This is reflected in the quality of the buildings and environments we create; the quality of the people we employ who are specialists in their fields; our highly customer centric approach; our interaction with partners; our responsible approach to developing and managing properties; the close links we establish with local communities; the transparency of our communication with investors and other stakeholders; and the emphasis we place on staff engagement. 'Doing the right thing' is fundamental to the way we do business and ensures that our brand is trusted and valued by our stakeholders. The way in which we do business is guided by our four values shown on the right.

By ensuring we live by these values, we are able to differentiate British Land and deliver a brand with which people and organisations want to engage.

Our values

integrity We do what is right not what is easy.

one team

Working collaboratively with both internal and external stakeholders.

excellence

We are the best we can be and have a growth mindset.

COMMERCIAL ACUMEN

We take the lead in our field.

See What we do P2–3 See Our markets P12–13

Ourproperty portfolio

Our portfolio is focused on high-quality assets in sectors with long-term growth potential – UK Retail and London Offices.

Within these sectors, our focus is on prime assets – high-quality buildings in the right locations which meet the current and future needs of occupiers. They consistently attract high-quality occupiers willing to sign long-term leases on favourable terms. We believe that prime assets, underpinned by sustainable and growing rental income, over time will perform better than average or poorer quality property. The balance of our portfolio principally consists of properties being developed or being held for future development.

Our aim is to create properties with 'enduring appeal' to occupiers, by virtue of their location, design, overall costs to occupy, environment and the way in which they are managed and maintained. We aim to provide occupiers with properties which satisfy their current needs and anticipate their future needs and are environments in which they and the local communities they work among can thrive.

Our focus on prime property has delivered consistent outperformance against the broader property market in recent years, as measured by IPD.

  • 1 Annualised contracted rent including 100% of joint ventures and funds.
  • 2 Includes accommodation under offer or subject to asset management.

3 To first break.

occupiers representing over 0.5% ofrent

breakdown ofOurportfolio

Portfolio returns relative to ipd

12 months 310 bps
360 bps
3 years 240 bps
290 bps
5 years 180 bps
240 bps
Source: InvestmentPropertyDatabank.
Total return
Capital return
See Our portfolio review
P48–59
majorassets
At 31 March 2013
(excluding developments)
British Land share
%
Sq ft
'000
Rent O
£m pa1
ccupancy
rate %2
Lease
length years3
Broadgate, London EC2 50 4,009 175 400
95.9
7.8
Regent's Place, London NW1 100 1,210 49 95.9
300
8.0
eadowhall Shopping Centre, Sheffield 50 1,374 82 98.0 9.0 gov
Sainsburys Superstores 52 2,864 67 100.0
200
16.2 er
Tesco Superstores 50 2,659 60 100.0 15.1 na
Teesside Shopping Park, Stockton-on-Tees, 100 451 14 93.1
100
7.6 nce
Drake Circus Shopping Centre, Plymouth 100 570 15 97.9 7.2
Debenhams, Oxford Street 100 363 16 0
100.0
26.0
12 months
3 years
Ealing Broadway Shopping Centre 100 406 11 97.8 7.7
Total return
Capital return
York House, W1 100 132 5 100.0 4.7
Source: InvestmentPropertyDatabank
Glasgow Fort Shopping Park 41 442 16 99.9 6.6
St Stephens Shopping Centre, Hull 100 410 9 99.4 7.4
At 31 March 2013 % of total rent % of total rent % of total rent
Tesco plc 7.7 arks & Spencer Plc 1.3 ayer Brown 0.8
Sainsbury Group 6.2 Royal Bank of Scotland plc 1.3 othercare 0.7
Debenhams 4.4 Hutchison Whampoa 1.3 Hennes 0.7
UBS AG 3.7 Asda Group 1.2 ICAP Plc 0.7
Home Retail Group 2.9 House of Fraser 1.1 Lend Lease 0.7
HM
Government
2.6 New Look 1.0 JD Sports 0.7
Kingfisher (B&Q) 2.3 Sports Direct 1.0 Credit Agricole 0.6
Virgin Active 2.2 Aegis Group 0.9 Carlson (TGI Friday's) 0.6
Arcadia Group 2.2 JP Morgan 0.9 Henderson 0.6
Next plc 2.2 Reed Smith 0.9 Lewis Trust (River Island) 0.6
Spirit Group 1.7 C&W Plc (Cable & Wireless Plc) 0.8 Primark 0.6
Alliance Boots 1.5 TJX Cos Inc (TK Maxx) 0.8 Pets at Home 0.6
DSG International 1.5 Gazprom 0.8
Herbert Smith 1.4 Deutsche Bank AG 0.8

understanding

our

strategy

Aboutourbusiness continued

OurUKretail properties

We are the largest listed retail landlord in the UK with 189 individual assets.

Our portfolio of 24 million sq ft of retail space is focused on properties in high-quality retail locations and includes 69 retail parks, 91 superstores, 16 shopping centres, 9 department stores and 4 high street units.

We create the right environment where people want to shop and where retailers can thrive. What many of our assets have in common is that they are locally dominant, and provide retailers with modern, affordable and flexible units in environments where people want to shop and increasingly spend their leisure time.

Because our portfolio has flexible planning consents this means we can adapt our properties to a wide range of trading formats, allowing us to actively manage our portfolio and deliver the most attractive space to both retailers and consumers.

UK Retail space

UK Retail occupancy

UK assets under management (British Land share £6.1 billion)

Retail portfolio
41% Retail Parks
30% Shopping centres
21% Superstores
8% D
epartment stores

Teesside Retail Park

Teesside Shopping Park near Stockton-on-Tees has 46 units covering 410,000 sq ft. It attracts around ten million shoppers every year and is home to some of the best known retailers in the UK including Marks & Spencer, Arcadia, Boots, WH Smith and River Island. New retailers opening in the year include Footasylum, O2 and Carphone Warehouse and Schuh is going to open a new out-of-town format at the park shortly.

Glasgow Fort Shopping Park, a 395,000 sq ft scheme just outside Glasgow, is one of the pre-eminent shopping parks in the UK with annual footfall of around 12 million people. Key occupiers include Zara, Topshop, Next, River Island and Boots. In response to consumer demand, a significant extension providing a multiplex cinema and a range of family oriented restaurants will be completed later this year.

Our superstores are primarily held in joint ventures with Tesco and Sainsbury's. We have 36 Sainsbury's stores and 41 Tesco stores. In total, our stand-alone foodstores occupy 6 million sq ft of accommodation (3 million sq ft – our share) with an average gross store size of 63,000 sq ft. During the year Tesco extended or refurbished 16 stores in our joint venture portfolio. In the year, Sainsbury's extended stores in Croydon and Northampton and undertook store refurbishments in Hereford and Sheffield.

Drake Circus Shopping Centre

Drake Circus, bought in 2011 and located in the centre of Plymouth, is the West Country's most popular shopping destination, attracting around 18 million shoppers every year. The modern centre, which was opened in 2006, covers 560,000 sq ft and includes Marks & Spencer, Primark, Boots, Next and Topshop among its biggest retailers.

Meadowhall Shopping Centre is the fourth largest super regional shopping centre in the UK. It is owned in a 50:50 joint venture with Norges Bank. There are around 280 shops which provide approximately 1.5 million sq ft of retail space to a broad range of international, national and local retail and leisure brands. It attracts 24 million shoppers every year. Recent retailers taking space include Victoria's Secret, Lego, Cath Kidston and Carluccio's.

Debenhams, Oxford Street is a flagship 367,000 sq ft store close to Bond Street tube station in the heart of London's most popular shopping destination. The department store is currently being revitalised using an innovative over-cladding system that will create a captivating interactive façade in keeping with the site's prominent location next to the upgraded Bond Street underground and Crossrail station. Completion is scheduled for November 2013.

Our office properties

We are a significant operator in the London office market with 6 million sq ft of modern, high-quality, well located offices.

We have an attractive mix of high-quality buildings in well-managed environments, and a pipeline of development projects that will add significant floor space. Our portfolio is located in the City and West End and comprises investments including Broadgate, the premier City office estate (50% share) and Regent's Place in the West End.

Our aim is to create properties with enduring appeal to occupiers, by virtue of their location, design, overall costs to occupy, environment and the way in which they are managed and maintained. We focus on world-class property management, covering everything from estate services to the development of new buildings. Our customer focus helps us retain and attract occupiers to our properties. Companies are willing to commit to long leases for the right building and landlord relationship.

6msqft

Office space

96.3%

Occupancy

Assets under management (British Land share £3.7 billion)

London Office portfolio

48% City 52%West End

Residential

British Land has a long history of owning, managing, developing and financing residential property assets.

Residential plays an important role in our Office developments in the West End and is also a profitable business in its own right. In London

Broadgate

Broadgate

Broadgate, is the premier office estate in the City totalling 4 million sq ft of office, retail and leisure which has been built around Liverpool Street Station, the City's main transport hub and will benefit from a new Crossrail station in 2018. Covering 30 acres, it is made up of 16 independent buildings set around four landscaped squares with around 60 restaurants, pubs, wine bars, shops and health clubs. Over 950,000 sq ft of the estate has been developed over the past four years. We have recently refurbished 199 Bishopsgate and are currently redeveloping 5 Broadgate which will add 700,000 sq ft of new modern space. Broadgate is owned in a 50:50 joint venture with Blackstone, the private equity group.

regent'splace

Regent's Place

Regent's Place, is a 13-acre mixed-use office estate in a prominent position at the north end of London's West End, which we have progressively developed over the last 25 years. The estate today, consists of 1.2 million sq ft, including six independent office buildings alongside residential, restaurants, shops and leisure units. Like Broadgate, it also has excellent transport links with four tube and two mainline railway stations close by. Construction of 10–30 Brock Street to provide 500,000 sq ft mixed office and residential development is nearing completion in summer 2013. This development will complete Regent's Place, which will increase to some 1.7 million sq ft, providing accommodation for 14,000 workers and residents.

we focus on high-end luxury properties and have completed a number of successful schemes over recent years, as owner-occupier and investor demand has been and remains strong. We are looking to selectively increase our exposure to the residential sector in London, although our business model is to recycle capital very quickly, as we develop and sell

Broadgate Tower

The 33-storey 395,000 sq ft Broadgate Tower is the City's fourth tallest building rising to a height of 165m (540 ft) and offering stunning views of the London skyline. The offices are now 93% occupied by a range of occupiers including Reed Smith, Hill Dickinson and Banco Itau.

20 Triton Street

20 Triton Street forms part of the most recent development phase at Regent's Place and provides 254,000 sq ft of Grade A accommodation over nine floors. The building is now 93.8% let to occupiers including Gazprom and Lend Lease.

before schemes complete. We currently have a total residential portfolio of £383 million.

In addition, we also manage a £270 million residential portfolio on behalf of a third-party Trust. This generates some fee income and provides further insight into the London residential market for British Land.

understanding

our

strategy

Our

performance

governance

Aboutourbusiness continued

Our developments

Development forms a key part of our overall activity and we regularly undertake major development and refurbishment programmes. Development returns are generally considered higher risk than those available from existing income producing properties. The risk arises from the length of time the development takes from inception to completion and the potential uncertainty of finding an occupier. The degree to which a property is let during the development process is an important factor in evaluating the risk of doing development. We distinguish our development activities into those that are fully committed and underway and potential or prospective developments which may be activated at some point in the future.

Today, we have a significant committed development programme which will complete during 2013 and 2014. Because we remain positive on the outlook for development returns, we are replenishing our pipeline and expect to commit to a number of new projects during the course of the coming year with the aim of maintaining our development exposure at around current levels but not exceeding 15% of our gross assets.

Our committed pipeline

In recent years, a shortage of high-quality space combined with a lack of finance has made development more attractive, particularly in London. During 2010/11, we started a major development programme, committing early into a strong cyclical upturn in development returns. Our programme was focused on delivering 2.3 million sq ft of offices along with 104 residential units into a supply constrained London market. Today, we have £1.4 billion of capital committed to developments – equivalent to around 14% of our total gross assets. The capital committed includes the latest market value of the development plus the estimated costs to complete, including financing costs. In 2012, we completed, a 1.4 million sq ft shopping centre in Zaragoza Spain which opened 90% let and a 142,000 sq ft office refurbishment in the City, 199 Bishopsgate which recently completed its first letting and has a further two floors under offer.

In London we have seven office projects currently underway – three in the City and four in the West End. In the City at Broadgate, we are building a new 700,000 sq ft building on a 18.2 year lease for UBS, our largest existing occupier on the estate. We are also redeveloping the

Broadgate Circle to improve the public space and enhance the food and retail offer. This forms part of an on-going investment programme to revitalise and evolve Broadgate to a more vibrant, mixed-use estate appealing to a greater variety of occupiers. The Leadenhall Building, a striking 610,000 sq ft tower sitting next to the Lloyds Building, is already attracting highquality insurance occupiers. In the West End, our biggest development is at Regent's Place where we have nearly completed 500,000 sq ft of offices, residential and retail. Just north of Oxford Street, in an area which is being regenerated by investment, we have completed 10 Portman Square and we are well advanced with Marble Arch House. We started work on the major refurbishment of 39 Victoria Street during the year. We also have a number of smaller high-end residential projects in the West End.

In Retail, Whiteley opens at the end of May. This 320,000 sq ft retail scheme is over 90% pre-let. At Glasgow Fort a 45,000 sq ft cinema and restaurant extension which is fully pre-let will also open in July this year. Construction is also underway at the retail development in Hereford where we have a funding agreement in place with Stanhope.

committed developments

British Land Practical
completion
Current Cost to N otional Residential
At 31 March 2013 share
%
Sq ft
'000
calendar
year
value
£m
complete
£m 1
interest
£m1,2
ERV
£m3
Pre-let 5
£m
end value4
£m
Offices:
5 Broadgate 50 700 Q4 2014 163 103 18 19.2 19.2
The Leadenhall Building 50 610 Q2 2014 159 69 13 18.6 5.6
Broadgate Circle 50 45 Q4 2014 6 9 1 1.2
10–30 Brock St, Regents Place6 100 500 Q2 2013 390 16 2 19.8 10.3 113
10 Portman Square7 100 134 Q2 2013 149 9 9.7 4.1
arble Arch House8 100 86 Q4 2013 44 20 2 3.9 15
39 Victoria Street 100 93 Q3 2013 49 17 2 4.9
Total Offices 2,168 960 243 38 77.3 39.2 128
Retail:
Whiteley, Fareham 50 320 Q2 2013 33 6 2.6 2.4
Glasgow Fort (Leisure) 41 46 Q3 2013 4 2 0.5 0.5
Hereford 100 310 Q3 2014 17 59 9 5.8 2.4
Total Retail 676 54 67 9 8.9 5.3
Total Residential 50 47 17 3 70
Total committed 2,894 1,061 327 50 86.2 44.5 198

Data includes Group's share of properties in joint ventures and funds (except area which is shown at 100%).

1 From 1 April 2013 to practical completion.

2 Based on a notional cost of finance of 6%.

3 Estimated headline rental value net of rent payable under head leases (excluding tenant incentives). 4 Parts of residential development expected to be sold, no rent allocated – of which £107 million completed or exchanged.

5 A further £4.4 million of pre-lets were under offer at the year end including a £3.0 million letting to Amlin at The Leadenhall Building.

6 Includes 126,000 sq ft of residential. 7 Excludes 25,000 sq ft of off-site residential and retail (95–99 Baker Street), which was sold in the

previous financial year.

8 Includes 10,500 sq ft of residential.

understanding our strategy

The estimated rental value (ERV) of all our developments is £86 million – this represents our valuers' estimates of the rental income the projects would generate if the developments were fully let at today's rents. Of this, we have already successfully pre-let or have under offer 65% of the space to a range of high-quality occupiers, securing £49 million of annual rent. Of the 204 residential units under construction, we have already sold 168.

Prospective Developments

Over time we seek to replenish our pipeline of development opportunities – land or buildings with relatively short leases.

We split our prospective pipeline into nearterm – developments where our plans are well developed, generally where we already have planning permission or planning pending and are looking to start within the next year to eighteen months – and medium-term, developments with a longer-term time horizon.

In line with our aim to maintain our development commitment, we have been expanding our near-term pipeline which currently stands at 963 million sq ft and £614 million taking the value of the existing site and our estimates of the cost to complete (including notional interest). The largest scheme is the Clarges Estate, a major mixed-use residential and office site in Mayfair (see page 23) which we bought for £129 million and will cost around £240 million to complete. Surrey Quays is an existing shopping centre in South London, where we have recently acquired the 50% share we did not already own and where we have planning permission for a 100,000 sq ft extension along with plans for a major refurbishment of the existing scheme.

Located a few minutes walk north of Oxford Street and facing onto one of London's famous garden squares, 10 Portman Square is now completed. We have already let nearly half of the space to Saudi Aramco and Aspect Capital.

key pre-lets

Company Space let Lease length Sector Building
UBS 700,000 sq ft 18.2 years Financial services 5 Broadgate
Aon 191,000 sq ft 19.0 years Insurance The Leadenhall
Building
Amlin 95,000 sq ft 14.6 years Insurance The Leadenhall
Building
Debenhams 174,500 sq ft 25.0 years Retail 10 Brock Street
Saudi Aramco 33,600 sq ft 15.0 years O il 10 Portman Square
Aspect Capital 24,500 sq ft 10.0 years Financial services 10 Portman Square
anchester City Limited 7,200 sq ft 10.0 years Sport 10 Brock Street

Committed development

£107m

Residential units pre-sold

At 31 March 2013 Sector British Land
share
%
Sq ft
'000
Total cost
£m1
Status
The Clarges Estate Mixed-use 100 194 388 Planning submitted
Yalding House Offices 100 29 22 Pre-submission
Milton Keynes, Kingston Centre Retail 50 21 4 Planning granted
Surrey Quays (extension) Retail 100 98 24 Planning granted
Fort Kinnaird, Edinburgh Retail 21 84 5 Planning submitted
eadowhall Surrounding Land Retail 50 22 6 Planning submitted
Broughton Park, Chester Retail 41 54 7 Planning submitted
The Hempel Hotel Residential 100 40 62 Planning submitted
Aldgate Place Residential 50 422 96 Planning submitted
Total near-term prospective 964 614

1 Total cost including site value and notional interest at 6% per annum.

near-term prospective developments

Medium-term prospective developments

At 31 March 2013 Sector British Land
share
%
Sq ft
'000
Status
100 Liverpool Street Offices 50 496 Pre-submission
Glasgow Fort (Retail) Retail 41 142 Planning submitted
Power Court, Luton Retail 100 158 Pre-submission
Lancaster Retail 100 n/a Pre-submission
Whiteley Phase 2 Retail 50 59 Pre-submission
Deepdale, Preston Retail 21 73 Planning submitted
Harmsworth Quays Residential 100 n/a Pre-submission
Wardrobe Court Residential 100 74 Pre-submission
Total medium-term prospective 1,002

Aboutourbusiness continued

Ourcustomers

We aim to be the partner of choice for occupiers, understanding and anticipating their needs and helping them to achieve their objectives by providing modern, flexible accommodation in the best locations.

We attract some of the highest quality occupiers to our properties, including well known UK and international companies. This reflects the nature of the properties we own, the strength of the relationships we build with them, the service we provide and the way in which we continually seek to understand and anticipate their changing needs.

We have a diverse occupier base, both by number and by industry. No single occupier accounts for more than 8% of our total revenues. The quality and diversity of our occupier line-up, coupled with the length of leases they sign with us, gives us significant security of income. The strength of our occupiers is important to us, not only in providing security of our rental income but also in determining the value of our properties.

We are making positive progress in building a brand which sees prospective occupiers choosing our space because it is owned and managed by us. In a market where leasing activity has been generally slow, we have continued to maintain high occupancy levels of 96.8%. This reflects both the high-quality of our assets and the market leading customer service we offer.

96.8%

Occupancy across the business

Energy reduction cost savings for occupiers over the last four years

95%

Occupiers in our new office buildings rate British Land and our buildings as Good or Excellent

ourrental income by industry

%
General retail 20
Fashion and beauty 18
Supermarkets 16
Banks and financial services 14
Professional and corporate 10
Food/leisure 9
DIY 7
Government 3
Other businesses 3

Ourtop 20 occupiers

Rank Tenant group % of
annualised rents
1 Tesco plc 7.7
2 Sainsbury Group 6.2
3 D ebenhams 4.4
4 U BS AG 3.7
5 Home Retail Group 2.9
6 HM
Government
2.6
7 Kingfisher (B&Q) 2.3
8 V irgin Active 2.2
9 Arcadia Group 2.2
10 N ext plc 2.2
11 Spirit Group 1.7
12 Alliance Boots 1.5
13 D SG International 1.5
14 Herbert Smith 1.4
15 M arks & Spencer Plc 1.3
16 Royal Bank of Scotland plc 1.3
17 Hutchison Whampoa 1.3
18 Asda Group 1.2
19 House of Fraser 1.1
20 N ew Look 1.0

"They are one of the best landlords in the country. They understand the needs of their tenants. They are keen to work with you and if you are not happy they will work to put it right."

MernaKennedy Property Manager at Sports Direct

Above: The launch of contemporary operatic experience Opera di Peroni at Regent's Place. Event activities across our portfolio attract thousands of occupiers, shoppers, local people and other visitors each year.

understanding our strategy

Our performance

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND

OTHER INFORMATION

Service charge management

This year, British Land again scored highly in independent audits of service charge management standards, with four properties securing Platinum, the top award.

We are the only landlord to have achieved the coveted Platinum award, which is only given in exceptional circumstances, to recognise outstanding service charge management standards to the benefit of occupiers. The audits were carried out by the Property Managers Association (PMA), which represents 110 of the UK's leading retailers.

Altogether, we have achieved 10 Platinum and 19 Gold awards in recent years. This year, we also became the first landlord to pilot the PMA audit at office properties, securing Platinum awards at both 201 Bishopsgate and 20 Triton Street.

We believe that occupiers should be able to benchmark how well their service charges are being managed in line with the voluntary RICS Service Charge Code. We continue to work with our peers and industry associations to drive performance.

"British Land is best-in-class. They have quality assets and have taken the customer to the heart of their business. I have seen their client focus develop and would highly recommend doing business with them. They are a quality business."

Fred kinahan Director of Facilities Henderson Global Investors

Managing ourcustomerrelationships In Retail, our internal asset management specialists are responsible for overall strategy, decision making and relationships with occupiers, both existing and potential.

We outsource the day-to-day operational management of most of our retail properties, such as maintenance and cleaning, to external agents. We also engage specialists to provide support with rent reviews and lease renewals. Outsourcing day-to-day management to expert agents, who manage on a large scale, helps us minimise operational costs for our occupiers and ourselves, gives us significant operational flexibility, and further broadens our insights into occupier and consumer trends. We work closely with our managing agents and proactively monitor their performance on our customerfocused standards.

In Offices, the strategic and operational management of our portfolio is managed by two separate in-house teams, City of London and West End. Like Retail, the asset managers focus on strategy and occupier relationships and control the majority of the leasing activity, reflecting the fact that single occupiers tend to be larger and there are far fewer leasing

transactions. Day-to-day facilities management is undertaken by Broadgate Estates, a standalone in-house team which also provides facilities management and other services to third-party clients.

Customer satisfaction

In 2013 the results of our independent occupier survey confirmed that we continue to outperform industry averages for occupier satisfaction.

Through our fifth biennial customer survey we looked beyond our property sector peers, to learn from best-in class customer service companies. This has helped us identify opportunities for further improvements, which we will be developing action plans to address during the coming year.

In addition to our biennial independent occupier surveys, initiatives to engage with our customers include an active key account programme, proactive participation in industry groups and events, and management and performance monitoring of our managing agents.

biennial customer satisfaction survey scores

Rating out of 101 British Land
Office occupiers
British Land
Retail occupiers
Industry
average2
2013 2011 2009 2013 2011 2009
Satisfaction with landlord 8.0 7.5 7.5 7.7 7.7 7.5 5.1
Communication with landlord 7.7 7.3 7.3 7.6 7.0 7.4 5.0
Service charge arrangements 7.7 7.7 8.3 7.3 4.7
Interaction on environmental issues 8.2 7.8 6.6 3.8
Satisfaction with managing agents 8.0 7.2 6.8 7.4 7.8 6.0
Understanding needs 7.9 7.2 7.0 7.6 7.2 7.1
Responsiveness 7.8 7.1 8.1 7.5 7.7 7.3
Value for money (service charge) 7.1 6.9 5.6 7.3 6.4 5.8

1 We report scores out of 10, so that our performance can easily be benchmarked against the Property Industry Alliance's Occupier Satisfaction Survey.

2 Industry average: Occupier Satisfaction Survey 2012.

Aboutourbusiness continued

Our latest research shows key stakeholders, including occupiers, investors, lenders, Government and our own staff, increasingly want us to lead on corporate responsibility.

Our leadership position on environmental, social and governance issues supports our corporate aim of building the best REIT in Europe. We believe that developing sustainable buildings, managing them efficiently, helping communities address local priorities and engaging staff enhances our reputation, helps us manage some of our key risks and adds real value to our business, thus delivering value to our shareholders.

Greening our buildings is central to our strategic priority to create incremental value through developing, repositioning assets and exploiting market anomalies.

Similarly, we believe businesses today need to operate with far greater awareness of public opinion. Our strong reputation for managing our environmental, social and economic impacts not only makes us more likely to become the partner of choice for occupiers, local authorities, local communities and others, it protects our licence to operate. It can be challenging to establish direct relationships, for instance to prove the link between our Community Charter and our high-quality planning permissions and joint venture agreements. However, this does not discourage us from undertaking innovative work that we know, from experience, positions us well for future opportunities.

The biggerpicture

  • Resource shortages and unpredictable climate patterns pose ever-greater risks to wellbeing and economic stability in developed and developing nations.
  • Public concern about how businesses operate is leading people to ask questions about the role of business in shifting to more sustainable models of consumption and supporting wide societal needs.
  • There are local, national and global issues stemming from low economic growth, challenges in accessing employment and skills shortages. Business has a key part to play in responding.

ourfourfocus areas are:

  • 1 Managing buildings efficiently
  • 2 Developing sustainable buildings

3 Supporting communities

4 Engaging staff

For each of these areas, we target our efforts and resources at the properties, developments and initiatives where we can achieve the biggest impacts.

See Our corporate responsibility review P60–61 See Our CR Report 2013

Our performance on the Dow Jones Sustainability Index is one of our eight corporate key performance indicators. This reflects how managing our environmental, social and economic impacts is central to how we do business and deliver value to our shareholders. From 2013, the Annual Incentive remuneration of all members of our Executive Committee will be linked to our performance on the Dow Jones Sustainability Index.

Adrian penfold Head of Planning and Corporate Responsibility

beingthe best atthesustainability issuesthat matter most

Q: How do you identify what matters most?

A: More than 650 stakeholders recently completed our first online survey on corporate responsibility, and over 50 took part in independently facilitated workshops to explore key issues. We have also worked with people across the business, consulted experts, reviewed best practice, benchmarked performance, monitored the external context and carried out risk assessments.

Q: What were the key messages from stakeholders?

A: Investors expect us to engage more with occupiers helping to reduce their energy use – and occupiers are more open to this. In addition, there is an opportunity to be more active in reducing the embodied carbon footprint of our developments, where this does not increase costs. We can also learn from other sectors in driving innovation and managing risk through the supply chain.

Q: How are you raising standards across your sector?

A: Sometimes we take a lead, for instance, helping Reading University Real Estate Foundations Pathways to Property programme get off the ground to encourage wider diversity in the property industry. We also set ourselves challenging targets and participate in a wide range of initiatives to improve environmental and social standards across the sector, working in partnership with our occupiers and suppliers, the Government, industry bodies and others.

We can learn from other sectors in driving innovation and managing risk through the supply chain.

adrian penfold Head of Planning and Corporate Responsibility

Aboutourbusiness continued

Ourpartners

Partnerships are an important part of our business providing us with access to attractive investment opportunities and additional capital and allowing us to spread our risk.

We also benefit from working with likeminded partners with complementary skills and expertise. Our partnerships are based on developing deep and long-term relationships rather than short-term transactions. Our high-quality partners include Norges Bank Investment Management, Oxford Properties, Tesco and Sainsbury's.

In the majority of cases, we provide asset management, development, corporate and financial advisory services and we earn performance and management fees for these services. This enhances our overall returns, strengthens our relationships with key customers and suppliers and keeps us close to our markets.

The joint ventures and funds own investment properties and developments worth £10.6 billion. Of this, our share is £4.9 billion, around half of our gross assets. Our net investment after our share of the associated debt is £2.3 billion. We have 15 active joint ventures (where we partner with one investor) and two principal funds (where there are several investors).

Our joint venture partners

Our two biggest single assets, Broadgate and Meadowhall are co-owned in joint ventures as is The Leadenhall Building our major city development. The decision to own part rather than all of these assets is principally to reduce the concentration risk of owning single large assets.

The majority of our Retail superstore assets are held in joint ventures alongside the respective retail operators, Tesco and Sainsbury's, with whom we work in close partnership. We are the largest owner of retail superstores outside of the operators themselves.

Our funds

Around 11.9% of our Retail assets are held in two funds which we co-own alongside a range of investors. The properties within the two funds together are valued at £1.7 billion of which British Land's share is £750 million. Each is a closed-end fund with a fixed life which can be extended with the agreement of the holders.

main joint venture partners

Partner Asset Portfolio value
£m
Share
Blackstone Broadgate 3,042 50%
Norges eadowhall 1,525 50%
Tesco 34 superstores 1,700 50%
3 shopping centres
3 retail parks
Sainsbury's 33 superstores 1,203 50%
Oxford Properties The Leadenhall Building 318 50%
USS 2 Shopping Centres 164 50%
Orion Partners Puerto Venecia, Zaragoza 242 50%

main funds

Fund Fund life Assets Portfolio value
£m
Share
Hercules Unit Trust (HUT) 2020 20 retail parks, 1,496 41.2%
1 shopping centre in the UK
Pillar Retail Europark Fund (PREF) 2016 9 retail parks in Europe 204 65.3%

We act as the property adviser and asset manager to the funds and receive performance and management fees in respect of the services we provide. The funds are mainly focused on investing in out-of-town retail parks. Hercules Unit Trust (HUT), where we have a 41.2% holding, accounts for the majority of our investment in funds.

In August 2012 British Land sold its 26.1% stake in Hercules Income Fund (HIF), to clients of La Salle Investment Management, which is now the sole owner of HIF.

understanding our strategy

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND

OTHER INFORMATION

Our suppliers

We retain all commercial decision making within our business, while outsourcing much of the delivery of property management and our development activities such as design and construction.

This enables us to manage costs effectively, adapt quickly to changing circumstances in our portfolio and employ the most appropriate resources for each activity. We work closely with our suppliers to achieve our ethical standards and corporate responsibility goals, meeting regularly, providing extensive guidance for instance through our Sustainability Briefs, implementing audit processes such as ISO 14001 certified Environmental Management System for developments and writing key performance indicators into contracts where appropriate.

As already described in our customers section on pages 36 and 37, day-to-day activities on our existing property portfolio are managed through managing agents.

Our development activities are managed separately from asset management. We develop new buildings in partnership with a team of external specialists which includes project managers, architects, engineers, building contractors and trade contractors. We have developed robust methodologies to ensure our development suppliers meet our high standards. We use Building Confidence as our third-party construction supplier accreditation scheme. This is increasingly being recognised as the standard for supplier excellence within the construction industry and we encourage our suppliers to sign up to the scheme. Accreditation status is only awarded to contractors who meet the requirements of the scheme and this is purposefully designed to significantly increase supply chain standards and performance. The accreditation includes checking the supplier's financial, safety, environmental/ sustainability, social and ethical, occupational health and quality management systems, competencies and capabilities. We are also signatories to the UK Government's Prompt Payment Code. Excluding disputed invoices we paid 80% of invoices, within 30 days in the year.

ourpeople

Our approach is to recruit small teams of experts in their fields who procure additional specialist resource as and when needed.

We employ a relatively small in-house team totalling around 215 people. This is a major distinction and provides a cost advantage between us and our key competitors and most other FTSE 100 companies. As a result, the structure and processes of the business are effectively aligned with its strategy. There are limited levels of management and individuals have exposure to senior people through a wide range of Company activities and the opportunity to make a real impact in the business.

In 2013 we again achieved a one star accreditation in the Sunday Times Best Companies to Work for survey which provides invaluable feedback for further improvements in staff engagement through an employee action plan.

We have a full programme of formal and informal staff communications including monthly all-staff meetings, annual Company conferences and ad-hoc events with smaller groups. We are currently reviewing all policies and procedures to ensure that they remain appropriate and relevant.

Financing

The scale of our business combined with the security and stability of our rental income means we are able to finance our business on competitive terms from a broad range of sources.

Finance contributes to our success, most importantly by providing the liquidity and resources to grow and develop the business.

We aim to ensure that the Group and its joint ventures and funds are financed with sufficient resources and flexibility to pursue and execute their strategy, covering additional requirements and opportunities which may arise. We use debt to enhance returns, provide flexibility and grow the business.

Access to capital and to the debt markets is a competitive advantage, allowing us to exploit opportunities when they arrive. Our access to finance has also made us one of a relatively few companies able to invest in major London development.

We have five guiding principles that we employ in managing our debt book: 1 Diversify our sources of finance; 2 Maintain liquidity; 3 Extend and stretch maturity of debt portfolio; 4 Maintain flexibility; and 5 Maintain strong balance sheet metrics.

We aim to finance the business from a diverse range of sources with a broad mix of maturities. Our joint ventures and funds are financed separately on the strength of their assets and without recourse to British Land for repayment.

Our debt financing includes long-term securitisations, unsecured private placements, convertible bonds, debentures and secured bank facilities as well as shorter-term revolving unsecured facilities available for immediate drawdown.

Debt profile – proportionally consolidated (as at 31 March 2013)

Determining the optimal level of gearing for the business is a very important judgement for us, and one which involves weighing up the risk and rewards from owning a larger portfolio and having more debt on our balance sheet. Our preferred range of gearing is between 40% and 50% on a proportionally consolidated basis.

In addition to the £493 million raised from our share placing in March 2013, over the last 24 months we have raised £2.8 billion of debt, all on competitive terms and from a range of different sources. By borrowing at a low cost we are able to deliver enhanced returns to shareholders.

Our balance sheet metrics remain strong and provide capacity for future investments: • loan to value 40.2%;

  • weighted average interest rate 4.6%;
  • interest cover 2.3 times; and
  • the average maturity of our debt 9.9 years.

managingrisk in deliveringourstrategy

At British Land, we take the view that our assessment of risk is a cornerstone of our strategy and our embedded risk management is fundamental to its delivery. Our integrated approach combines a top-down strategic view with a complementary bottom-up operational process.

ourapproachto risk management

The top-down approach involves a review of the external environment in which we operate to determine the level of risk which we are comfortable exposing the business to in pursuit of our performance objectives – this is our risk appetite. This evaluation frames the determination of our strategy and the actions which underpin its execution. Key risk indicators (KRIs) have been identified for each of our principal risks and uncertainties and are used to monitor our risk exposure on an on-going basis to ensure that the activities of the business remain within agreed risk appetite tolerances.

The bottom-up approach involves identification, management and monitoring of risks in each area of our business meaning that risk management is embedded in our everyday operations. Control of this process is provided through maintenance of risk registers in each area. These risk registers are aggregated and reviewed by the Risk Committee, with significant and emerging risks escalated for Board consideration as appropriate.

This process complements the top-down view by informing the identification of our principal risks and uncertainties, ensuring that operational risks are fully considered in determining the risk appetite and the corresponding strategy of the business.

Those principal risks and uncertainties are detailed in the table that follows. This disclosure includes an indication of the most significant links between each of our internal risks and our strategic priorities.

Risk Governance

The Board takes overall responsibility for risk management with a particular focus on determining the nature and extent of significant risks it is willing to take in achieving its strategic objectives. The Audit Committee takes responsibility for overseeing the effectiveness of sound risk management and internal control systems.

The Executive Directors are responsible for delivering the Company's strategy and managing operational risk and a Risk Committee has been established during the year to provide a forum to fulfil these responsibilities. This Committee has overseen the formalisation of many of our risk management processes in the year.

The Directors in turn place reliance on their teams to monitor and manage operational risks on an on-going basis, as well as identifying emerging risks. The risk registers provide a framework for all staff to feed into this process, recognising their shared responsibility for effective management of risk in delivering our strategy.

Finance Director ASSESSING RISK IN INVESTMENT DECISIONS

Execution of our chosen investment strategy comprises a series of individual investment decisions including purchases, sales and developments. Evaluation of risk is fundamental to each decision and includes consideration of both qualitative and quantitative factors. During the year we enhanced our evaluation of risk adjusted returns of investment opportunities by using scenario modelling tools to consider a range of possible outcomes and associated likelihoods. This provides a rigorous basis for comparing investment opportunities.

This year we formalised our risk focus by establishing the Risk Committee which oversees delivery of our strategy through an evaluation of external risks as well as monitoring internal risks which we can control. We concentrate on identifying emerging risks at an early stage so we can adapt and respond appropriately before our performance is adversely impacted.

Lucinda Bell

RISK MANAGEMENT AT A GLANCE

The diagram below summarises the complementary top-down and bottom-up aspects of our integrated approach to risk management.

principalrisks anduncertainties

As detailed on pages 38 and 39, managing our environmental and social impacts is central to how we do business and deliver value to shareholders. To reflect this, rather than reporting environmental and social factors separately, we have integrated them within the principal risks and uncertainties disclosures which follow, as indicated by these environmental and social icons.

Externalrisks

Economic uncertainty

Continued economic uncertainty and subdued levels of economic growth in the UK, the Eurozone and further afield present risks to financing and property markets as well as the businesses of our occupiers.

Risks and impacts how we manage the risk movement in the period

  • A review of the economic environment is a standing agenda item for the Risk Committee and is supported by review of key economic data including leading indicators. We are guided by this in determining our strategy and remain alert to observed or anticipated changes, evolving our strategy and its implementation accordingly.
  • Our direct exposure to Eurozone economies remains limited, representing less than 3% of the portfolio.

The political will demonstrated in the year to preserving the euro indicates a lower risk of financial market dislocation from a Eurozone break up. Relative to historic norms, the risk of economic shocks remains elevated and the outlook for economic growth is subdued both in the UK and abroad but continuing expansionary monetary policy accompanied by increasing levels of guidance has seen borrowing costs drop to new lows, buoying investor confidence evidenced by strong stock market performance over the period.

commercial property investor demand

Reduction in investor demand for UK commercial property may result in falls in asset valuations and could arise from variations in:

  • health of the UK economy;
  • attractiveness of investment in the UK;
  • availability of finance; and
  • relative attractiveness of other asset classes.
  • A review of the property investment market is a standing agenda item for the Risk Committee and is supported by review of key market data including leading indicators. We are guided by this in determining our strategy and remain alert to observed or anticipated changes, evolving our strategy and its implementation accordingly.
  • We maintain a focus on those sectors which we consider to be most resilient to variations in investor demand, underpinned by long-term committed lease income.

The status of the UK, and particularly London, as an investment 'safehaven' at this time of heightened economic uncertainty has translated to a high level of investor demand, including a large international element and increasing appetite for property investment from sovereign wealth funds and other emerging overseas institutional investors. This interest is, however, highly selective and largely focused on the prime end of the investment spectrum. Consistent with anticipated polarisation of the investment market, demand for weaker assets continues to diminish – reflecting the accelerating obsolescence of some sectors and locations and poor occupier trading performance.

availability and cost of finance

  • Reduced availability of real estate financing may adversely impact British Land's ability to refinance facilities and result in weaker investor demand for real estate.
  • Increasing finance costs would reduce British Land's underlying profits.
  • Benchmark borrowing rates and other financing indicators are monitored by the Risk Committee on a quarterly basis to guide financing strategy.
  • We maintain strong relationships with our key financing partners and advisers to maintain an awareness of financing market activity.
  • We maintain a diverse range of sources of finance to provide flexibility to access funding as required.
  • We closely monitor relevant emerging banking regulation (e.g. Basel III, Slotting) working with industry bodies and other relevant organisations to understand the implications for the commercial real estate industry and participate in the debate where our interests are affected.

One key dynamic in real estate funding is the continuing rebalancing of banks' real estate exposure resulting in significant deleveraging, exacerbated by increasing regulation and capital requirements.

Those real estate investors who have maintained strong balance sheets, strong relationships with financing partners and access to capital markets continue to experience good availability of finance demonstrated by the high volume of bank and capital market financing transactions concluded in the year by leading REITs.

Benchmark borrowing rates have remained at historic lows and are not expected to increase in the short-term although swap rates point to an increase in the medium-term.

Externalrisks continued

occupier demand and tenant default

  • Underlying income, rental growth and capital performance could be adversely affected by weakening occupier demand resulting from variations in health of the UK economy and corresponding weakening of consumer confidence and business activity and investment.
  • Occupier failures may adversely impact underlying income and capital performance.
  • Changing consumer and business practices (e.g. internet shopping, flexible working practices and demand for energy efficient buildings), new technologies, new legislation and alternative locations may result in earlier than anticipated obsolescence of our buildings if evolving occupier and regulatory requirements are not met.

Risks and impacts how we manage the risk movement in the period

  • A review of the property occupier market is a standing agenda item for the Risk Committee, supported by review of key market data, to guide determination of our strategy and its implementation.
  • We have a Key Occupier Account programme through which we work together with our occupiers to find ways to best meet their evolving requirements.
  • We perform rigorous occupier covenant checks and review these on an on-going basis so that we can be proactive in managing exposure to weaker occupiers.
  • We are constantly assessing how best to 'futureproof' our buildings and maintain Sustainability Briefs across the investment portfolio as well as on acquisitions and developments.
  • British Land prides itself on taking a leadership position on defining and responding to environmental legislation impacting the built environment. All our office developments are BREEAM Excellent and our major retail developments BREEAM Very Good or Excellent. In our existing buildings we have delivered a 38% landlord-influenced energy reduction, towards our 40% reduction target by 2015. We are assessing our exposure to the anticipated Minimum Energy Performance Standards arising from the Energy Act (2011), so we can address any issues that arise as a result of this before 2018.

Failures of retailers who have not been able to keep pace with evolving consumer demands remain a feature of the retail landscape. A number of these occupiers operated from properties such as ours. Mindful of this, we remain committed to providing destinations which enable occupiers to meet shoppers' changing behaviours and focused on engaging with those occupiers who are best placed to respond to these changes.

Widespread changes to the operating and financing models being employed in the banking sector in response to the recent financial crisis and subsequent regulation have depressed demand from this sector. Demand from other sectors such as insurance and TMT has increased however and we are working hard to consider how best to engage with and meet the requirements of these occupiers.

Overview

Our

Catastrophic Business Event

  • An external event such as a civil emergency, including a large scale terrorist attack, extreme weather occurrence or environmental disaster could severely disrupt global markets (including property and finance) and cause significant damage and disruption to British Land's portfolio and operations.
  • Asset risk assessments (e.g. security, flood, environmental, health and safety).
  • Regular security threat information service.
  • Physical security measures at properties and development sites.
  • Asset emergency procedures reviewed and scenario tested.
  • Head office business continuity plan in place and regularly tested.
  • Comprehensive insurance.

The evaluation of the likely impact of this risk on the performance of the Group has not changed since the prior year. The Home Office threat level from international terrorism remains 'substantial'.

principalrisksanduncertainties continued

INternalrisks

investment strategy Responsible Executive: Chris Grigg

In order to meet our strategic objectives we must invest in and exit from the right properties at the right time.

Significant underperformance could result from inappropriate determination and execution of our property investment strategy, including:

  • sector selection and weighting;
  • timing of investment and divestment decisions;
  • exposure to developments;
  • sector, asset, tenant, region concentration; and
  • co-investment arrangements.

Risks and impacts how we manage the risk movement in the period

  • Our investment strategy is determined to be consistent with our target risk appetite based on the evaluation of the external environment.
  • Progress against the strategy and continuing alignment with our risk appetite is monitored at each Risk Committee by reviewing relevant indicators including comparison of forecast portfolio returns against the IPD benchmark.
  • Individual investment decisions are subject to robust risk evaluation overseen by our Investment Committee including consideration of risk adjusted returns relative to internal hurdle rates.
  • We foster collaborative relationships with our co-investors and enter into ownership agreements which balance the interests of the parties.

Chris Grigg commented, "These results show that the long-term decisions that we have taken in determining the investment strategy and the short-term actions we have taken in executing it are delivering outperformance. We were pleased to be able to conclude a number of significant transactions in the year, including the acquisitions of the Clarges Estate and the Ealing Broadway Shopping Centre which leveraged British Land's relationships and ability to execute complex deals rapidly."

For more on our markets, our strategy and the actions we are taking to implement this, see pages 12 to 27.

Development Responsible Executives: Charles Maudsley, Tim Roberts

Development provides an opportunity for outperformance but this brings with it elevated risk. The care with which we make our decisions around which schemes to develop when, as well as our execution of these projects, must reflect this.

Development risks could adversely impact underlying income and capital performance including:

  • development letting exposure;
  • construction timing and costs; and
  • adverse planning judgements.

Capital Structure – Gearing Responsible Executive: Lucinda Bell

We must maintain a capital structure which recognises the balance between performance, risk and flexibility.

  • Gearing provides the capacity for outperformance but also magnifies the impact of underperformance.
  • An increase in the gearing level increases the risk of a breach of financing covenants and may increase borrowing costs.

  • We maintain our levels of total and speculative development exposure within a target range taking into account associated risks and the impact on key financial metrics.

  • For each project we make a judgement about apportionment of construction risk. Where we retain this risk we fix costs early in the process, subject to other market factors, with key contractors subject to financial covenant review.
  • Pre-lets are employed to strategically de-risk the development letting profile.
  • We actively engage with the communities in which we operate, as detailed in our Community Charter, to ensure that our development activities consider the interests of all stakeholders.
  • We set a target gearing range to reflect the strength of our portfolio and cash flows, management of our debt book and our refinancing risk. We manage gearing with reference to the property valuation cycle.
  • We manage our investment activity, which can be lumpy, as well as our development commitments to ensure that we will remain within an appropriate range of LTV.
  • Covenant headroom and LTV, both absolute and relative to the cycle, are monitored quarterly by the Risk Committee.

Tim Roberts commented, "We have made great progress on our committed development programme in the year. The risk profile has reduced with further pre-lets at The Leadenhall Building, NEQ and 10 Portman Square meaning that the London committed programme is now 61% pre-let or under offer. In addition 98% of our costs are now fixed. We remain alert to risks over the remaining life of these developments – including the outstanding letting requirement – and are turning our attention to replenishing our development pipeline."

For more on our development programme, see pages 20 to 23, 34 and 35.

Lucinda Bell commented, "We have been successful in managing our LTV within our target range this year, through a period of extensive capital markets, investment and development activity. As a result of the equity issue in March our LTV is currently at the lower end of the range."

For more on our financial policies and principles, see pages 69 to 73.

INternalrisks continued

income sustainability Responsible Executives: Charles Maudsley, Tim Roberts

We must be mindful of maintaining sustainable income streams in order to continue to generate returns for our shareholders and provide the platform from which to grow the business through development and capital appreciation.

We are required to consider sustainability of our income streams in:

  • execution of investment strategy and capital recycling, notably timing of reinvestment of sale proceeds;
  • nature and structure of leasing activity; and • nature and timing of asset management and development activity.

LIQUIDITY

Responsible Executive: Lucinda Bell

We must be judicious in the management of our financing as our strategy here addresses risks both to our continuing going concern and the stability of our profits.

Failure to manage the refinancing requirement may result in a shortage of funds to sustain the operations of the business or repay facilities as they fall due.

This and a breach of financing covenant limits, are considered to be the most significant risks to the continuing operation of British Land as a going concern. See page 85 for further consideration of going concern.

people

Responsible Executive: Chris Grigg

Our people are one of our major assets. It is their decisions and actions that drive the returns of the business.

Failure to recruit, develop and retain staff and directors with the right skills and experience may result in significant underperformance.

  • We undertake comprehensive profit and cash flow forecasting incorporating scenario analysis to model the impact of proposed transactions.
  • We perform rigorous occupier covenant checks and review these on an on-going basis so that we can be proactive in managing exposure to weaker occupiers.
  • We are proactive in addressing key lease breaks and expiries to minimise periods of vacancy.
  • We actively engage with the communities in which we operate, as detailed in our Community Charter.

• We have five key principles guiding the financing of the Group which together are employed to manage the risks in this area: diversifying our sources of finance, maintain liquidity, extend and stretch maturity of debt portfolio, maintain flexibility and maintain strong balance

• We are committed to maintaining and enhancing relationships with our key

• We closely monitor relevant emerging regulation which has the potential to impact the way that we finance the Group and to introduce other operating constraints (e.g. AIFMD, EMIR). As with other regulatory and public affairs matters which impact us, we engage with Government and other industry participants to influence the debate.

sheet metrics.

financing partners.

Risks and impacts how we manage the risk movement in the period

Charles Maudsley commented, "The strength of our Retail portfolio and the steps we are taking to ensure that we continue to meet the changing needs of our occupiers and their customers means that we are well placed in a challenging trading environment."

Tim Roberts commented, "Our proactive approach to addressing the risks of upcoming lease events and the strong relationships we have with our occupiers have served us well this year. This was particularly notable in the lease extensions that we agreed with our key occupiers Herbert Smith and ICAP on the Broadgate Estate."

For more on how we manage our portfolio, see pages 18, 19 and 31 to 33.

Lucinda Bell commented, "Against a backdrop of banks retrenching in terms of their real estate lending exposure, we have taken advantage of our strong balance sheet, relationships and track record to deliver £1.2 billion of new financing for and on behalf of British Land and its coinvestments. This included our £400 million convertible bond in September 2012, a new source of financing adding to the diversity of our funding, alongside £0.4 billion of new unsecured bank facilities and £0.4 billion of secured loans from banks and insurers. This activity in combination with our equity placing in March provides the capacity to invest opportunistically."

For more on our financial policies and principles, see pages 69 to 73.

• We regularly review succession planning for key roles and act promptly to address any exposures identified.

  • We regularly benchmark Director and employee remuneration and incentives with an appropriate peer group.
  • We are committed to our performance appraisal process, conduct an annual employee survey and closely monitor staff turnover.

Chris Grigg commented, "We are committed to making British Land a great place to work for all of our staff. We challenge our staff, through the appraisal process, to identify their own development needs and work with them to provide solutions. As our staff develop and broaden their experience and skills, all of our stakeholders benefit from improved performance and service."

Overview

understanding

our

strategy

Our

performance

Portfolioreview– Investment

Our investment activity was significant during the year.

Highlights

£1.6bn

Highly active year with £1.6 billion of gross investment activity

55%

55% of UK portfolio now in London and the South East

52%

Office portfolio – more weighted to the West End than the City for the first time (West End 52%)

£795m

£795 million of disposals; 4.5% above March 2012 valuation

£544m

£544 million of acquisitions; average net initial yield of 6.3% on income producing properties; mainly in London and the South East

2.0msqft

2.0 million sq ft of leasing activity; investment lettings and renewals 7.6% ahead of ERV

2.6msqft

2.6 million sq ft of rent reviews, 5.1% ahead of previous passing rent

£49m

Good progress on development pre-lets with over 300,000 sq ft of space agreed/under offer during the year; now 65% pre-let/under offer delivering £49 million of annual rent

Portf
olio weighti
ng
At 31 March (%) 2012 2013
(current)
2013
(pro-forma1
)
Retail:
Retail parks 26.3 23.9 22.7
Superstores 13.2 12.4 11.7
Shopping centres 14.6 17.1 17.0
Department stores 4.4 4.5 4.3
Retail 58.5 57.9 55.7
Europe Retail 2.6 2.4 2.3
All Retail 61.1 60.3 58.0
Offices:
City 20.0 16.7 18.6
West End 13.6 17.9 18.2
Provincial 0.9 0.8 0.8
All Offices 34.5 35.4 37.6
Other 4.4 4.3 4.4
Total 100.0 100.0 100.0

Investment Activity

Investment activity was significant during the year, reflecting a more active period for acquisitions and disposals and on-going investment in the Group's committed development programme.

The gross value of investment activity during the year, as measured by our share of acquisitions, disposals and capital investment in developments was £1.6 billion.

Institutional demand for high-quality property remains strong both from international and domestic institutions. We are taking advantage of this demand by selectively disposing of more mature assets to reinvest the capital in higher returning opportunities. The most significant disposal during the year was the sale of Ropemaker Place, our 594,000 sq ft City office, but we have also sold smaller ex-growth or non-strategic assets, mainly in retail. Our acquisition focus has been on both income-producing assets which have medium and/or longer-term asset management and potential development opportunities. Most of the acquisitions were in London and the South East, which is in line with our strategy of increasing our exposure to these regions.

We remain positive on the outlook for development returns and so are replenishing our pipeline of potential development projects with the aim of maintaining our development exposure around current levels, but not exceeding 15% of our gross assets. We expect to commit to a number of new projects which are currently in our prospective pipeline and will also look to acquire further properties with development potential.

There was a modest increase in the weighting of the Offices portfolio relative to Retail during the year. This shift partly reflects our investment activity, but the increase in office weighting also comes despite the sale of Ropemaker Place, reflecting both continued investment in, and the underlying strength of the Offices portfolio. Our London Offices portfolio is 52% in the West End compared to 35% three years ago and London and the South East now accounts for 55% of our UK portfolio.

1 Pro-forma for current committed developments at estimated end value (as determined by the Group's external valuers).

£1.4bn

Committed development programme

£86m

Estimated rental value from committed developments

61%

Committed development programme pre-let

Estimated profit from committed developments

Near-term development pipeline

development

Our total capital commitment to development (current value plus the cost to complete) is £1.4 billion. Our share of capital spend on developments was £324 million during the year with £327 million of costs (excluding £50 million of notional interest) remaining to complete the existing programme. We completed two developments during the year – 199 Bishopsgate in the City and Puerto Venecia Shopping Centre

in Zaragoza, Spain. Two new developments were added to our committed pipeline – the redevelopment of Broadgate Circle and the development of a 310,000 sq ft shopping centre in Hereford. These add £7 million of potential rental income, with the total ERV of our committed pipeline at £86 million. Following further successful pre-letting, our total committed pipeline is 65% pre-let or under offer (by area).

committed and near-term prospective developments – British Land Share

At 31 March 2013 Sq ft V
'000
alue
£m
Cost to
complete
£m1
ERV
£m
Pre-let
£m
Pre-sold
£m
Recently completed 1,514 140 7 11.2 7.6
Committed:
Retail 676 54 76 8.9 5.3
Offices2 2,168 960 281 77.3 39.2 94
Residential 50 47 20 13
Total committed 2,894 1,061 377 86.2 44.5 107
Prospective:
Near-term 964 212 402
Total near-term prospective 964 212 402

1 Including notional cost of finance of 6%.

2 Including 136,000 sq ft of residential (estimated end value of £128 million).

Our committed development programme delivered £147 million of profit in the year, reflecting pre-lets, strong ERV growth at our West End developments and profit release on buildings completed or nearing completion. The office developments are 61% let or under offer and 73% of the residential units are pre-sold for a total of £107 million. Based on our valuers' current assumptions, the office programme is expected to deliver a further £126 million (12.6 pence per share) of profit bringing the total estimated return from the development programme we started in 2010 to over £420 million (42.0 pence per share). In retail, our committed projects are 78% – by area pre-let or under offer. Profit of £8 million has been taken to date on these projects, with a further £9 million to come.

In line with our aim to maintain our level of development exposure, we have been expanding our near-term pipeline which currently stands at £212 million and £318 million of estimated development costs (excluding £84 million of notional interest). The largest scheme is the Clarges Estate, a major mixed-use residential and office site in Mayfair which we bought for £128.6 million and will cost around £240 million to complete (including notional interest). Surrey Quays is an existing shopping centre in South London, where we have planning permission for a 100,000 sq ft extension along with a major refurbishment of the existing scheme, with a total investment of £38 million. Most recently, we were pleased to have been selected by the City of London Corporation as the preferred development partner for Shoreditch Estate.

portfolioreviewcontinued

acquisitions and disposals

Price British Land Annual
passing
To 31 March 2013
Acquisitions
Area (gross)
£m
share
£m
rent
£m
Completed
Ealing Broadway Shopping Centre Retail London 143 143 10
The Clarges Estate, Mayfair Mixed-use London 129 129
Hereford Retail West Midlands 90 90
Eden Walk Shopping Centre,
Kingston upon Thames (50%) Retail London 83 42 2
Surrey Quays Shopping Centre (50%) Retail London 48 48 3
The Hempel Hotel, London Residential London 33 33
Other 46 46 3
Exchanged
Harmsworth Quay, Canada Water Residential London 13 13
Total 585 544 18
Price British Land Annual
passing
To 31 March 2013 (gross) share rent
Disposals Area £m £m £m
Completed
Ropemaker Place1 Office London 461 461 24
Eight food superstores Retail V arious 135 70 4
Beehive Centre, Cambridge Retail M idlands 109 109 5
Hercules Income Fund Retail V arious 73 19 1
Residential Residential London 30 30
Eldon Street Offices London 17 17
Other 74 61 5
Exchanged
Residential – pre-sales Residential London 28 28
Total 927 795 39

1 Net sales proceeds after costs, passing rent reflects top up for rent-free.

Investments

We completed or exchanged £544 million of acquisitions over the year, at an average net initial yield of 6.3% on income producing assets. The acquisitions increase our annual contracted rental income by £18 million. Disposals completed or exchanged raised £795 million, at an average net initial yield of 5.3%, reducing our annual contracted rental income by £39 million and our accounting income by £36 million. Income from pre-let developments will more than compensate for the income foregone.

Retail assets accounted for over half of our acquisitions with Ealing Broadway Shopping Centre the most significant addition to the portfolio, acquired on a net initial yield of 6.9%. Other retail acquisitions included a half share in Eden Walk Shopping Centre in Kingston and we bought out our joint venture partner's 50% share in Surrey Quays Shopping Centre. Both are London-based assets with strong consumer catchments, and were acquired on net initial yields of 5.35% and 6.2% respectively. In central London, we bought the Clarges Estate, a development site in Mayfair.

The largest disposal during the year was Ropemaker Place, sold at 4.8% above March 2012 book value and a net initial yield of 5.0%. The sale is in line with our strategy of recycling and re-balancing our office portfolio towards the West End relative to the City. The majority of our other disposals were retail properties which were sold to a range of institutional investors. The largest was the Beehive Centre, a retail park in Cambridge, which was sold on a blended yield of 5.25%, and 3.8% above valuation. We also sold eight of our smaller food superstores on net initial yield ranging from 4.95% to 5.7%.

More detail on individual developments and assets acquired during the year can be found in the Retail and Offices reviews on pages 53 to 56 and 57 to 59 respectively and in the supplementary schedules on pages 166 to 167.

Portfolioreview–valuation

We continued to outperform the uK property market.

portfolio performance Highlights

Total UK property return for the year outperforming IPD benchmark by 310 bps

Value of portfolio up 0.5% to £10.5 billion UK portfolio up 1.0%

Total ERV across the portfolio

+1.0%

Growth in estimated rental value outperforming IPD benchmark by 100 bps

Portfolio net equivalent outward yield shift

Portfolio Performance

Overall our UK portfolio generated a total property return of 6.3% for the year, made up of an income return of 5.0% and a capital return of 1.2%. We outperformed the IPD benchmark by 310 bps on total returns and 360 bps on capital returns.

We continued to benefit from our focus on prime UK Retail and London assets and our early decision to invest in development along with the strength of our asset management capabilities.

total property return (as calculated by ipd excluding europe)

Retail Offices Total
To 31 March 2013 (%) British Land IPD British Land IPD British Land IPD
Income return 5.7 5.9 3.7 5.3 5.0 5.8
Capital return (1.6) (3.4) 5.8 (0.6) 1.2 (2.4)
– ERV growth 0.8 (0.7) 1.5 1.6 1.0 0.0
– Yield movement1 11 bps 11 bps (4 bps) 27 bps 6 bps 19 bps
Total property return 4.0 2.3 9.7 4.7 6.3 3.2

1 Net equivalent yield movement.

The value of the portfolio increased 0.5% over the year to £10.5 billion with a stronger performance of +0.6% in the second half. In the UK, management actions underpinned a 1.0% uplift in overall performance, with our development pipeline delivering significant gains over the year with positive contributions from all sectors as we continue to achieve pre-leasing success and development milestones. This more than offset outward yield shift in retail. Our standing investment portfolio was 0.3% lower which compares to a market capital decline of 2.7% for investment properties.

UK Retail values continued to decline but at a slower pace in the second half. We saw an improvement in investor sentiment in the second half for good quality assets. In Offices, the valuation uplift was 5.0% ahead, driven by our development pipeline together with lease extensions and new lettings within our investment portfolio. In Europe, the value of our retail portfolio was 17% lower at £255 million, reflecting on-going economic contraction across Southern Europe, where our PREF assets are located. Our Puerto Venecia Spanish superregional shopping centre is now completed and performing quite well. Looking forward, we consider Europe to be a subscale business for us and our intention is to exit over time.

Total ERV across the portfolio now stands at £575 million with IPD calculated growth in the year of 1.0%, comprising growth of 0.3% in the first half, and 0.7% in the second half. This compares well to the market, where ERVs as measured by IPD were flat overall. Our lettings and renewals were signed on average 7.6% ahead of ERV and rent reviews were 5.1% ahead of the previous passing rent.

Overall, there was a modest outward yield shift of 6 bps for our UK portfolio, considerably less than the market reflecting both the quality and mix of our assets and the value added by our successful asset management initiatives. At 31 March 2013, the portfolio net equivalent yield was 5.9%, compared to the market at 6.8%. Our EPRA net initial yield and our EPRA topped up net initial yield were 5.5% and 5.7% respectively (see supplementary schedules on page 164 for more detail).

Overview

portfolioreviewcontinued

portfolio valuation

Joint ventures Change %²
At 31 March 2013 Group
£m
and funds1
£m
Total
£m
H1 H2 FY
Retail3
:
Retail parks 1,736 768 2,504 (2.3) (1.1) (3.4)
Superstores 131 1,164 1,295 0.5 (1.1) (0.5)
Shopping centres 730 1,069 1,799 (0.3) (0.3) (0.6)
Department stores 474 474 (0.6) 3.1 2.4
Retail 3,071 3,001 6,072 (1.0) (0.6) (1.5)
Europe Retail 255 255 (9.3) (9.0) (17.0)
All Retail 3,071 3,256 6,327 (1.4) (0.9) (2.2)
Offices3
:
City 70 1,680 1,750 1.5 1.3 2.6
West End 1,880 1,880 3.2 5.3 8.2
Provincial 83 4 87 1.3 (1.3) 0.2
All Offices 2,033 1,684 3,717 2.2 3.0 5.0
Other 450 5 455 1.2 0.5 1.6
total 5,554 4,690 10,244 0.2 0.8 1.0
Total 5,554 4,945 10,499 0.6 0.5

1 Group's share of properties in joint ventures and funds.

2 Valuation movement during the period (after taking account of capital expenditure) of properties held at the balance sheet date,

including developments (classified by end-use), purchases and sales. 3 Including committed developments.

portfolio yield and erv movements

Net
equivalent
ERV growth %1 Net equivalent yield
movement bps²
At 31 March 2013 ERV
£m
yield
%
H1 H2 FY H1 H2 FY
Retail:
Retail parks 156 5.9 0.5 0.5 12 5 17
Superstores 71 5.2 0.3 1.4 1.7 10 10
Shopping centres 114 5.9 (0.3) (0.3) (2) 1
Department stores 24 6.4 0.8 4.0 4.9 8 (12) (5)
Retail 365 5.8 0.8 0.8 6 3 11
Europe Retail 24 8.0 48 19 72
All Retail 389 5.9 7 4 11
Offices:
City 91 5.8 1.0 0.5 1.5 1 (4) (3)
West End 67 5.6 1.2 0.4 1.6 2 (8) (6)
Provincial 5 6.6 (0.2) (0.2) (2) 8 6
All Offices 163 5.7 1.0 0.4 1.5 1 (5) (4)
Other 23 8.5 0.1 0.3 0.4 2 12 14
total 551 5.9 0.3 0.7 1.0 4 1 6
Total 575 5.9 5 2 7

1 Like-for-like (as calculated by IPD), excluding Europe.

2 Including notional purchaser's costs.

Retailreview

Highlights

Total property returns for the year

Continuing to outperform a tough market: total unlevered property returns of 4.0%, 170 bps ahead of the IPD All Retail benchmark.

  • UK Retail portfolio valuation £6.1 billion; capital returns outperformed IPD by 180 bps.
  • ERV up 0.8% which compares to a 0.7% decline for the market as a whole.
  • UK occupancy remains robust at 97.4% (70 bps reduction on 31 December 2012).

1.1msqft

Lettings and lease renewals

Attracting a broad range of retail and leisure occupiers.

  • 1.1 million sq ft of lettings and lease renewals; investment lettings 7.6% ahead of ERV.
  • Administrations 0.9% of total rent as at March 2013.

£351m

Acquisitions/forward fundings

Reshaping the portfolio through recycling: £610 million of gross investment activity.

  • Sale of 23 non-strategic assets.
  • £351 million of acquisitions and forward funding in locally dominant schemes.

Enhancing our overall services to customers – signed long-term deal with BT to extend free wi-fi; continue to trial digital innovation.

charles maudsley Head of Retail

evolvi ngour portfolio in arapidly changingworld

Q: Are shops still relevant or will we soon all be shopping online? A: We firmly believe that physical shops will remain at the heart of the retail offer and become increasingly important as showrooms and places where you can collect or return goods bought online. The amount of space retailers need will reduce so landlords must ensure they have the right kind of offer which reflects how consumers want to shop.

Q: What do you mean by the right offer?

A: Quite simply, the places where consumers want to shop. We see three main trends; functional, where people make regular visits for items they cannot do without, convenience, which takes an hour or so – and an experience – somewhere they can spend the whole day. Retailers also need to make money – so rents need to be affordable and the space adaptable to their changing needs. They want excellent services from their landlords and this increasingly means a digital offer to allow them to better connect with their customers.

Q: How would you describe British Land's digital strategy?

A: Digital is part of an integrated strategy which looks at the whole shopping experience including, for example, the leisure, food and drink offer. We want our assets to remain places where people want to come. Our approach is to amplify retailers' voices, not compete with them. So we are in the process of rolling out free wi-fi across our assets so we can exploit technological innovations to increase the connectivity between retailers and their customers.

Our robust performance during what has been a challenging year strengthens our conviction that we have the right assets which are well suited to the needs of modern retailers.

charles maudsley Head of Retail

understanding our

strategy

Our

performance

retailreviewcontinued

Market overview

The way people shop is changing. The internet lies at the heart of these changes not only because of the immediacy of being able to buy online but also because of the way it enables consumers to compare prices and quality, share their opinions and shape the development of new products and services. The line between online and physical sales is getting increasingly blurred with the majority of sales more likely to have some sort of digital aspect. The UK is now the world leader in internet sales.

Today's consumer is increasingly looking for more choice, greater convenience and better value along with a better shopping experience, whether in a physical or an online environment. We believe physical shops will remain at the core of the retail landscape but with stores also playing a key role as showrooms and pick-up and return points, so having a fully integrated physical and digital approach will be increasingly important. Too much of the available space in the UK is not well suited to these changing needs nor can it be economically adapted. Although retailers are reducing their overall space requirements, demand for the right type of space remains strong and as a result the retail property market continues to be heavily polarised between the right space and that which is essentially obsolete.

Our Retail property strategy therefore focuses on aligning our properties closely to the changing needs of retailers and consumers ensuring we remain at the forefront of market evolution. Our portfolio is well balanced to the way people shop – rational (purpose-led) and emotional (experience-led) – so our retail destinations are focused on experiential, convenience or functional shopping.

The combined impacts of austerity and long-term changes in shopping habits meant that the retail property market remained challenging during the year. Polarisation was again the dominant theme as retailers continued to focus their portfolios on better performing stores, exiting poor quality space on the expiry of lease terms. There was an increase in the rate of administrations in the second half, most notably those with more vulnerable business models and/or high levels of debt. As a result, rental values across the market remained under pressure, declining by 0.7% although the shortage of supply for high-quality space meant that prime rents were ahead. The investment market benefited from improved investor sentiment during the second half for better quality assets.

Performance

Our Retail business had another busy and productive year, operationally and strategically. Our operational performance continues to be resilient in tough markets. At the same time, we are actively evolving our portfolio through investment in our existing properties and through recycling.

Our asset management activities have been focused on continuing to evolve and improve our retail offer through: attracting a broader range of retailers, leisure, food and beverage operators; upgrading the physical environment; and enhancing our overall services to our customers, in particular by leveraging digital technology. We were also delighted to sign a new long-term joint venture at Meadowhall Shopping Centre with Norges, one of the largest sovereign wealth companies in the world. Norges bought their 50% stake from our previous partner, London and Stamford.

Total returns for the year at 4.0% were again significantly ahead of the market both at an All Retail market level (by 170 bps) and at the individual retail subsector level. We have now outperformed the market materially in each of the last four years which underlines the quality and resilience of our business and our ability to evolve our retail offer in a rapidly changing market-place. The value of our UK retail portfolio was down 0.6% from September at £6.1 billion with the benefits of asset management initiatives partially offsetting outward yield shift. Our retail capital returns outperformed the All UK Retail benchmark by 180 bps. Our standalone leisure assets generated total returns of 8.1%.

Our occupational metrics in the UK remained resilient, and we continued to sign lettings ahead of ERV. ERVs were 0.8% ahead for the year, outperforming the market by 150 bps with a stronger performance in the second half (+0.8%). Occupancy was modestly lower at 97.4%, due to the impact of administrations including Comet and Dreams. While footfall performance across our portfolio was weaker, down 1.5%, we continued to outperform the market (by 220 bps) with Meadowhall and retail parks both ahead.

Operating metrics

British Land IPD British Land
versus IPD
ERV +0.8% –0.7% +150 bps
Footfall –1.5% –3.7% +220 bps
UK occupancy 97.4% 94.7% +270 bps
% of total rent in administration 0.9%

Britishland versus IPD

ERV growth
+0.8%
–0.7%
–3.9%

Occupancy rate

97.4%
94.7%
88.3%
British Land Retail

IPD all retail

IPD secondary

Next signed a 43,000 sq ft agreement to take over an ex-Homebase store in Camberley for their third 'Home and Garden' concept in the UK.

Debenhams agreed to take 100,000 sq ft of space including a new store at our Fort Kinnaird Retail Park in Edinburgh.

Our UK like-for-like rental income was flat year-on-year, reflecting the impact of administrations in the second half, including one-off costs. Although we saw an increase in the number of administrations, our percentage of total rent in administration was only 0.9% at the year end. Our ability to manage our exposure to administrations reflects the quality of our portfolio as well as our diverse range of major UK and international retailers.

In Europe, which accounts for 2% of our portfolio, the value of our portfolio fell by 17% to £255 million. This was driven by falls in the value of the assets in PREF, the European fund in which we have a 65.3% share, which were impacted by both outward yield shift and rental concessions. The Puerto Venecia Shopping Centre in Zaragoza continues to trade quite well and was up 3.6% in value.

Asset Management

While the overall market remained tough with retailers cautious and taking longer to complete deals, we continued to see encouraging demand from a broad range of occupiers across our schemes. We agreed 3.5 million sq ft of leasing and rent review initiatives during the year, securing £7.3 million of new annual contracted rent. This included 1.1 million sq ft of lettings and renewals which were agreed on average 7.6% ahead of ERV with around three quarters of the lettings above or in line with ERV. We have a good volume of deals in the pipeline with 420,000 sq ft of space currently under offer, at terms overall ahead of ERV.

We signed multiple transactions with key retailers including Next, Debenhams, Arcadia and TK Maxx. Next signed a 43,000 sq ft agreement to take an ex-Homebase store in Camberley for their third 'Home and Garden' concept. Debenhams agreed to take a total of 100,000 sq ft of new space, with new stores signed at Leamington Spa and Fort Kinnaird, Edinburgh.

We are also attracting new retailers, notably at our major shopping centres Meadowhall and Drake Circus, where we continue to expand the premium retail offer. The most notable deal was with Victoria's Secret at Meadowhall for a 13,000 sq ft store which will open in the autumn. At Drake Circus we completed eight lettings during the year including Apple, Bank and Hotel

Chocolat. New retailers attracted to our out-of-town schemes included Whole Foods at Cheltenham, and footwear retailers Office at Glasgow Fort and Schuh at Stockton.

We continued to upgrade the experiential element on our schemes, completing 49 food, beverage and leisure lettings and renewals over the year across the portfolio. We initiated five combined cinema and restaurant schemes with our 45,000 sq ft scheme at Glasgow Fort due to open in July 2013. We also obtained planning permission for the external recladding and refurbishment of Debenhams' 360,000 sq ft flagship building on Oxford Street, which will reinvigorate this key West End landmark. Works have started and are scheduled to complete towards the end of 2013.

We see digital as part of an integrated approach which overall enhances the occupier and consumer experience on our schemes helping amplify the retailers' voice and aggregating information for the end consumer. We continued to expand our digital activities trialling a range of innovations on our schemes and post the end of the year announced a new long-term joint venture with BT to extend the provision of free wi-fi across our retail portfolio, starting with all of our shopping centres.

Investment Activity

As part of ensuring our portfolio remains at the forefront of modern retail requirements, we have been seeking to increase the pace of our investment activity – both development and recycling. Over the last year, we have undertaken £610 million of gross investment activity. Our investment programme has been particularly focused on London and the South East which accounted for the majority of our £367 million of acquisitions and development spend during the year. All the schemes we have invested in have strong and growing catchment areas and are or have the potential to be locally dominant. We believe retail development adds significant incremental value and are replenishing our pipeline to capitalise on future demand for the right space.

retailreviewcontinued

Upgrading the physical environment We have initiated five new cinema and restaurant schemes including a Cineworld at Chester Retail Park.

Development

We currently have 676,000 sq ft of committed retail development underway in the UK. Our committed pipeline includes the major redevelopment of Whiteley Shopping Centre a 320,000 sq ft next generation scheme near Southampton. The scheme is over 90% pre-let or under offer (by ERV) ahead of opening later this month. Key occupiers include Marks & Spencer, Next, H&M, River Island, Boots and JD Sports. We recently obtained planning permission for a 60,000 sq ft leisure scheme including a cinema which is already pre-let and which will extend the scheme to nearly 400,000 sq ft.

We started on site at Hereford a 310,000 sq ft retail and leisure development in the centre of the city. The open air scheme, on the site of Hereford's former cattle market, will have 22 retail units, seven restaurants and a six-screen cinema. More than 50% of the space has already been pre-let. Debenhams will anchor the scheme with a three-storey, 84,000 sq ft department store. Waitrose has also taken 22,000 sq ft of space and Odeon has signed for the cinema. Next, TK Maxx and Frankie & Benny's have also committed to the scheme. We expect to complete the development in summer 2014.

We are progressing with planning on a further 713,000 sq ft of prospective development initiatives in the UK. This includes: cinema additions at Broughton Park Chester and Fort Kinnaird Edinburgh; and a 100,000 sq ft extension to our existing shopping centre at Surrey Quays.

In Europe, the new 1.4 million sq ft Puerto Venecia Shopping Centre in Zaragoza successfully opened on schedule in early October. On opening, the shopping centre was 90% pre-let/under offer to an extensive range of international and national brands including all of the Inditex Group's brands, Desigual, H&M and Mango along with key anchors El Corte Inglés and Primark. The centre has traded quite well since opening.

Acquisitions and Disposals

We agreed or exchanged the sale of 23 assets for a total of £243 million including eight superstores and the Beehive Centre Retail Park in Cambridge. Details of the sales are provided in the table on page 50.

In June, we announced the conditional purchase of Harmsworth Quays a 14.6 acre printing works site at Canada Water, adjacent to our Surrey Quays Shopping Centre, building on our long-term interest and investment in the area which is a major regeneration zone in Southwark.

In July, we entered into a 50:50 joint venture at Eden Walk Shopping Centre in Kingston-upon-Thames with the existing owner Universities Superannuation Scheme (USS) for £41.5 million, a net initial yield of 5.35%. Eden Walk is a 276,000 sq ft open shopping centre in the middle of Kingston, anchored by Marks & Spencer, Sainsbury's, Boots and BHS. Kingston, which is in the south west of London, has one of the strongest consumer catchment areas in the UK with a high proportion of young affluent residents. We are responsible for asset management of the centre and are also acting as development manager to assess and progress what we believe is a significant medium-term development opportunity.

In November, we signed a £90 million forward funding agreement to enable the development of the 310,000 sq ft Old Market scheme in Hereford city centre. The scheme is now part of our committed development programme and we started on site in November 2012.

Also, in November, we acquired the 2.3 acre Canal Corridor North site in Lancaster city centre which includes the former Mitchell's of Lancaster brewery. A development agreement is also in place with Lancaster City Council for the acquisition of its adjoining land to enable the delivery of a significant canal-side, mixed-use scheme across a 10 acre site. Bound to the east by the Lancaster Canal and with two working theatres, the site, which is next to the city centre, provides the only real opportunity to significantly improve the city's retail offer. Working closely with Lancaster City Council and English Heritage, our aim is to deliver a scheme that complements the site's historical setting. Lancaster has seen very little retail investment over the last two decades and our aim is to create a retail and leisure destination to serve local people and attract more visitors into the city.

In February, we acquired Ealing Broadway Shopping Centre, as part of a portfolio deal. The £142.5 million consideration for the shopping centre represented a net initial yield of 6.9%. Ealing Broadway Shopping Centre has 300,000 sq ft of retail and leisure space and a multi-let office. The shopping centre, which has over 60 retail units, is anchored by Primark, Marks & Spencer, Tesco, River Island and H&M. Ealing Broadway is an attractive convenient shopping destination in west London, well located and close to the train and tube station and with an affluent catchment of 1.6 million people. With an annual footfall of around 15 million, the shopping centre dominates the retail offer in the town centre and is expected to benefit from significant levels of development in Ealing, including a new leisure scheme, the Dickens Yard residential quarter and Crossrail. Crossrail, which completes in 2018, will lead to significantly shorter journey times to Heathrow, Liverpool Street and Canary Wharf.

In March, we acquired the 50% we did not already own in Surrey Quays Shopping Centre in south London from Tesco, our joint venture partner, who also committed to a new longterm lease, bringing the weighted average lease length of the centre to 9.4 years. Subject to planning, we intend to progress plans for a £38 million upgrade of the centre, including a full refurbishment and 100,000 sq ft extension. Together with Harmsworth Quays, our interest now covers a 37 acre site in an area of urban regeneration with a strong growing catchment and considerable potential.

Increasing our exposure to London We have bought £258 million of retail assets in Greater London including Eden Walk Shopping Centre, Kingston upon Thames.

officesreview

Overview

understanding our strategy

Our performance

governance

Highlights

Total property returns for the year

Another good year with London focus driving strong outperformance: total returns 9.7%, outperforming IPD by 500 bps.

  • Valuation up 5.0% to £3.7 billion; investment portfolio up 2.3%, developments up 12.8%.
  • Capital returns 5.8%, 640 bps ahead of IPD; outperforming West End 370 bps and City 90 bps.

Increased Offices weighting from £3.6 billion to £3.7 billion, despite sale of Ropemaker Place, through acquisitions and investment in our committed development pipeline.

Achieved strategic objective of greater weighting in West End than City.

Good demand for our assets: 778,000 sq ft investment letting activity, 7.1% ahead of ERV.

Total development profits from committed programme

Developments continue to drive performance; now expected to produce total profits of over £420 million.

  • £297 million of profit delivered to date; £126 million to come on valuers' estimates.
  • 199 Bishopsgate and 10 Portman Square completed on time and budget.
  • Good pre-letting activity with 200,000 sq ft of development pre-lets agreed including 104,000 sq ft under offer at the year end.
  • Committed developments now 61% pre-let generating £43 million of annual contracted rent.

Replenishing development pipeline to drive growth and returns going forward.

• Acquisition of the Clarges Estate, a major mixed-use development site in Mayfair.

tim roberts Head of Offices

whylondon is theplacetobe

Q: Why do you think London will continue to outperform?

A: London is a world-leading City – for finance, business and investment – and we don't expect this to change. Its population is forecast to continue to grow with more and more people wanting to live and work in London. With significant investment in major infrastructure projects, notably Crossrail, large parts of the capital are being regenerated, boosting growth. So we see London remaining a growing and vibrant market and one where we can continue to make good returns.

Q: How do you see British Land growing its business in London?

A: London has been the fastest growing part of our business and we expect this to continue. In London, our focus will remain on offices and we continue to see development as a major growth driver. In Greater London we see more opportunity in retail, where we can create locally dominant convenience destinations such as Ealing in areas with growing and affluent populations.

Q: How will Crossrail benefit your business?

A: Crossrail is a £14.8 billion rail project which will transform transport links north of the Thames from Heathrow to the West End, City and Canary Wharf, dramatically cutting journey times. Our 4 million sq ft Broadgate Estate will sit on top of the Liverpool St Crossrail station and our future plans see it becoming a more vibrant, mixed-use estate with more leisure and food operators and attracting a much more diverse range of occupiers.

Due to the quality of our existing portfolio, and development programme, we believe we will successfully continue to attract and retain customers at our buildings.

tim roberts Head of Offices

officesreviewcontinued

We have signed 611,000 sq ft of lease extensions at Broadgate including with Herbert Smith and F&C.

MarketOverview

Our portfolio is focused in London, reflecting our view that London will continue to show good absolute and relative performance over the medium-term. London is regularly voted as one of the most attractive cities in the world to invest, do business, live or visit and is one of the most important financial and business services centres globally. In contrast to the UK as a whole, the London economy has grown steadily; it has had the best performing property market in the UK with all major asset classes – offices, retail and residential – contributing. We have positioned our business to benefit from this growth; through our major development programme, taking advantage both of the shortage of high-quality space, mainly in offices but also in residential, and higher-growth in the West End.

We expect London to retain its pre-eminent position as a world-leading City. Its population is forecast to grow steadily, major infrastructure spend (notably on Crossrail) is regenerating large parts of the Capital and we expect on-going improvements to benefit these areas for a number of years to come.

London continued to outperform the broader property market during the year, reflecting strong investor demand with relatively limited supply of good quality space. It continues to be perceived as a 'safe haven' by overseas investors and the number of new international investors continues to expand. In the West End, demand is underpinned by residential conversion potential, which is also limiting West End stock keeping yields firm. Investor demand for City assets remains strongest for prime, long-term income generating assets, and we have experienced this first-hand with our successful sale of Ropemaker Place this year. There are some signs of weakness for secondary property in more peripheral locations.

While occupier demand was some way below the long-term trend, the shortage of quality space across the market kept rental growth overall positive. In recent months, there have been early signs of an improvement in occupier demand, particularly in the West End where occupiers have less choice but also in the City, where there has been demand from a range of occupiers focused on smaller floorplates, and in particular from the insurance sector.

Performance

Our offices portfolio had another successful year with total property returns of 9.7%, significantly outperforming the IPD office benchmark by 500 bps. The value of the portfolio was up 5.0% to £3.7 billion and represents an increase in weighting of the Group's overall portfolio to over 35% at 31 March 2013 (pro-forma for committed developments, 38%). This is despite the sale of Ropemaker Place in the City for £461 million (net of costs) and is as a result of our investment into new assets and our committed development pipeline. This has achieved our strategic objective of having a greater weighting in the West End than the City for the first time.

Our capital returns were 640 bps ahead of the IPD benchmark with both of our subsectors outperforming – the West End by 370 bps and the City by 90 bps. Performance has primarily been delivered through our actions, the key driver being our development portfolio but also through our asset management activity.

Our development programme is generating strong returns, with valuation up 12.8% over the year. This uplift has been driven by a combination of our continued success on pre-lets and the consequent ERV growth for our West End projects; profit release as developments near practical completion and the release of contingencies as we continue to deliver the projects within budget.

The investment portfolio was ahead 2.3% reflecting increased values through successful leasing activity; both new lettings and lease extensions, primarily at Broadgate. Our occupational metrics remained robust across the office portfolio. ERV growth was 1.9% overall, made up of 1.5% in the investment portfolio and 2.8% in our development properties. Like-for-like income growth was up 0.7% over the year with a stronger performance in the second half. Occupancy was lower at 96.3% reflecting the impact of the sale of Ropemaker and the inclusion of 199 Bishopsgate which was completed in September.

During the period, the lock-up term governing our Broadgate joint venture with Blackstone expired. Blackstone have indicated that they wish to sell their interest in the joint venture and we will work closely with Blackstone through this process. Broadgate will continue to develop as a vibrant mixed-use estate in the heart of the City of London and we expect it to benefit from its location around one of London's most important transport hubs and from the completion of Crossrail in 2018.

Asset Management

We continued to see demand from a good range of occupiers, attracted by the quality of our buildings and our high levels of customer service. We have developed a strong track record of attracting and retaining occupiers, signing 1.9 million sq ft of lease extensions over the past three years. We signed leasing initiatives on 778,000 sq ft of space, at an average of 7.1% ahead of ERV over the last year.

Our activity primarily focused on lease extensions at Broadgate where we extended a total of 611,000 sq ft of leases. These included: Herbert Smith (315,000 sq ft) and F&C (54,000 sq ft) who extended their leases from 2020 to 2030 and 2027 respectively at Exchange Square and 10 Exchange House; a minimum two year extension with ICAP (174,000 sq ft) at 1–2 Broadgate which secures their lease until at least 2019; and Tullett Prebon PLC (66,000 sq ft) at 155 Bishopsgate, who extended their lease from 2019 to 2025.

In addition, we agreed 124,000 sq ft of new lettings, including 50,000 sq ft at Broadgate Tower with Itochu, Banco Itau, and Hill Dickinson at rents accretive to ERV, increasing occupancy at the Tower to 93.2%. At the recently refurbished 199 Bishopsgate, we agreed a 14,500 sq ft deal with Nippon Oil and have a further 25,000 sq ft under offer at terms accretive to March 2013 valuation. This leasing activity has improved the average weighted lease length to first break at Broadgate by 1.3 years to 7.8 years for the standing investments.

Investment Activity

We have continued to deliver our strategy of recycling capital from lower growth assets into higher returning opportunities through development and a focus on the West End. Development in London is one of our competitive advantages and we see the development pipeline as an integral part of the office portfolio. Given the continued shortage of high-quality space and lack of development finance we believe the outlook for development returns remains positive and we are looking to maintain our level of commitment. So as the development programme nears completion, we are actively seeking to replenish the pipeline. We will continue to focus on prime property, or on property with the potential to be prime.

Committed office development profit

03.2013 297 126 £423m
09.2012 216 175 £391m
03.2012 167 192 £359m
09.2011 133 188 £321m
03.2011 65 192 £257m

Profit taken

Profit to come

We continue to revitalise Broadgate with the re-development of Broadgate Circle completing during 2014.

Development

Our committed office developments are progressing well and we remain on track for all of our West End projects to complete this year. In the City, we completed the refurbishment of 199 Bishopsgate and our three remaining City developments are due to complete within the next two years. All of this will result in the release of significant developer's profit, however in the short-term it is also likely to increase our vacancy rate as the completed developments are transferred into our standing investment portfolio. We continued to see good demand for all of our developments with 200,000 sq ft of pre-lets signed or placed under offer during the year, increasing the amount of space pre-let or under offer from 51% to 61% during the year. We now have £43 million of rent pre-let. We are therefore confident that any increase in vacancy rates will be manageable.

In the City, at The Leadenhall Building, the main structure has now reached the 47th level, with cladding installation progressing well. We have agreed terms for a minimum of 95,000 sq ft pre-let to Amlin, who will join the global insurance company Aon in the building. The Amlin deal covers floors 19–24 and floor 45, and a further 53,000 sq ft of option space. On completion of the letting, around half of

The Leadenhall Building will be pre-let, which leaves mainly the upper, smaller floors to let, for which we expect good demand closer to practical completion. This puts us in a strong position in the City overall, with 74% of our developments pre-let/under offer.

At Broadgate, we are excited by our development programme, which is well timed to benefit from the advent of Crossrail, and more widespread improvements to the surrounding area. As Spitalfields and Old Street develop into dynamic growth hubs, covering a broader spectrum of industry, we expect the estate will become more diversified in its occupier mix. At our 5 Broadgate development, which is fully let to UBS, the concrete cores are now complete, and work is progressing on the steelwork. In June, we will secure vacant possession of Broadgate Circle where £20 million is being invested to improve the public space and enhance the food and retail offer. The design has been agreed for redevelopment of Broadgate Circle and demolition contracts have been put to tender and we expect to start on site later this year. We are also working up plans for the next phase of regeneration at Broadgate South, which includes a major refurbishment of 100 Liverpool Street. 423

In the West End, the office space at our 10 Portman Square development is now over 50% pre-let following the completion of 58,000 sq ft of deals with Aspect Capital and Aramco Overseas Company (including 9,000 sq ft of space completed post year end). At rents of over £90 per sq ft, both deals are significantly accretive to value with rental values around 23% ahead of the March 2012 ERVs. The building, which we successfully completed on time and below budget post financial year at the end of April, has great presence facing onto the Square.

We continue to see encouraging levels of interest at our NEQ development in Regent's Place which comprises two office buildings and one residential tower. We agreed a further 7,200 sq ft pre-let at 10 Brock Street which in addition to the 174,000 sq ft pre-let to Debenhams means the building is now 53% pre-let. Sainsbury's will relocate their store from the Euston Tower to an 8,000 sq ft unit at Hampstead Road within the NEQ development, allowing us to subdivide their Euston Tower space to further enhance the retail offer across the estate. The residential units at 20 Brock Street are now 83% pre-sold.

Residential is an important part of our London portfolio both as a part of our mixed-use developments and through our residential led schemes and we have a strong track record of delivering value. Since 2009, we have profitably committed £190 million to 187,000 sq ft of residential developments both within our West End office projects and on a standalone basis. The committed programme is making good progress, with the new residential units at Regent's Place nearing completion, and work progressing at Marble Arch House, Craven Hill and Bedford Street, where marketing has already started. This year, we have pre-sold 25 units for a total of £28 million with sales 14% ahead of book value, contributing 22% profit on cost for all residential sales to date.

We have replenished the residential pipeline through acquiring further sites with the aim of maintaining our exposure on a gross development basis, up to £500 million. The Clarges Estate, detailed below in acquisitions, is a mixed-use development in Mayfair where residential will account for over half of the space. During the year, we bought the Hempel Hotel in Bayswater, which is next to our existing Craven Hill Garden scheme. Subject to planning, combined they will be a £120 million development scheme.

Acquisitions and Disposals

We announced the sale of Ropemaker Place for a gross sale price of £472 million in March this year. As part of the deal, we will top up the rent-frees to the contractual rent of £24.05 million per annum. The sale represents a net initial yield of 5.0%. We received net proceeds of £461 million in cash from the sale after taking into account the rent-free top-ups and costs.

In July 2012, we announced the acquisition of the Clarges Estate in Mayfair, for £128.6 million: completion was in November. The site is nearly one acre which faces onto Piccadilly in Mayfair, and is an excellent redevelopment opportunity to create a landmark mixed-use scheme, for which planning consent had already been granted. Having successfully agreed to move the headquarters of The Kennel Club in March of this year, we have recently submitted a revised planning application for an improved scheme which modestly increases the overall size of the building and sees an increase in the residential element of the site from 63,000 sq ft to 94,000 sq ft, and a reduction in the offices to 47,500 sq ft. This is a rare opportunity to develop new residential in a prime Mayfair location which will have spectacular views over Green Park, and to also provide offices, which are likely to be in demand.

ourcorporate responsibilityreview

We aim to be the best at the issues that matter most to our business and our key stakeholders. we are the leading uk reit on a number of key sustainability indices.

This year we have made good progress, through our strong relationships with our occupiers, on-site building management teams and development partners. For example, we have achieved further energy reductions. We have also worked more closely with our major suppliers, local people and other partners to understand and address local issues, with a particular focus on training and employment initiatives.

We report to the Global Reporting Initiative B+ standard and EPRA Best Practice Recommendations. We are also a signatory to the UN Global Compact. Our key performance data is independently assured under the ISAE 3000 standard.

2012 Sustainability Indices

  • CDP Carbon Disclosure Leadership Index and Performance Leadership Index – only REIT globally on both.
  • Management Today's Most Admired Companies in Britain – leading REIT for Community and Environmental Responsibility.
  • Dow Jones Sustainability Index listed member.
  • FTSE4Good Index listed member.
  • Global Real Estate Sustainability Benchmark (GRESB) – awarded Green Star.
  • EPRA Sustainability Reporting awarded Gold.

Environmental Awards include

  • CIBSE Carbon Champion of the Year 2013.
  • Property Week Sustainability Achievement Award 2013.
  • NAREIT Global Recognition Leader in the Light Award 2012.
  • ENDS Green Business Awards for Energy and the Built Environment 2012.

Business in the Community Awards

  • Arts and Business Award in London 2013. • Building Stronger Communities Awards
  • in Glasgow and Rotherham 2013. • Local Impact Award in Hull 2013.

Apprenticeships

Rita Hira, one of 11 apprentices British Land has co-funded at Meadowhall Shopping Centre in Sheffield over the last two years through The Source Skills Academy, a £5.5 million retail training centre set up by British Land and Sheffield City Council in 2003. Some 75 apprentices have also been learning while they earn at our developments with more supported through the supply chain, for instance in steel manufacturing.

performancesummary
key 2015 Tar
gets
2012/13 perf
ormance
Together with recent information relating to financial savings and capital investment
To achieve 40% less landlord-influenced
energy use across our existing portfolio
by 2015, compared to 2009.
• 38% less landlord-influenced energy use across our like-for-like portfolio, saving occupiers
£5.2 million over the last four years and cutting carbon emissions by 39,500 tonnes.
• £2.2 million investment in energy reductions over the last three years.
To get planning permission for a showcase
sustainable building by 2015.
• Developed a shortlist of projects for the showcase project, where we can push the
boundaries of sustainable design, responsible construction, ethical procurement and
community engagement.
To send zero managed waste to landfill
by 2015.
• 90% diverted from landfill at our properties (2011/12: 88%).
• 95% of waste at our developments diverted from landfill (2011/12: 98%).
• £3.5 million landfill tax savings through recycling and re-use over the last three years.
• £0.3 million investment in waste management over the last three years.
To implement our Community Charter at
all our major properties and developments
by 2015.
• 64% progress on our Community Charter in the first year.
• £20.9 million contributed to communities through the planning process
(2011/12: £11.6 million).
• £1.3 million community investment, through cash, time and gifts in-kind
(2011/12 £1.1 million).
To maintain One Star accreditation in The
Sunday Times Best Companies to Work for.
• One Star accreditation in The Sunday Times Best Companies to Work for
(2011/12: One Star).
To score 8 out of 10 on customer satisfaction
with British Land by 2013.
• 7.8 out of 10 UK customer satisfaction score (2011: 7.6), outperforming the industry
benchmark of 5.1.

Corporate responsibility information is integrated throughout this Report. For more information on:

33%

(Scope 1 and 2) since 2009

P79

See EPRA Sustainability Reporting Index P169

influenced energy use) and travel to and from our properties. Our challenge now is determining the extent to which we can influence reductions in these emissions.

Like-for-like carbon emission reduction

For more detail on our carbon footprint www.britishland.com/carbon

For more detail on our performance and strategy www.britishland.com/crreport

FOCUSON OUR SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONTRIBUTIONS

There is much debate about how we might rebalance the UK economy and ensure that all regions benefit from economic growth. Our second review of our economic impacts therefore focused on how our major construction projects benefit communities around the UK, creating local employment and supporting economic growth.

Our 2011 to 2015 committed development programme will:

  • Contribute £1.2 billion to the UK economy (gross value added).
  • Support 32,300 jobs during construction benefiting communities around the UK.

Leadenhall

The development of The Leadenhall Building and creating jobs for over 9,800 people, including supporting steelworkers and young apprentices in Bolton.

FOCUSON OUR CARBON FOOTPRINT

We have been measuring our Scope 1 and 2 emissions (where we have most influence) since 2005 and actively managing them since 2007. As a result, we have achieved significant reductions in absolute emissions and even greater reductions on a normalised basis. We aim to reduce our like-for-like emissions (Scope 1 and 2) by 40% by 2015, compared to 2009.

In recent years, we have increasingly focused on our wider Scope 3 emissions (where we have less influence). We have commissioned several studies exploring embodied carbon in our developments, publishing this data to improve industry understanding. This year, we also commissioned a review of emissions relating to energy purchased directly by occupiers in our buildings (beyond landlord-

TOTAL GREENHOUSEGas EMISSIONS (Tonnes CO2 E)

2012/13 2011/12
Scope 1 S cope 2 S cope 3 Total %
change
Scope 1 Scope 2 Scope 3 Total
Energy use –
landlord influenced
5,454 38,801 9,475 53,730 (11) 4,843 44,321 10,950 60,113
Energy use –
occupier controlled
55,183 55,183 (1) 55,880 55,880
Energy use –
British Land
occupied demises
92 836 120 1,048 38 62 611 88 761
Refrigerant loss –
air conditioning
1,076 1,076 65 653 653
Water use 209 209 (11) 234 234
Managed portfolio
sub-total
6,622 39,637 64,987 111,246 (5) 5,558 44,932 67,152 117,641
Embodied carbon –
transport to site
11,725 11,725 33 8,802 8,802
Embodied carbon –
materials
– 165,498 165,498 50 – 110,046 110,046
Site activities,
including waste 17,144 17,144 57 10,913 10,913
Development sub-total – 194,367 50 129,761 129,761
Business travel and
vehicles sub-total
106 274 380 25 97 207 304
Total emissions 6,728 39,637 259,628 305,993 24 5,655 44,931 197,120 247,706

Emissions intensity

Managed portfolio (Scopes 1 and 2)
Tonnes CO2
e per m2
(Heating Degree Day adjusted)
2012/13 2011/12 2010/11 2009/10 2008/09
Offices 0.049 0.060 0.064 0.067 0.079
Shopping centres 0.025 0.025 0.027 0.028 0.039
Retail parks 0.004 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.007

Overview

financialreview

LUCINDA BELL Finance Director

We have had an active year, disposing of over £790 million of assets, investing in income producing assets in London retail and replenishing our development pipeline. Our decisions and actions continue to drive performance today while building growth for tomorrow.

Our equity placing in March, raising £493 million, has provided additional investment capacity to pursue attractive opportunities.

Underlying profit has increased 1.9%, as we arranged our debt to benefit from lower interest rates.

Our efficient low cost base at 15.3% continues to be a real competitive advantage.

The net asset value has increased 0.2% to 596 pence, where our asset management initiatives and strong development performance have more than offset the impact of the equity placing.

Our ability to access low cost, flexible finance from a diverse range of lenders is a key competitive advantage. We have raised £1.2 billion (British Land share £1.0 billion) of bonds and facilities since the start of this financial year on competitive terms.

Our LTV at 40% is at the bottom of our 40%–50% preferred range. The LTV will increase as we make investments following the placing.

The dividend for the year was 26.4 pence, up 1.1%. With predictable cash flows we announce our dividend intentions in advance. For the coming financial year, pending further investment of the placing, the dividend will be no less than 6.6 pence per quarter.

+1.9%

Highlights

Underlying PBT up 1.9% to £274 million, driven by strength of financing

596p

EPRA net asset value per share at 596 pence, 0.2% ahead of 31 March 2012 (595 pence)

4.6%

Total accounting return of 4.6% for the 12 months to 31 March 2013

£493m

Equity placing raised £493 million, enabling us to enhance future growth in earnings and returns by exploiting accretive opportunities

£1.2bn

£1.2 billion of debt financing signed, improving liquidity, reducing the cost of debt and diversifying the debt investor base

26.4p

Quarterly dividend of 6.6 pence; making a total for the year of 26.4 pence

understanding our strategy

INCOME STATEMENT

The Group financial statements are prepared under IFRS where the after tax results of joint ventures and funds are shown as a single line item on the income statement, and the net investment in joint ventures and funds is shown as a single line on the balance sheet.

Management reviews the performance of the business principally on a proportionally consolidated basis (i.e. on a line-by-line basis) and comments on movements in the income statement provided in the financial review below are made on this basis. Income statements and balance sheets which show British Land's interests on this basis are also included in Table A within the supplementary disclosures.

2013 2012
Year ended 31 March 2013 Group
£m
Joint ventures
and funds
£m
Proportionally
consolidated
£m
Group
£m
Joint ventures
and funds
£m
Proportionally
consolidated
£m
Gross rental income 294 273 567 300 272 572
Property outgoings (13) (13) (26) (14) (12) (26)
Net financing costs (80) (126) (206) (77) (141) (218)
Net rental income less finance 201 134 335 209 119 328
Fees and other income 15 15 16 1 17
Joint ventures and funds underlying profit 130 113
Administrative expenses (72) (4) (76) (69) (7) (76)
Joint ventures and funds underlying profit 130 113
Underlying profit before tax 274 274 269 269
Underlying EPS 30.3p 30.3p 29.7p 29.7p
Dividend per share 26.4p 26.4p 26.1p 26.1p

Gross rental income, including our share of joint ventures and funds, was £567 million for the year (2011/12: £572 million). This year there has been a significant amount of recycling, repositioning the Group for future income and capital growth.

On a like-for-like basis, UK net rental income increased by 0.3% and 1.5% excluding the impact of retail administrations. In Offices, like-for-like rental income increased 0.7%, primarily due to new lettings in the City and fixed and minimum rental uplifts in the West End.

Underlying profit before tax increased by £5 million, or 1.9%, to £274 million for the year ended 31 March 2013. The increase in underlying profit before tax is summarised right.

Movement in underlying profitbefore tax

Year ended 31 March 2012 269
Acquisitions 9
Disposals (10)
Like-for-like rental movement
Rental income on assets transferred to development (2)
Other income movement (2)
Reduction in finance costs 11
Other movements (1)
Year ended 31 March 2013 274

£m

financialreviewcontinued

The Group measures its operating efficiency as the proportion of gross rental income represented by its net operating costs (being property outgoings and administrative expenses, net of fees and other income). The ratio for the year was 15.3% (2011/12: 14.9%). We have held overall administrative expenses flat this year whilst continuing to invest in our retail platform. With our continued focus on cost control and our efficient operating model our low cost base continues to be a real competitive advantage.

Net financing costs on a proportionally consolidated basis were £206 million, a decrease of £12 million compared to the prior year. The decrease is principally due to refinancing activity and our ability to take advantage of variable interest rates. In the current year, £17 million of financing costs have been capitalised into development projects. Interest capitalisation will cease on practical completion of these developments, over the next two years.

Underlying profits from joint ventures and funds for the year were £130 million. The increase of £17 million compared to the prior year mainly relates to a reduction in financing costs, principally due to the Hercules Unit Trust (HUT) refinancing and amortisation of securitised debt.

Underlying diluted earnings per share for the year ended 31 March 2013 was 30.3 pence (2011/12: 29.7 pence) based on underlying profit after tax of £273 million (2011/12: £265 million) and weighted average diluted number of shares of 901 million (2011/12: 892 million).

IFRS profit after tax for the full year was £284 million (2011/12: £480 million), including £67 million from investments in joint ventures and funds (2011/12: £182 million). In addition to underlying profits, the most significant item impacting IFRS profit was the net valuation increase of £88 million (2011/12: £143 million) for the Group and a downward £62 million (2011/12: upward £72 million) movement for our share of joint ventures and funds.

Taxation recognised in the income statement amounted to a credit of £24 million, principally due to reorganising non REIT activity and release of prior year balances. This compared to a credit of £1 million in the prior year. The proportionally consolidated underlying tax rate for the year was 0.4% (2011/12: 1.5%).

IFRS profit after tax

£67m

IFRS profit after tax from investments in joint ventures and funds

Hercules Income Fund (HIF). The level of capital expenditure in both Group and joint ventures and funds reflects spend on our committed

Total

The Group has significant rental growth potential in its property portfolio principally due to our decision in 2010 to commit to the £1.2 billion London office development programme which will now begin to generate significant rental income as the developments

are completed. 61% by area of office developments are pre-let or under offer

development programme.

at the year end.

understanding our strategy

CASH FLOW

The proportionally consolidated net cash inflow from operating activities for the year ended 31 March 2013 was £218 million (2011/12: £239 million). The table right provides a summary of the decrease in proportionally consolidated net debt for the year:

Year ended 31 March 2013 £m

Opening net debt 4,879
Net cash from operations (218)
Investment acquisitions 442
Disposals (777)
Development and other capital expenditure 411
Dividend paid (excludes scrip) 203
Issue of ordinary shares (493)
Other/non-cash movements 17
Closing net debt 4,464

In addition to the net cash inflow from operations, cash investment in acquisitions (£442 million) and the development programme (£411 million) was ahead of cash inflows from disposals (£777 million), with investment activity absorbing net cash of £76 million. Key acquisitions in the year included the Clarges Estate, Eden Walk Shopping Centre in Kingston, Ealing Broadway Shopping Centre, Lancaster Canal Corridor North, the Hempel Hotel and taking full ownership of the Surrey Quays Shopping Centre. Key disposals included Ropemaker Place, the Beehive Centre in Cambridge, a Sainsbury's foodstore in Beckenham and our investment in the

Development income to come

£m 2013 reported gross rent 567 Net disposals and other movements (14) 2013 annualised gross rent 553 2014 development income1 13 2015 development income1 33 2016 development income1 28 2013 pro-forma for developments 627

1 Pre-lets and valuers' assumptions for letting vacant space (including unlet space at recently completed developments).

financialreviewcontinued

DIVIDENDS

The quarterly dividend was increased to 6.6 pence per share in the final quarter of the prior year, bringing the total dividend for the current financial year to 26.4 pence per share. The longevity of our cash flows means we can pre-announce the dividend for the next financial year. Pending further investment of the equity placing proceeds, the dividend for the next financial year will be not less than 26.4 pence per share.

The fourth quarter dividend of 6.6 pence per share, totalling £65 million, is payable on 9 August 2013 to shareholders on the register at close of business on 5 July 2013. The Board will announce the availability of the Scrip

Dividend Alternative via the Regulatory News Service and on our website (www.britishland. com), no later than 4 business days before the ex-dividend date of 3 July 2013. The Board expects to announce the split between PID and non-PID income at that time.

In respect of the 2013 third quarter dividend of 6.6 pence per share, totalling £65 million, 44% of shareholders elected for the scrip alternative in lieu of £29 million in cash dividends.

BALANCE SHEET

At 31 March 2013, EPRA net asset value per share was 596 pence per share, an increase of 1 pence compared to the prior year.

As at 31 March 2013 As at 31 March 2012
Group
£m
Joint ventures
and funds
£m
Proportionally
consolidated
£m
Group
£m
Joint ventures
and funds
£m
Proportionally
consolidated
£m
Properties at valuation 5,554 4,945 10,499 5,414 4,923 10,337
Investment in joint ventures and funds 2,463 2,309
Other non-current assets 76 (23) 53 28 (11) 17
8,093 4,922 10,552 7,751 4,912 10,354
Other current liabilities (158) (116) (274) (132) (110) (242)
Net debt (1,963) (2,303) (4,266) (2,229) (2,461) (4,690)
Other non-current liabilities (5) (40) (45) (9) (32) (41)
Joint ventures and funds net assets 2,463 2,309
EPRA net assets 5,967 5,967 5,381 5,381
EPRA adjustments1 (280) (277)
IFRS net assets1 5,687 5,104
EPRA NAV per share 596p 595p

1 EPRA net assets exclude the mark-to-market on effective cash flow hedges and related debt adjustments, as well as deferred taxation on revaluations. It also includes trading properties at fair value and is diluted for the impact of share options.

At 31 March 2013, 47% of the property portfolio and 54% of net debt was held within joint ventures and funds. The balance sheet shows, our investment in joint ventures and funds grouped together and shown net. On an EPRA basis, our net investment at 31 March 2013 in joint ventures and funds was £2,463 million, up from £2,309 million at the previous year end, attributable to a reduction in net debt reflecting amortisation of securitised loan finance and the repayment of debt in The Scottish Retail Property Limited Partnership. The principal movements in EPRA net asset value are summarised right.

Movement in EPRA net asset value per share1

£m
At 31 March 2012 595
Valuation movement
– Asset management and development 16
– Market yield movement (13)
Underlying profit after tax 30
Dividends (27)
Other (1)
Net asset value before equity placing 600
Issue of shares – equity placing (4)
At 31 March 2013 596

1 EPRA net assets exclude the mark-to-market on effective cash flow hedges and related debt adjustments, as well as deferred taxation on revaluations.

understanding our strategy

In September 2012, the Group issued a £400 million five year convertible bond on highly attractive terms benefiting from strong investor demand. The coupon is 1.5%, and if converted, British Land has the option to settle in shares or cash or a combination of shares and cash. The conversion price was set at 693 pence, a 31.25% premium to the share price at the time. The convertible was an important element of diversifying our investor base.

During the year, we also completed over £140 million of new bilateral committed revolving loan facilities for British Land with several banks on our usual unsecured financial covenants.

Growth in NAV has been driven by asset management initiatives and strong development performance, offset by a corresponding decrease in NAV due to the equity placing.

Our total accounting return for the year ended 31 March 2013 of 4.6%. Before the equity placing our total accounting return stood at 5.4%.

NET DEBT AND FINANCING

Net debt (EPRA) basis at 31 March 2013 was £2.0 billion for the Group and £4.3 billion including our share of joint ventures and funds. The principal value of gross debt excluding cash, short- term deposits and liquid investments was £2.1 billion for the Group and £4.6 billion on a proportionally consolidated basis. The strength of the Group's balance sheet has been reflected in British Land's senior unsecured credit rating which remains rated by Fitch at A–, and provides capacity for investment.

Financing statistics

Group Proportionally
consolidated
EPRA Net debt £1,963m £4,266m
Principal value of gross debt £2,063m £4,588m
Weighted average debt maturity 10.6 years 9.9 years
Weighted average interest rate of drawn debt 4.4% 4.6%
% of debt at fixed/capped rates 91% 97%
Interest cover1 2.8 2.3
Loan to value2 24% 40%

1 Underlying profit before interest and tax/net interest.

2 Debt to property and investments.

The weighted average interest rate was held at 4.6% on a proportionally consolidated basis, equivalent to the prior year, and increased from 4.4% at the half year September 2012 following the equity placing where we repaid lower rate short-term debt. Immediately prior to the equity placing the weighted average interest rate was 4.2%. Average debt maturity of 9.9 years compares to average lease lengths of 10.7 years.

The proportionally consolidated LTV decreased to 40% at 31 March 2013 (45% at 31 March 2012), driven by the equity placing and sale of Ropemaker Place, partially offset by acquisitions. LTV is expected to rise as funds are invested but will remain within our preferred range of 40% to 50%.

Our ability to access low cost, flexible finance from a diverse range of lenders is a key competitive advantage. We continue to achieve attractive financings, raising £1.2 billion (British Land share £1.0 billion) of bonds and facilities since the start of this financial year on competitive terms. This brings the total new debt financings arranged in the last 24 months to £2.8 billion (British Land share £2.3 billion).

In May 2012, HUT signed a new £350 million five year loan facility. The interest rate on the £250 million term loan used to fully repay the existing credit facility has been swapped to a fixed rate, resulting in an all-in rate including margin and arrangement fees below the fixed interest rate under the previous financing. A further £100 million revolving loan facility will provide flexibility for HUT in respect of acquisitions, capital projects, disposals and general business purposes.

financialreviewcontinued

In March 2013, the Group completed a placing of ordinary shares at a price of 550 pence per placing share, raising total gross proceeds of approximately £493 million for the Company. The placing shares issued represent approximately 9.99 per cent of the issued ordinary share capital of British Land prior to the placing. The placing has provided us with additional investment capacity to pursue attractive opportunities, whilst remaining within our target LTV range. Whilst being initially EPS dilutive by 1.7 pence, we have already invested half of the placing proceeds into both income producing assets and development opportunities, reducing the annualised EPS dilution of the placing to just 0.6 pence. We stated at the time of the placing that we are confident of achieving earnings accretion on an annualised basis post the Ropemaker sale by March 2014.

Following the year end, in May, we signed a new five year £290 million unsecured revolving credit facility provided by a syndicate of seven banks with a wide geographical base, including three new relationships for British Land. This facility, with an initial margin of 135 bps per annum, was increased from £200 million due to oversubscription (and will remain open for further banks who wish to join within a month). The terms include our standard unsecured financial covenants.

At 31 March 2013 the Group had £2.3 billion of available committed banking facilities and £135 million of cash and short-term deposits. We now have £1.3 billion of facilities with a maturity of more than three years.

ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS

In preparing these financial statements, the key accounting judgements relate to:

Valuation of properties: the Group carries its properties at their fair value using external professional valuers to determine the relevant amounts. The primary source of evidence for property valuations should be recent, comparable market transactions on an arms-length basis. However, the valuation of the Group's property portfolio is inherently subjective, as it is made on the basis of assumptions made by the valuers which may not prove to be accurate.

REIT status: the Company has elected for REIT status. To continue to benefit from this regime, the Group is required to comply with certain conditions as defined in the REIT legislation. Management intends that the Group should continue as a REIT for the foreseeable future.

Accounting for joint ventures and funds: an assessment is required to determine the degree of control or influence the Group exercises and the form of any control to ensure that financial statement treatment is appropriate. Interest in the Group's joint ventures is commonly driven by the terms of the partnership agreements which ensure that control is shared between the partners. These are accounted for under the equity method, whereby the consolidated balance sheet incorporates the Group's share of the net assets of its joint ventures and associates. The consolidated income statement incorporates the Group's share of joint venture and associate profits after tax upon elimination of upstream transactions.

financialpolicies andprinciples

The scale of our business combined with the quality, security Ourfive guiding principles and stability of our rental income and our management skills means that we are able to arrange finance on competitive terms from a broad range of sources. Here we outline our approach to financing, including our preferred level of gearing and the five guiding principles that govern how we manage our debt portfolio.

Our approach

At the heart of our approach to financing is the need to ensure that we have sufficient competitively priced financing available to support our property strategy, operating within our stated gearing range. To achieve this we have five guiding principles that govern the way we finance the business and manage its debt book.

Finance contributes to the Group's success, most importantly by providing the liquidity

and resources to grow and develop the business. In arranging and monitoring our financing we include important risk disciplines, ensuring that all relevant risks are fully evaluated and managed.

British Land uses debt to enhance returns to shareholders. Good access to capital and the debt markets gives us a competitive advantage, allowing us to exploit opportunities when they arise.

Gearing

The gearing level adopted by the Board is a significant judgement as it impacts on the net asset value of the Company, the scale of British Land and the amount of debt that can be comfortably sustained. We use the loan to value ratio (debt as a percentage of the value of our assets), or LTV, to measure our gearing.

At British Land we have settled on a preferred LTV range of between 40% and 50% on a proportionally consolidated basis (i.e. including our share of joint ventures and funds). At 31 March 2013, this ratio was 40.2%.

In choosing this range of gearing the Board has weighed up the returns we get from owning more property (through borrowing to buy property) against the risks that debt necessarily entails. The range reflects the strength of our operational business, the reliability of our cash flows, the way in which we manage our debt book and, in particular, our refinancing risk.

Overall, and subject to transaction activity, we aim to manage the level of gearing over the property cycle such that when values

are rising from the low part of the cycle gearing will be at a higher level in the range, while when values are around the high point of the cycle gearing will be in the lower level of the range. It is in the nature of real estate that transactions are often large in size which can cause large movements in loan to value within our preferred range. Our gearing is currently at the bottom end of our range, and is expected to increase as the monies raised from our share placing and the sale of Ropemaker Place in March 2013 are reinvested, and with continuing expenditure on our development programme.

British Land has a competitive advantage as, by leveraging our scale through joint ventures and funds financed with non-recourse debt, the LTV at 40.2% on a proportionally consolidated basis is higher than the Group measure for our unsecured lenders, which is less than 25%. We can operate with a higher level of proportionally consolidated LTV without taking unnecessary risk in terms of our unsecured credit profile.

1 Diversify our sources of finance

2 Maintain liquidity

  • 3 Extend and stretch maturity of debt portfolio
  • 4 Maintain flexibility
  • 5 Maintain strong balance sheet metrics

40–50%

40.2%

Our LTV at 31 March 2013

Our LTV range

Our

performance

Overview

our five guiding principles

Ourfive guiding principles

  • 1 Diversify our sources of finance
  • 2 Maintain liquidity
  • 3 Extend and stretch maturity of debt portfolio
  • 4 Maintain flexibility
  • 5 Maintain strong balance sheet metrics

1 Diversifyoursourcesoffinance

We borrow from a large number of lenders, and have a total of 45 debt providers of bank facilities and private placements alone. The scale and quality of the Group's business enables us to access a broad range of secured and unsecured, recourse and non-recourse debt markets. We arrange our finances so as to be able to choose between different types of debt to suit our own and, where appropriate, our partners' needs within the constraints of our borrowing covenants. We aim to maintain a balance between longer-term and shorterterm financings.

Debt profile – proportionally consolidated (as at 31 March 2013)

We also aim to ensure that potential debt providers understand our business and we adopt a transparent approach so that lenders can understand the level of their exposure within the overall context of the Group. We ensure that we operate within the relevant covenants of our facilities and we have a senior unsecured debt rating of A– from Fitch, unchanged from a year ago. These factors increase our attractiveness to lenders, and since April 2012 we have arranged £1.2 billion (British Land share £1.0 billion) of new facilities from banks, insurers and the convertible bond.

Group

Shorter-term financing by the Group is principally unsecured debt of British Land, raised through bilateral and syndicated unsecured revolving bank facilities. These credit facilities are based on relationships with a wide range of banks, reducing reliance on any particular lender. At 31 March 2013, 19 different financial institutions from nine countries provided finance to the Group via bilateral or syndicated facilities totalling £2.3 billion at floating interest rates based on LIBOR plus an average margin of 82 bps or 0.82% per annum; of this £0.2 billion was drawn at the year end at an average margin of 43 bps or 0.43% per annum.

Medium to longer-term financing comprises public and private bond issues, including private placements, convertibles and debentures.

The unsecured funding with recourse to British Land includes US private placements, issued in full at fixed rates, requiring no amortisation and with terms up to 14 years.

Secured debt with recourse to British Land is provided by debentures at fixed interest rates with long maturities and no amortisation. Debentures without recourse to British Land comprise two fixed rate debentures of £73 million in total.

Joint ventures and funds

Our joint ventures and funds are each financed in 'ring-fenced' structures without recourse to British Land. External debt in total of £5.0 billion (2011/12: £5.4 billion) has been arranged through securitisation or bank debt according to the requirements of the business of each venture.

understanding our

strategy

Our

performance

governance

2 maintain liquidity

We aim to always have a good level of undrawn, available, unsecured revolving bank facilities. These facilities provide financial liquidity, reduce the need to hold liquid resources in cash and deposits, and minimise costs

arising from the difference between borrowing and deposit rates while reducing credit exposure. At 31 March 2013 we had cash and undrawn facilities of £2.2 billion.

4 maintain flexibility

We negotiate flexibility into our debt facilities and our bank revolving credit facilities provide full flexibility of drawing and repayment at short notice without additional cost. These provide valuable operational support, are arranged with standard terms and financial covenants and are committed for terms of generally five years. We arrange these revolving credit facilities in excess of our expected requirements to ensure we always have adequate financing availability and to support future business requirements. Operational flexibility is maintained with our combination of unsecured revolving debt and secured term debt with good substitution rights, where we have the ability to move assets in and out of our debentures.

£2.2bn

Our cash and undrawn facilities

3extendandstretchmaturityofdebtportfolio 5maintainstrongbalancesheetmetrics

The maturity profile of our debt is managed by spreading the repayment dates and extending facilities, and by monitoring the various debt markets so that we have the ability to act quickly to arrange new finance at advantageous rates as opportunities arise. Debt maturities are well spread

over a long period; taking into account undrawn facilities and cash as well as committed development expenditure, we are comfortably ahead of our two year re-financing date horizon. During the last year the new facilities raised had maturities averaging five years. The average length of our debt maturities is 9.9 years.

British Land's operational metrics are strong. The strength of our property portfolio is emphasised by the longevity and quality of our cash flows, with long average outstanding lease lengths (10.7 years); high occupancy (96.8%); the in-built growth of our portfolio (25.5% with fixed or RPI linked uplifts); low levels of lease expiries over the next three years (9.6% of income); and reduced levels of development risk (with £49 million already contracted future income from pre-lets).

The strength of our debt portfolio and low refinancing risk is illustrated by the range (within 12 months to 23 years) of our debt maturities; our diversified pool of finance confirming our avoidance of reliance on single debt sources; our efficiency with a low average cost of debt of 4.6%; our interest cover of 2.3 times proportionally consolidated; our use of nonrecourse debt; and operational flexibility, supported by our continued success at raising debt at competitive prices.

Our average debt maturity

Our weighted average interest rate

4.6%

borrowings and covenants, and other policies

Monitoring ourlTV and debt

We monitor our projected LTV and our debt requirement using several key internally generated reports focused principally on borrowing levels, debt maturity, covenant headroom and interest rate exposure. We also undertake sensitivity analysis to assess the impact of proposed transactions, movements in interest rates and changes in property values on the key balance sheet, liquidity and profitability ratios.

In assessing our on-going debt requirements, including those of our development programme, we consider potential downside scenarios such as an unexpected fall in valuations and the effect that might have on our covenants and the potential impact on the differing categories of debt within our business.

We monitor the credit standing of our counterparties to minimise our risk exposure to deposits placed.

Managing ourinterestrate exposure

We manage our interest rate exposure and risk independently from our debt exposure. The Board sets an appropriate maximum level of sensitivity of underlying earnings and cash flows to movements in market rates of interest over a rolling five-year period. The proportion of fixed rate debt required to remain within the target sensitivity varies with the levels of gearing and interest cover.

Our debt finance is raised at both fixed and variable rates. Derivatives (primarily interest rate swaps) are used to achieve the desired interest rate profile across proportionally consolidated net debt. Currently 85% of projected net debt (including our share of joint ventures and funds) is at fixed rate over the five-year policy time period.

The use of derivatives is managed by a derivatives committee. The interest rate management of joint ventures and funds is addressed by each entity for its business.

The Group's exposure to derivative counterparties is monitored on a regular basis, as are their external credit ratings.

Foreign currency exposure

Our policy is to have no material unhedged net assets or liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. The currency risk on overseas investments is hedged via foreign currency denominated borrowings and derivatives. When attractive terms are available to do so, the Group may choose to borrow in freely available currencies other than sterling. The Group fully hedges its foreign currency risk on such borrowings.

Our overseas assets are held in Spain, Portugal, Italy and France and total £255 million (our share). They are hedged by borrowings of equal amounts in euros from a range of British, German and other European banks.

Tax

Being a Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT) British Land does not pay tax on its property income or gains on property sales, provided that we distribute as a dividend at least 90% of our property income to shareholders, which becomes taxable in their hands. In addition, we have to meet certain conditions such as ensuring our property rental business represents more than 75% of our total profits and assets. We do pay tax on overseas property income, which is subject to taxation in the relevant jurisdiction. Any UK income that does not qualify as property income within the REIT rules (such as fees and interest) is subject to tax in the normal way. We also collect VAT and withholding tax on the dividends, as well as employment taxes, on behalf of HMRC.

We administer the tax compliance for 468 companies covering Group and joint ventures and funds (383 UK companies and 85 overseas companies); details of which are shown in our annual return filed with Companies House on 28 February 2013.

HMRC have awarded us a Low Risk tax rating which is in part a reflection of our REIT status together with our transparent approach where we keep them informed. Also, we maintain a regular dialogue with HMRC and, in complex areas where there is a range of ways in which a transaction could be undertaken, we seek clearance from HMRC for what we do. We also discuss with HMRC potential or proposed changes in the taxation system that might affect us, particularly those relating to REIT legislation.

In the year to 31 March 2013, British Land paid more than £200 million in tax to HMRC. On top of that, our investments bring wider economic and social benefits. In September 2012, PwC calculated for British Land the impact its £2.1 billion development programme is having on communities across the UK. Between 2011 and 2015, British Land will have contributed £1.2 billion (in terms of Gross Value Added) to the UK economy and created 32,300 jobs through its construction projects. For every £1 million British Land spends on construction, it generates an estimated 31 jobs.

understanding our strategy

Groupborrowings

Shorter-term financing by the Group is raised principally through bilateral and syndicated unsecured revolving bank facilities with a wide range of banks. Unsecured medium and longer-term finance is also arranged in private placements and convertible bonds, issued at fixed rates of interest with no amortisation. The same unsecured financial covenants apply across each of the Group's unsecured facilities.

These covenants, which have been consistently agreed with all unsecured lenders since 2003, are:

  • (a) Net Borrowings not to exceed 175% of Adjusted Capital and Reserves; and
  • (b) Net Unsecured Borrowings not to exceed 70% of Unencumbered Assets.

No income/interest cover ratios apply to these facilities, and there are no other unsecured debt financial covenants in the Group.

covenantrati
o
At 31 March 2013 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013
Net Unsecured Borrowings to Unencumbered Assets1
Net Borrowings to Adjusted Capital and Reserves2
6%
83%
14%
37%
25%
36%
34%
44%
23%
31%

Highest during the year to 31 March 2013: 1 40%; and 2 50%.

Borrowings in ourjoint ventures and funds

The debt in our joint ventures and funds is arranged without recourse to British Land for repayment and secured on the assets of the relevant entity, where gearing can often be satisfactorily maintained at a higher level than Group debt.

Of external debt totalling £5.0 billion (2011/12: £5.4 billion) in our joint ventures and funds, 63% is provided by long dated securitisations.

The securitisations of the Broadgate Estate (£1,812 million), Meadowhall (£768 million) and the Sainsbury's Superstores portfolio (£610 million), have weighted average maturities of 14.0 years, 12.2 years, and 8.6 years respectively. The only financial covenant applicable to these securitisations is that

income must cover interest and scheduled amortisation (1 times); there are no loan to value covenants. These securitisations provide for quarterly principal repayments with the balance outstanding reducing to approximately 20%–30% of the original amount raised by expected final maturity, thus mitigating refinancing risk.

Other debt arrangements with banks and other lenders include loan to value ratio covenants with levels ranging from 40%–90%; and most have rental income to interest or debt service cover requirements. There is no obligation on British Land to remedy any breach of these covenants and any remedy needed would be considered by the parties on a case-bycase basis.

The Unencumbered Assets of the Group, not subject to any security, stood at £4.3 billion as at 31 March 2013.

Although secured assets are excluded from Unencumbered Assets for the covenant calculations, unsecured lenders benefit from the surplus value of these assets above the related debt and the free cash flow from them. During the year ended 31 March 2013, these assets generated £43 million of surplus cash after payment of interest. In addition, while investments in joint ventures do not form part of Unencumbered Assets, our share of profits generated by these ventures are regularly passed up to the Group.

Secured debt with recourse to British Land is provided by longer-term debentures at fixed interest rates with no amortisation. The £0.9 billion of debentures issued by British Land are secured against a single combined pool of assets with common covenants; the value of those assets is required to cover the amount of these debentures by a minimum of 1.5 times and net rental income must cover the interest at least once. We use our rights under the debentures to withdraw, substitute or add properties (or cash collateral) in the security pool, in order to manage these cover ratios effectively and deal with any asset sales.

Debentures without recourse to British Land comprise two fixed rate debentures of £73 million in total.

chairman's governancereview

Governance review

Our governance structure 75
Board of Directors 76
Management Committees 78
Compliance with the UK 80
Corporate Governance Code
Other matters 85
Report of the Audit Committee 86
Report of the Nomination Committee 90

74–91

Good corporate governance is one of British Land's values and is an integral part of our Group. It ensures proper oversight by the Board and ensures that our actions are closely aligned with our strategy.

John gildersleeve Chairman

Dear shareholder,

Welcome to the corporate governance section of British Land's Annual Report. During his time as Chairman, Chris Gibson-Smith focused on the importance of good corporate governance to both British Land's shareholders and the Company itself. All of our Directors, both Executive and Non‑Executive, believe that strong corporate governance is key if we are to maintain a well-led Company which adds value and delivers performance for investors. I look forward to maintaining best practice in corporate governance, now that I have taken on the role of Chairman. We continue to achieve this by following the UK Corporate Governance

Code (the Code) and ensuring that the operating and controlling structures within our Group are fit for purpose, so that decisions are made at the right level throughout.

We have clear approval guidelines for commitments that are made, with all important decisions and material approvals being reserved for the Board. Significant decisions and transactions that took place during the year, such as the £493 million equity placing, the sale of Ropemaker Place for £461 million, the £129 million acquisition of the Clarges Estate and the acquisition of the Wereldhave Portfolio for £178 million, were all approved by the Board and its relevant subsidiaries, following appropriate due diligence by management and consideration by the appropriate committees.

This year the Board formalised its approach to determining the Company's risk appetite – the level of risk which we are comfortable exposing the business to in pursuit of its performance objectives. The view of risk appetite is defined by set thresholds for each of our identified key risk indicators and guides the strategy process.

The strategy is set out in pages 16 and 17. Executives within the Group are engaged with and fully support this strategy. This means that we have a common goal and that decision making within the Group is aligned. The Board ensures that any matters it approves are in line with the strategy that has been agreed.

The corporate governance framework and recommended best practice continue to be refined. In September 2012 the Financial Reporting Council revised the Code and issued new Guidance on Audit Committees. These changes, which are welcomed by the Board, are applicable to our next financial year ending 31 March 2014, but many of the changes have been incorporated into this year's Report. The basics of good corporate governance remain the same:

  • we maintain a corporate structure that encourages honesty and openness, ensuring that decisions are made by the right people, with access to all the relevant information; and
  • we ensure that appropriate people and structures are in place to support our agreed strategy.

The Board are responsible for ensuring that these arrangements are in place; the annual Board evaluation (page 82) assesses how effective the Board is at fulfilling its responsibilities. The relatively small number of staff and clear reporting lines mean Executive Directors are aware of or involved in all the

activities of the Group, and, while we already have clear and adequate procedures in place, we continue to encourage our staff to review their own and each other's activities, and to challenge each other if they think a matter appears unusual or a process can be improved. This supports our 'One Team' approach to business, which we continue to promote, along with our other core values of Integrity, Excellence and Commercial Acumen. These four core values underpin our behaviour throughout the business and are supported by our staff. The values are reinforced as we strive to ensure that our staff enjoy a good working environment in which they are able to communicate and interact at all levels, both in the work place and socially, and through the staff volunteering opportunities that are part of our extensive corporate responsibility programme.

Communication between a Company and its shareholders is an essential element of a sound governance framework. At British Land we engage with our shareholders via a number of pathways: Executive Directors regularly communicate with shareholders through meetings and conference calls (see page 83); the Audit Committee monitor our Financial Statements to ensure they are of the quality and clarity required by our shareholders and I have personally met with a number of shareholders since my appointment as Chairman and, along with the rest of the Board, look forward to meeting and talking to many more. Our Annual General Meeting (AGM) provides all of our shareholders with an opportunity to question their Directors and feedback any comments they may have on the Company's performance. We also recognise the important contribution made by providers of capital other than shareholders, namely our bank lenders and bond holders. We maintain a regular and open dialogue with our lenders to help us understand their appetite and investment criteria.

The pages that follow explain how we have applied the main principles of the Code throughout the year. We also explain our governance structure and the various committees that govern our approval and operating procedures. The Board support the principles of good corporate governance and believe that we comply with those principles.

John Gildersleeve Chairman

ourgovernance structure

the board

The Board is responsible for the strategy, effective control and management of the Group, and is comprised of Executive and Non‑Executive Directors. It has established a number of Board-level committees comprising Non‑Executive Directors; there are also a number of Management Committees comprising Executive Directors and senior executives. All of British Land's Directors receive a thorough induction on joining the Board and each individual's skills and knowledge can be updated and refreshed so their roles as Board and Committee members can be suitably fulfilled; further training is provided to facilitate this.

non-executive directors

committees of the board

The Non‑Executive Directors constructively challenge the Executive Directors and help to develop the Company's strategy.

The Board has established Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees which operate within defined terms of reference, available on the Company's website (www.britishland.com). The Audit and Remuneration Committees are entirely composed of independent Non‑Executive Directors and the Nomination Committee is composed of independent Non‑Executive Directors together with the Chairman. Lord Turnbull was appointed Senior Independent Director in January 2013, following John Gildersleeve becoming Chairman. The following pages contain a Report of the Audit Committee (pages 86 to 89), a Remuneration Report (pages 92 to 108) and a Report of the

Nomination Committee (pages 90 and 91). The attendance of Directors at Board and Committee meetings is shown in the table on page 81.

All the Non‑Executives are deemed to be independent.

the chairman

The Chairman is responsible for leadership of the Board and ensuring its effectiveness in all aspects of its role. He sets the Board's agenda and ensures that adequate time is available for discussion of all agenda items, in particular strategic issues. It is his responsibility to promote a culture of openness and debate and to ensure constructive relations exist between Executive and Non‑Executive Directors. He also ensures that the Directors receive accurate, timely and clear information, essential if their duties are to be carried out effectively, and ensures that effective communication occurs between the Company and its shareholders.

the chief executive and executive directors

The Chief Executive, together with the Executive Directors, is responsible for the management of the Company's day-to-day business and for ensuring the strategy that the Board has developed is implemented.

The Executive Directors work with the Chief Executive and each has a specific area of responsibility: Finance, Offices or Retail. The relatively small size of British Land means that the Executive Directors are aware of, or involved in, all activities of the Group.

management committees

In addition to the Board-level committees, there are four principal Management Committees established by the Chief Executive: the Executive Committee, composed of the Executive Directors and senior executives; the Investment Committee and the Risk Committee, each composed of the Executive Directors; and the Corporate Responsibility Committee, composed of senior executives with its Chairman reporting directly to the Chief Executive. The activities of these Committees are discussed on page 78 and 79.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND

OTHER INFORMATION

The British Land Company PLC Main Board (Chairman, Independent Non-Executive Directors and Executive Directors) Audit Committee (Independent Non-Executive Directors) Executive Committee (Executive Directors Remuneration Committee (Independent Non-Executive Directors) Investment Committee (Executive Directors) Nomination Committee (Chairman and Independent Non-Executive Directors) Risk Committee (Executive Directors) Corporate Responsibility Committee Board-Level Committees management Committees

and senior executives)

(senior executives)

Our

performance

boardofdirectors

John Gildersleeve Non‑Executive Chairman

Appointment to the Board: John became a Non‑Executive Director in September 2008. He was Senior Independent Director from November 2010 until he was appointed Chairman of the Company on 1 January 2013. Committee membership: Chairman of the Nomination Committee.

External appointments: John is Non‑Executive Deputy Chairman of Carphone Warehouse Group PLC and a Non‑Executive Director of TalkTalk Telecom Group PLC.

Previous experience: Until 2004, John was a Director of Tesco plc. He was formerly Chairman of New Look Retail Group Limited, EMI Group, Gallaher Group and Carphone Warehouse Group and was also a Non‑Executive Director of Lloyds TSB Bank PLC and Vodafone Group.

Chris Grigg Chief Executive

Appointment to the Board: Chris joined British Land as Chief Executive in January 2009. Committee membership: Chairman of the Executive Committee and Investment Committee and member of the Risk Committee. External appointments: Chris is a member of the Executive Board of EPRA, the European Public Real Estate Association, and is President of the British Property Federation until July 2013. Previous experience: Chris was Chief Executive of Barclays Commercial Bank until November 2008, having joined the bank in 2005 as Group Treasurer. Prior to Barclays, he held a broad range of leadership positions at Goldman Sachs, where his career spanned 20 years. Chris rose to partner of Goldman Sachs, working principally in its capital markets and derivatives business.

Lucinda Bell Finance Director

Appointment to the Board: Lucinda joined the Executive Committee in 2010, joined the Board in March 2011 and became Finance Director in May 2011.

Committee membership: Executive Committee, Investment Committee and Chair of the Risk Committee.

Previous experience: Lucinda qualified as a Chartered Accountant before joining British Land in 1991, where she has held a wide range of roles in the Group finance function, including the role of Tax Director. Lucinda was also formerly a Governor of the University of Westminster where she chaired the Finance and Property Committee.

Dido Harding Non‑Executive Director

Appointment to the Board: Dido was appointed a Non‑Executive Director of the Company in January 2010.

Committee membership: Remuneration Committee.

External appointments: Dido is Chief Executive Officer of TalkTalk Telecom Group PLC and is also a trustee of charity Go ON UK, which aims to make the UK the most digitally skilled nation in the world.

Previous experience: Prior to joining TalkTalk in early 2010, Dido was Sainsbury's Convenience Director and a member of J Sainsbury plc's Operating Board. Dido previously held senior management positions within Tesco plc, Kingfisher Plc and Thomas Cook Ltd.

William Jackson Non‑Executive Director

Appointment to the Board: William was appointed a Non‑Executive Director of the Company in April 2011.

Committee membership: Remuneration Committee.

External appointments: William is the Managing Partner of Bridgepoint and serves on a number of Bridgepoint portfolio Boards. He is currently Chairman of the Board of Pret A Manger and President of the Board of Dorna Sports SL.

Previous experience: William began his career in NatWest's investment banking arm, before working extensively on private equity transactions in Europe. He was appointed Managing Partner of Bridgepoint in 2001.

Charles Maudsley Head of Retail

Appointment to the Board: Charles joined the Board in February 2010. He has responsibility for the Retail sector of the Company's portfolio. Committee membership: Executive Committee, Investment Committee and Risk Committee. Previous experience: Charles joined British Land from LaSalle Investment Management where he was Co-Head of Europe, Managing Director of the UK business, a member of the Management Board and an International Director. Prior to joining LaSalle he was with AXA Real Estate Investment Managers for seven years where he was Head of Real Estate Fund Management in the UK.

See Management Committees P78–79

For Executive Committee members' biographies www.britishland.com/about-us/leadership/ executive-committee

Lord Turnbull

Senior Independent Director (SID) Appointment to the Board: Andrew was appointed a Non‑Executive Director in April 2006 and became SID on 14 January 2013. Committee membership: Nomination Committee and Chairman of the Remuneration

Committee. External appointments: Andrew is a Non‑Executive Director of Prudential PLC and Frontier Economics Ltd. He entered the House of Lords in 2005 as a Crossbench Life Peer.

Previous experience: Andrew was Secretary of the Cabinet and Head of the Home Civil Service from 2002–2005, Permanent Secretary of HM Treasury from 1998–2004, and Permanent Secretary at the Department of the Environment from 1994–1998. Andrew was a Non‑Executive Director of the Arup Group from 2006–2007 and Chairman of BH Global Limited for five years until 1 January 2013.

Aubrey Adams Non‑Executive Director

Appointment to the Board: Aubrey was appointed a Non‑Executive Director in September 2008.

Committee membership: Audit Committee. External appointments: Aubrey is Head of Property within RBS's Global Restructuring Group and Non‑Executive Chairman of Max Property Group PLC. He is a Non‑Executive Director of Pinnacle Regeneration Group Limited and Chairman of the Board of Trustees of Wigmore Hall.

Previous experience: Until May 2008 Aubrey was Chief Executive of Savills PLC. He was Senior Independent Director of Associated British Ports PLC from 1996–2006 and Non‑Executive Chairman of Air Partner plc from 2008–2012. Aubrey was Senior Independent Director of Unitech Corporate Parks PLC until December 2012.

Simon Borrows

Non‑Executive Director Appointment to the Board: Simon was appointed a Non‑Executive Director of the Company in March 2011.

Committee membership: Audit Committee. External appointments: Simon is Chief Executive of 3i Group plc and a Non‑Executive Director of Inchcape plc.

Previous experience: Before his appointment to 3i Simon worked for 28 years in the banking and finance industry, most recently as Chairman of Greenhill & Co. International LLP, having served as Co-Chief Executive Officer of the firm from 2007–2010 and Co-President from 2004–2007. Prior to Greenhill, Simon held the position of Chief Executive Officer of Baring Brothers International Limited, the corporate finance division of ING Barings.

understanding our

Overview

Richard Pym Non‑Executive Director

Appointment to the Board: Richard was appointed a Non‑Executive Director of the Company in January 2010.

Committee membership: Nomination Committee and Chairman of the Audit Committee.

External appointments: Richard is Chairman of UK Asset Resolution Ltd. He is also Non‑Executive Chairman of BrightHouse Group Plc and Nordax Finans AB.

Previous experience: Richard was Group Chief Executive of Alliance & Leicester plc from 2002–2007. He was also formerly a Vice President of the British Bankers Association, Non‑Executive Chairman of Halfords Group plc from 2006–2008 and a Non‑Executive Director of Selfridges PLC from 1998–2003 and of Old Mutual PLC from 2007–2010.

Tim Roberts Head of Offices

Appointment to the Board: Tim was appointed to the Executive Committee in August 2005 and elected as an Executive Director in July 2006. He has responsibility for the Office sector of the Company's portfolio.

Committee membership: Executive Committee, Investment Committee and Risk Committee. External appointments: Tim is a Trustee and Board Member of LandAid, the Property Industry Charity.

Previous experience: Before joining British Land in 1997 Tim was a partner at Drivers Jonas, in the Investment Agency team.

Anthony Braine Group Secretary Tony joined British Land in 1987 as Assistant Secretary and became Group Secretary in 1995.

There are three additional members of the Executive Committee that are not on the Board, please see the website for full information.

managementcommittees

CHRISGRIGG Chair

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE investment COMMITTEE

Committee members

Executive Directors:
Chris Grigg (Chair)
Lucinda Bell
Charles Maudsley
Tim Roberts

Others:

Nigel Webb
Jean-Marc Vandevivere
Simon Carter
Anthony Braine (Secretary)

executive committee

  • Deals with on-going management of the Group.
  • Comprises Executive Directors and senior executives.
  • Meets approximately twice each month.

Key Roles and Responsibilities include

The consideration of:

  • day-to-day operational matters for running the business;
  • performance of the Group's assets and the development programme;
  • internal procedures;
  • cost control; and
  • matters for recommendation to other Committees of the Board.

The Committee receives and considers a number of regular reports and discusses emerging trends. During the year ad-hoc reports were considered on various matters, such as risk adjusted returns, market sectors, investor relations and communication strategy.

A separate meeting is set aside each quarter to consider and discuss a Quarterly Business Review. This Report provides a high level quarterly performance review of the business focusing on the key metrics for Retail, Offices, Residential and Finance, and assists the Committee in considering and debating the performance of each area of the Group.

Principal matters relating to planning, directing and controlling activities are reserved for full Board approval, as detailed in the Leadership section on page 80.

Committee members

Chris Grigg (Chair)
Lucinda Bell
Charles Maudsley
Tim Roberts

Investment committee

  • Reviews and approves capital transactions.
  • Comprises Executive Directors.
  • Meets as required.

Key Roles and Responsibilities include

The review and approval of:

  • acquisition and disposal of assets;
  • investment in other companies, partnerships and joint ventures; and
  • proposed capital expenditure above £20 million.

In the case of major transactions, approvals by the Investment Committee are subject to the approval of the Board. Approvals are also subject to any other formal Board approvals that may be required, including those required by joint venture arrangements in the case of joint venture expenditure.

Meetings of the Committee are also attended by the senior executives who are members of the Executive Committee and the executives responsible for each proposed transaction.

understanding our

strategy

Our

performance

governance

Lucindabell Chair

Committee members

Lucinda Bell (Chair)
Chris Grigg
Charles Maudsley
Tim Roberts

Risk committee

  • Management of both strategic and operational risk in achieving the Company's performance goals.
  • Comprises Executive Directors.
  • Meets at least quarterly.

Key Roles and Responsibilities include

  • Recommending appropriate risk appetite levels to the Board;
  • Monitoring the Company's risk exposure against the target risk appetite; and
  • Reviewing the effective operation of risk management processes, including risk identification, risk monitoring and risk mitigation.

adrian penfold Chair

risk COMMITTEE corporateresponsibility COMMITTEE

Committee members

Adrian Penfold (Chair)

Justin Snoxall Sarah Cary Anna Devlet

corporate responsibility committee

  • Develops and implements the Company's Corporate Responsibility Strategy.
  • Comprises senior executives.
  • Meets monthly.

Key Roles and Responsibilities include

Delivering British Land's four corporate responsibility focus areas:

  • managing buildings efficiently;
  • developing sustainable buildings;
  • supporting communities; and
  • engaging staff.

The Committee acts as a catalyst for change across the business, exploring and testing new concepts and trends and, where appropriate, implementing them. Staff and suppliers take on responsibility for implementation of the initiatives.

Progress against the Company's Corporate Responsibility strategy is reviewed at the monthly Corporate Responsibility Committee meetings. The Chairman of the Committee reports to the Chief Executive on progress at least monthly. A presentation is given to the Executive Committee to approve changes in strategy and to provide updates on external change.

A review of the strategy and performance is presented to the Board annually, in addition to quarterly updates on CR progress.

The CR Committee meets regularly with business units and twice annually with managing agents and project teams to share best practice and review performance.

The business holds an annual awards ceremony to recognise the contributions from our supply chain and staff towards achieving the CR goals for the year.

Corporate Responsibility Panel

The CR Panel meets twice yearly. The Panel does not make decisions, but challenges the CR strategy and provides expert advice. The Panel is chaired by Chris Grigg. There are also four independent experts appointed: William Day, Patrick Bellew, Frances Done and Kay Allen. The CR review appears on pages 60 and 61. The CR Report is produced annually and is available on our website.

compliancewiththeuk corporategovernancecode

The 2010 UK Corporate Governance Code (the Code) is the standard against which we were required to measure ourselves during the financial year.

This Corporate Governance Report aims to provide shareholders with an understanding of how the Company has applied the principles and the provisions of the Code, a copy of which is available at www.frc.org.uk. The Board considers that the Company has, throughout the year ended 31 March 2013, complied with all the relevant provisions set out in the Code. The main principles have been applied as follows:

LEADERSHIP

British Land is headed by an effective Board, which is collectively responsible for the long-term success of the Company.

There is a formal schedule of matters specifically reserved for Board approval, summarised below. The Board delegates authority to the Executive Directors of the Company in respect of certain transactions, within defined, limited parameters. There is a regular schedule of Board meetings, together with further meetings as required by the on-going business of the Company – this may require the Directors to attend at short notice for time-sensitive matters such as the decision to make the £493 million equity placing in March 2013. The Board receive reports on every material aspect of the business of the Company, its subsidiaries, joint ventures and funds at these meetings, ensuring both Executive and Non‑Executive Directors are kept well informed.

There is a clear division of responsibilities at the head of the Company, between the running of the Board and the executive responsibility for the running of the Company's business. No one individual has unfettered powers of decision, and there is a written division of responsibilities between the Chairman and Chief Executive, which has been approved by the Board. Their respective major responsibilities are summarised in the boxes on page 75.

The Chairman and individual Directors meet outside of formal Board meetings, as part of each Director's continuing contribution to the delivery of the Company's strategy to achieve superior returns for shareholders. This process also allows for open two-way discussion about the effectiveness of the Board, its Committees and individual Directors, both Executive and Non‑Executive. By these means, the Chairman is continually aware of the views of individual Directors and can act as necessary to deal with any issues relating to Board effectiveness before they can become a risk to the Company.

The Non‑Executive Directors constructively challenge the Executive Directors and help develop proposals on strategy; this occurs at meetings of the Board, and particularly at the annual Strategy Day. The most recent Strategy Day took place over two days in February 2013, as detailed below.

The Non‑Executive Directors scrutinise the performance of management in meeting their agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance. They satisfy themselves on the integrity of financial information and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible. The Non-Executive Directors also determine appropriate levels of remuneration of Executive Directors and have a prime role in appointing Directors and succession planning. In addition to the Chairman, there are six independent Non‑Executive Directors with a strong range of complementary skills. Further details can be found on pages 76 and 77. Appropriate insurance cover has been arranged in respect of legal action against the Company's Directors.

The Strategy Day

British Land's annual Strategy Day is attended by the full Board and senior executives. A number of presentations, delivered by Executive Directors and senior executives, provide the Non-Executive Directors with in-depth updates on all aspects of the business and provide opportunities for the Board to discuss, review, challenge and develop the Company's strategy.

Consideration is given to:

  • each part of the Group's existing and prospective portfolio;
  • financing; and
  • the Group as a whole, and the overall corporate strategy going forward.

Items on the February 2013 Strategy Day agenda included:

  • 10-year vision for British Land.
  • Finance Strategy.
  • London Strategy.
  • Retail Strategy.
  • Development.

The Strategy Day also provides an opportunity for the full Board to consider succession planning.

Overview of matters reserved forfullboard approval

  • Transactions and financing arrangements over £100 million.
  • Employee share and option schemes.
  • Issue of securities.
  • Documents to shareholders and Annual Report and Accounts.
  • Dividends.
  • Authority levels below those of the Board.
  • Related Party Transactions.

understanding our strategy

governance

ACCOUNTABILITY

The Board presents a balanced and understandable assessment of the Company's position and prospects.

The business model on page 14 explains the basis on which the Company generates and preserves value over the longer-term, and the strategy of the Company is outlined on pages 16 and 17.

The Board also determines the nature and extent of the significant risks it is willing to take in achieving its strategic objectives, and maintains sound risk management and internal control systems. There are formal and transparent arrangements for considering how corporate reporting, risk management and internal control principles are applied and for maintaining an appropriate relationship with the Company's auditor. The key risks that the Group faces and features of the internal control system that operated throughout the period covered by the accounts are referred to in the Report of the Audit Committee on pages 86 to 89; the approach to risk management and the principal risks themselves are shown on pages 42 to 47. Risk management and internal control is also discussed on page 84.

All Directors were re-elected during the year and, with the exception of Chris Gibson-Smith and Stephen Smith who resigned during the year, seek re-election at the 2013 AGM.

key activities of the board 2012/13

Regular agenda items included

  • Reports from the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees.
  • Chief Executive's Management Reports.
  • Board performance appraisal.
  • Strategy Day feedback.
  • Risks, including Risk Appetite.
  • Transactions.
  • Financing.
  • Corporate responsibility.
  • Approval of year end results, the Annual Report, the AGM Circular and dividends.
  • Directors' appointments/reappointments at the 2012 AGM.
  • Conflicts of interest.

Key agenda items also considered in the year included

  • Appointment of John Gildersleeve as Chairman of the Company
  • On the recommendation of the Nomination Committee (see page 91).
  • Equity placing – £493 million raised to fund attractive investment opportunities.
  • Ropemaker Place – Sold for £461 million; net initial yield of 5.0%.
  • Convertible Bond issue – £400 million, 1.5% coupon, due 2017.
  • Approval of new bank facilities totalling £143 million.
  • Wereldhave Portfolio – Acquired for £178 million; includes Ealing Broadway Shopping Centre.
  • The Clarges Estate, Mayfair – Development opportunity acquired for £129 million.
  • Meadowhall – New joint venture with Norges Bank Investment Management approved.

directors' attendance atboard and committee meetings during the year

Board Committee Audit Remuneration N
Committee
omination
Committee
John Gildersleeve1 10/10 3/3 2/4
Chris Gibson-Smith2 6/7 3/3
Chris Grigg 10/10
Lucinda Bell 10/10
Aubrey Adams 10/10 4/5
Simon Borrows 7/10 5/5
Dido Harding 9/10 3/3
William Jackson3 9/10 4/4
Charles Maudsley 10/10
Richard Pym 10/10 5/5 4/4
Tim Roberts 10/10
Stephen Smith 6/10
Lord Turnbull 9/10 3/3 4/4

1 John Gildersleeve was a member of the Nomination Committee before his appointment as Chairman of the Company on 1 January 2013. He did not attend the two Nomination Committee meetings at which the candidates for the position of Chairman were discussed.

2 Chris Gibson-Smith stood down from the position of Chairman of the Company on 31 December 2012.

3 On 14 January 2013, William Jackson stepped down as a member of the Audit Committee and was appointed a member of the Remuneration Committee. No Remuneration Committee meetings took place between his appointment and the year end.

compliancewiththeukcorporategovernancecode continued

EFFECTIVENESS

The Board and its Committees have the appropriate balance of skills, experience, independence, commitment and knowledge of the Company to enable them to discharge their respective duties and responsibilities effectively.

Throughout the year at least half the Board, excluding the Chairman, has comprised Non‑Executive Directors determined by the Board to be independent. The current composition of the Board, including a brief explanation of the experience of each Director, is shown on pages 76 and 77.

There is a formal, rigorous and transparent procedure for the appointment of new Directors to the Board, which is led by the Nomination Committee. Non‑Executive Directors are appointed for specified terms and all Directors are subject to annual re-election. The work of the Nomination Committee is described on pages 90 and 91.

All Directors ensure that they allocate sufficient time to the Company to discharge their responsibilities effectively. Letters of appointment of Non‑Executive Directors set out the expected time commitment and each Non‑Executive Director has undertaken that they have sufficient time to meet the commitments expected of them. John Gildersleeve, appointed Chairman of the

Company on 1 January 2013, is also Non‑Executive Deputy Chairman of Carphone Warehouse Group PLC and a Non‑Executive Director of TalkTalk Telecom Group PLC. John is able to devote sufficient time to his role of Chairman of the Company, in addition to these other commitments. Other Board appointments of Directors are disclosed on pages 76 and 77. All Directors receive an induction on joining the Board and visits to key properties in the Group's portfolio are available to Directors, senior managers and staff to promote a broader knowledge of the portfolio across all levels of the Company. Additionally, the Board aims to hold at least one meeting a year away from head office, at one of the Group's key assets.

To enable it to discharge its duties, the Board is supplied with information in an appropriate form and of an appropriate quality, in a timely manner. The Group Secretary ensures good information flows within the Board and its Committees, and between senior management and Non‑Executive Directors, and is responsible for advising the Board on all governance matters, through the Chairman.

The Board undertakes a formal and rigorous annual evaluation of its performance. The British Land Board performance evaluation alternates internally facilitated appraisals with externally facilitated appraisals at least once every three years; the last independent external review of the effectiveness of the British Land

Board was conducted in 2011/2012. In 2012/13 the review of Board effectiveness was carried out internally, as described in the box below. The appraisal process also includes the Senior Independent Director meeting to discuss the performance of the Chairman with other Directors annually, or more frequently as necessary. In addition, the Chairman meets with each Non‑Executive Director annually to discuss their contribution and provides the Remuneration Committee with a written appraisal of the Chief Executive's performance for the year. Similarly, the Chief Executive provides the Remuneration Committee with a written assessment of the performance of the Executive Directors.

The Board considers that Aubrey Adams, Simon Borrows, Dido Harding, William Jackson, Richard Pym and Lord Turnbull are independent Non‑Executive Directors. In making this determination, the Board has considered whether each Director is independent in character and judgement, and whether there are relationships or circumstances which are likely to affect, or could affect, the Director's judgement. The Board believes that it is evident from consideration of the Non‑Executive Directors' biographies, detailed on pages 76 and 77, that they are of the integrity and stature required to perform their roles of independent Non‑Executive Directors. Following this year's Board evaluation, the Chairman believes each Non-Executive Director standing for re-election at the next AGM continues to effectively fulfil and remain committed to their role within British Land. The terms and conditions of appointment of Non‑Executive Directors are available for inspection at the Company's registered office and at the AGM.

board evaluation

The 2012/13 Board performance evaluation required each Director to give detailed input, by responding to a number of statements relating to the key areas detailed on the right.

In general the statements were strongly supported and no disagreements were registered in response to any statement.

The results showed improvement when compared with the last internal evaluation (2010/11), achieving the Board's goal of obtaining continuous improvement in the results year-on-year.

The results of the annual evaluation are considered and discussed by the Chairman, the Senior Independent Director and the full Board.

Key areas covered by the evaluation:

  • Role and organisation of the Board.
  • Agenda.
  • Corporate governance.
  • Non-Executive Directors.
  • Executive Directors.
  • Information.
  • Monitoring Company performance.
  • Board leadership and culture.
  • Board appraisal process.

RELATIONS WITH SHAREHOLDERS

There is a continuing dialogue between British Land and its shareholders, with whom the Company places considerable importance on maintaining open and clear communication.

The Investor Relations department is dedicated to facilitating communication with shareholders. There is an on-going programme of dialogue and meetings between the Executive Directors and the Company's shareholders, where a wide range of relevant issues are discussed, within the constraints of the information already known to the market. These issues include strategy, performance, governance, management and the market. Regular road-shows take place in the UK, Europe and the US, as well as participation in sector conferences. Investor days take place to enable major shareholders to view the Company's activities and the Chairman has met with a number of major shareholders in person since his appointment.

To ensure they are informed, the Directors receive a written report detailing any major issues which have been raised by shareholders to management at each scheduled Board meeting.

During the course of a year, shareholders are kept informed of the progress of the Company through results statements and other announcements that are released via the London Stock Exchange and other news

key investorrelations activities in 2012/13

services. Company announcements and presentations are made available simultaneously on the Company's website, affording all shareholders full access to material information. Shareholders can also raise questions with the Company directly and at any time, using a facility on the Company's website.

Additionally, there is an opportunity at each AGM for individual shareholders to question the Board, further increasing the dialogue between British Land its shareholders. The voting process at the AGM is fully compliant with the Code, incorporating votes withheld, the separation of resolutions, the attendance of Committee Chairmen and voting by poll. The Annual Report and Notice of Meeting are sent to shareholders at least 20 working days prior to the AGM. All AGM resolutions are decided by poll and the voting results are announced to the London Stock Exchange, as well as being available on the Company's website and by request. We also recognise the important contribution made by providers of capital other than shareholders, namely our bank lenders and bond holders. We maintain a regular and open dialogue with our lenders to help us understand their appetite and investment criteria.

As well as the above, we undertake a series of one-to-one meetings with key investors throughout the year, as well as responding to ad-hoc requests.

REMUNERATION

Levels and components of remuneration of Directors are designed to attract, retain and motivate Directors without being excessive.

A significant portion of Executive Directors' remuneration is structured so as to link rewards to corporate and individual performance. There is a formal and transparent procedure for developing policy on executive remuneration and for fixing the remuneration packages of individual Directors. Details of the Company's Remuneration Policy and the levels and components of Directors' remuneration are set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 92 to 108.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND

OTHER INFORMATION

April 2012

• Broadgate property tour.

May 2012

  • Full year results presentation for 2011/12.
  • Full year results London roadshow.
  • Investor conference, Amsterdam.

June 2012

  • Investor roundtable, London.
  • Investor conference, London.

July 2012

  • Q1 interim management statement investor call.
  • AGM.

  • September 2012

  • London property tour.
  • Investor conference, US.

October 2012

• US roadshow, New York, Boston, Mid-Atlantic.

November 2012

  • Half year results presentation.
  • Half year results London roadshow.
  • Investor conference, London.

January 2013

  • Q3 interim management statement investor call.
  • West End property tour.
  • Netherlands roadshow.

February 2013

• Investor roundtable, London.

March 2013

  • EPRA private client broker event.
  • Investor conference, London.
  • Sheffield and Ealing property tour.

compliancewiththeukcorporategovernancecode continued

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROL The Directors are responsible for the maintenance of sound risk management and internal control systems, and for reviewing their effectiveness.

The Board complies with the risk management and internal control principles of The UK Corporate Governance Code and follows the best practice recommendations on internal control contained in 'Internal Control: Guidance to Directors' (the Turnbull guidance).

There is an on-going process for identifying, evaluating and managing the significant risks the Group faces. This has been in place throughout the year, up to the date of approval of this Report. The process is designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve business objectives and can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss.

Internal control and risk management processes apply equally to all entities which British Land administrates, including all material joint ventures and funds.

The system of internal control is subject to review by Internal Audit, which is has now been outsourced, as detailed in the Report of the Audit Committee. The fundamental control principles are listed below.

The Board annually reviews the effectiveness of the Group's system of internal control over financial reporting, including that of material joint ventures and funds. During the course of its review of the risk management and internal control systems over financial reporting, the Board has not identified, nor been advised of a failing or weakness which it has determined to be significant. Therefore a confirmation in respect of necessary actions has not been considered appropriate.

The key risks faced by the Group and the features of the internal control system that operated throughout the period covered by the accounts are referred to in the Report of the Audit Committee on pages 86 to 89. The approach to risk management and the principal risks themselves are detailed on pages 42 to 47.

fundamental internal control principles applied by the group

  • Defined schedule of matters reserved for decision by the Board.
  • Detailed authorisation process ensures no material commitments are entered into without thorough review and the appropriate approval by more than one approved person.
  • Formal documentation of all significant transactions.
  • System of business and financial planning, including cash flow and profitability forecasting and scenario analysis performed on major corporate, property and financing proposals.
  • Property investment appraisal process.
  • Monitoring key outcomes, particularly expenditure, against budget and forecast.
  • Clearly defined policies and a review of actual performance against these.
  • Benchmarking of property performance with external sources such as the Investment Property Databank (IPD).
  • Comprehensive property and corporate insurance programme.
  • Formal whistle-blowing policy.

other matters

staff turnover

2012/13 2011/12 2010/11
Head Office 28 (13%) 24 (12%) 14 (8%)
Broadgate Estates 31 (16%) 16 (8%) 23 (13%)
Total (average) 59 (14%) 40 (10%) 37 (10%)

staff turnover reportable accidents across ourportfolio

2012/13 2011/12 2010/11
Head Office 27 (13%) 24 (12%) 14 (8%)
British Land occupied demises1 2
Broadgate Estates 31 (16%) 16 (8%) 23 (13%)
At our managed properties 47 54 39
Total (average) 58 (14%) 40 (10%) 37 (10%)
Rate per 100,000 hours worked on our developments2 0.24 0.35 0.46

1 British Land occupied demises refers to space occupied by British Land, Broadgate Estates Ltd and The Source.

2 On our developments, there were 15 reportable accidents across 6,215,235 working hours in 2012/13 compared to ten reportable accidents across 2,831,102 working hours in 2011/12. There was one reported fatality on a development site in Spain. We have completed a thorough review of the incident which has confirmed that we were compliant with all local regulations in this case. We have also reviewed our construction management control procedures in light of the incident.

Staff

We encourage employees' involvement and keep our employees informed of the activities of the Company through regular briefings and internal communications. We have well established, all-employee share schemes. In the UK, separate pension fund reports are made available to members.

Funding to charity and good causes

The Company has a charity funding policy, available on our website, which states that we focus our giving on young people, education, training, employment and local regeneration. Our prime geographical focus is in the communities where we have a significant presence, and we encourage our local teams to engage directly with these communities. We also donate to national causes. In addition, we have a payroll giving scheme and a matched giving scheme for staff who fundraise independently.

The Charity Committee, which approves most charitable donations, is chaired by Edward Cree, Retail Asset Manager and reports to the Executive Committee on an annual basis.

The Executive Committee approves the Company's charity policy and annual budget. Donations during the year totalled £1,079,305 compared with £835,948 in the previous year.

The Company does not make any donations to any political organisations.

Going concern

The Group's business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future performance and position are set out in the Directors' Report and Business review. The financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities, together with the Group's financing policy, are described on pages 69 to 73.

The Group currently has considerable undrawn debt facilities and cash deposits which are expected to be sufficient to meet its financing requirements for several years. The Group's recent record of raising in excess of £3 billion of financing and equity funding over the last 24 months gives the Directors confidence in the Group's ability to raise further finance should it be required to fund incremental activity. The Group has substantial headroom against covenants on unsecured banking facilities, details of which are on page 73. It also benefits from a secure income stream from leases with long average lease terms, and is not overreliant on any single occupier or industry group.

As a consequence of these factors, the Directors believe that the Group is well placed to manage its financing and other business risks satisfactorily in the current economic environment. The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future and therefore continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Annual Report and Accounts.

reportofthe auditcommittee

A particular focus of the Committee has been on the risk management processes that are developing and becoming embedded within the Group.

richard pym Chairman of the Audit Committee

Dear shareholder,

Welcome to the Report of the Audit Committee. This Report details the key activities of the Committee during the year, alongside our principal responsibilities.

We are committed to monitoring the integrity of the Group's reporting and to developing and maintaining sound systems of risk management and internal control; major changes to help facilitate this through the year have included the establishment of a Risk Committee (see page 79) and the outsourcing of the Internal Audit function.

Composition of the Committee

The Committee consists of myself, Chairman since January 2010, and Aubrey Adams and Simon Borrows, members since September 2008 and April 2011 respectively. William Jackson was a member of the Committee from April 2011 until 14 January 2013. We are all independent Non-Executive Directors with significant financial experience, as detailed in the biographies on pages 76 and 77. I am the member nominated as having recent and relevant financial experience.

The Committee meets regularly during the year, in alignment with the financial reporting timetable; during the financial year 2012/13 we met on five occasions.

Activities of the Committee

During the year the Committee has undertaken each of its principal responsibilities, receiving relevant reports from the valuers, Internal and External Auditors and management and challenging assumptions and judgements made. The Committee considers all significant issues in relation to the financial statements, which in the current year are considered to be the carrying value of property and investments, accounting for joint ventures and funds (see Accounting Judgements on page 68), and Going Concern (see page 85). The Committee performs a detailed review of the content and tone of the annual and half-year press releases and Annual Report and Accounts, as well as interim management statements.

The Committee's Terms of Reference were reviewed and amended during the year; the amended document, approved by the Board, can be found on the Company's website www.britishland.com. The main changes result in the Terms of Reference now stipulating that External Audit contracts be put out to tender at least every ten years, that the Committee should inform shareholders how they have carried out their duties through the year and that the Committee should consider whether the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and understandable.

The Committee has satisfied itself that controls over the accuracy and consistency of information presented in the Annual Report are robust. An assurance opinion is obtained from an External Audit firm over the Corporate Responsibility Statement and a full verification exercise is performed by management to ensure consistency of information presented in all external communication.

Audit Committee meetings are regularly attended by invitation by the Finance Director, Group Financial Controller, Head of Financial Forecasting and Reporting, Head of Internal Audit, Head of Property Valuation, Secretary to the Risk Committee and representatives of the valuers and External Auditor. Other executives, including the Chief Executive, are invited to attend from time-to-time. The Committee regularly meets with the External Auditor and Head of Internal Audit without management being present.

The allocation of time spent on key areas is shown in the chart below. Significant additional time continues to be spent by members of the Audit Committee meeting with executive management, understanding the key issues and underlying processes, setting agendas and meeting with valuers, Internal and External Auditors.

allocation of time spent at the audit committee meetings

understanding our

strategy

Our

performance

governance

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND

OTHER INFORMATION

principalresponsibilities
oftheauditcommittee
Keyareasformallydiscussedandreviewed
bythe Committeeduring2012/13 include:
financial
reporting
andexternal
audit
• M
onitoring the integrity of the Company's financial statements
and any formal announcements relating to the Company's
financial performance; reviewing significant financial reporting
judgements contained within them.
• M
aking recommendations to the Board regarding the
appointment of the External Auditor and approving the External
Auditor's remuneration and terms of engagement.
• M
onitoring and reviewing the External Auditor's independence,
objectivity and effectiveness.
• Developing and implementing policy on the engagement of the
External Auditor to supply non-audit services, taking into
account relevant ethical guidance.
• Results, commentary and announcements.
• Key accounting policy judgements, including valuations.
Impact of future financial reporting standards.
• Going concern.
• External Auditor effectiveness.
• Half-yearly External Auditor reports on planning, conclusions
and final opinion.
• External Auditor management letter containing observations
arising from the annual audit leading to recommendations
for control or financial reporting improvement.
valuations • M
onitoring and reviewing the valuation process.
• Annual report on the effectiveness of our valuers which
considers the quality of the valuation process and judgements,
with half-yearly update.
• Valuer presentations to the Committee.
riskand
intERnal
control
• Reviewing the Company's internal financial controls, its
compliance with the Turnbull guidance and the effectiveness
of its internal control and risk management systems.
• Reviewing the principal risks and uncertainties of the business
and associated Annual Report risk management disclosures.
• The outputs of the risk register process including identification
of the Group's principal risks and uncertainties and movement
in the exposure to these risks in the year.
• Developments in the Group's risk management processes
including the establishment of the Risk Committee and their
Terms of Reference.
• An annual report on the effectiveness of internal control
systems.
• An annual fraud risk assessment.
• Insurance programme for property, development and
corporate.
• Credit limits of counterparties.
internal
audit
• M
onitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the Company's
Internal Audit function, including its plans, level of resources
and budget.
• Outsourcing Internal Audit to KPMG
• Internal Audit effectiveness.
• Internal Audit Charter defining its role and responsibilities.
• Internal Audit programme of reviews of the Group's processes
and controls to be undertaken, and an assurance map showing
the coverage of audit work over three years against the risks.
• Implementation status reports on audit recommendations.
• The Group's Internal Audit function reports, including those on:
– property developments;
– European leasing;
– Group treasury;
– property investments;
– joint ventures;
– valuations;
– Annual Report process;
– key financial control
– Broadgate Estates property
testing; and
accounting;
– accounts payable.
– IT security;
other • Reviewing the Committee's Terms of Reference and monitoring
its execution.
• Considering compliance with legal requirements, accounting
standards and the Listing Rules.
• Reviewing the Whistle-blowing Policy and operation.
• Changes to Audit Committee's Terms of Reference.
• Annual Report sections on corporate governance.
• The impact of new regulation, including the Alternative
Investment Fund Managers Directive and the Energy Act 2011.
• Tax policy.

reportoftheauditcommittee continued

external auditor

Following best practice and in accordance with its Terms of Reference, the Audit Committee annually reviews the audit requirements of the Group, both for the business and in the context of the external environment, and considers whether to undertake a formal tender. There are no contractual obligations which would restrict the selection of a different auditor.

In accordance with its normal practice, the Audit Committee considered the following:

  • The performance of the External Auditor, including:
  • value for money; and
  • quality and effectiveness in the Audit Committee's own assessment and, where available, according to external regulatory review.
  • The External Auditor's:
  • independence;
  • compliance with relevant statutory,
  • regulatory and ethical standards; and
  • objectivity, as assessed by the Committee.

Having considered these factors, the Audit Committee unanimously recommended to the Board that a resolution for the reappointment of Deloitte as the Company's External Auditor be proposed to shareholders at the 2013 AGM.

In addition, the Committee will oversee the tender of the External Audit within the next year, with the successful firm performing the External Audit for the year ending 31 March 2015.

Policy on Auditor Providing Non-audit Services

With respect to other services provided by the Auditor, the following framework is in place:

  • audit related services the Auditor is one of a number of firms providing audit related services, which include formal reporting relating to borrowings, shareholder and other circulars and various work in respect of acquisition and disposals. Where they must carry out the work because of their office or are best placed to do so, the Auditor is selected. In other circumstances the selection depends on which firm is best suited;
  • tax advisory the Auditor is one of a number of firms that provide tax advisory services. The selection depends on who is best suited in the circumstances; and

• general consulting – the Auditor does not provide general consultancy services except in certain circumstances, and then only after consideration that they are best placed to provide the service and that their independence and objectivity would not be compromised.

Deloitte Real Estate (formerly Drivers Jonas Deloitte) provides advice on the masterplanning of the 75 acres of potential development land around Meadowhall Shopping Centre, together with occasional advice or services on other matters. They were appointed to this role prior to their acquisition by Deloitte. The Committee has considered and agreed that this and other non-audit related services provided by Deloitte may continue to be provided, subject to approval by the Committee where expenditure is above established approval limits. At a meeting of the Audit Committee in November 2012, the Committee reviewed the fees for non-audit services paid and forecast to be paid to the External Auditor. Although it was noted that the fees paid to Deloitte for the half year to 30 September 2012 were well within the stated limits, it was decided that any future engagements of Drivers Jonas Deloitte should be subject to approval by the Chairman, on behalf of the Committee. As shown in note 5 to the financial statements, total fees payable to Deloitte in the last financial year amounted to £0.9 million, of which £0.3 million was for non-audit related services, including £0.2 million for advice and services provided by Deloitte Real Estate. In addition, further fees of £0.4 million (British Land's 50% share) were payable to Deloitte by various joint ventures of the Group of which £0.2 million was for non-audit related services provided by Deloitte Real Estate.

The following commitment protocol operated throughout the year and applied to any engagement of other work (excluding audit and half-yearly reporting) performed by the External Auditor:

  • approval by the Audit Committee if there are any doubts as to whether the External Auditor have a conflict of interest; and
  • in addition, approval by the Audit Committee Chairman on behalf of the Committee for each additional project over £0.1 million in value where cumulative fees for other work performed by the Auditors are projected to exceed 75% of the combined fee for audit and half-yearly reporting review work. During the year no project approvals by the Audit Committee Chairman have been required, other than in respect of Deloitte Real Estate.

VALUATIONS

The external valuation of the portfolio is a key determinant of the Group's balance sheet, performance and senior management remuneration. In accordance with the Audit Committee's Terms of Reference, the Committee undertakes a rigorous approach to monitoring and reviewing the valuation process and the effectiveness of the Group's valuers, Knight Frank and CBRE.

The valuers present directly to the Audit Committee at the interim and year end review of results, including confirmation of their valuation process, market conditions and significant judgements made.

The Audit Committee has reviewed the effectiveness of our valuers, based upon a series of qualitative and quantitative measures which consider the quality of the valuation process and judgements, with comparison against actual transactions.

The Company's External Auditors review the valuations and process and report their findings to the Audit Committee, having full access to the valuers and exchange of information to determine that due process has been followed using appropriate information. The valuation process is also subject to regular Internal Audit review, the most recent being undertaken by KPMG on behalf of the Company in 2012/13.

For the valuation of the Group's wholly-owned assets, the Company has fixed fee arrangements with Knight Frank and CBRE, in line with the recommendations of the Carsberg Committee report.

Copies of the valuation certificates of Knight Frank and CBRE can be found on the website at www.britishland.com/investors/operationalperformance.

Outsourcing of Internal Auditor

During the year the Company's Internal Audit function was fully outsourced to KPMG. The firm had worked closely with the previous internal Head of Internal Audit for two years prior to this, building experience and knowledge of the Group and its practices. The Head of Internal Audit and Internal Audit Partner review the Group's processes and controls in line with the Internal Audit programme and Internal Audit Charter, attending Audit Committee meetings by invitation at least three times a year to report to the Committee.

understanding our strategy

Identification and Evaluation of Commercial Risks and Related ControlObjectives

During the year, British Land reviewed and formalised its processes in respect of risk management. This included establishment of a Risk Committee to oversee the revised integrated approach to risk management which combines a 'top-down' strategic view with a 'bottom-up' operational process. The top-down element involves determination of the risk appetite of the business and monitoring of exposure against this level using key risk indicators. This is complemented by the bottom-up aspect which involves maintenance of risk registers within each area of the business to provide control over identification, monitoring, mitigation and reporting of risk. Each risk is evaluated according to an assessment of its impact on the business and the likelihood of occurrence and has a nominated owner who is responsible for ensuring that identified mitigants, including related controls, are operating effectively. Risk registers are maintained on an on-going basis with a review of the registers undertaken prior to each quarterly Risk Committee meeting. The Risk Committee considers the risk registers on an aggregated basis assessing the completeness of the risks identified and the adequacy of mitigants in place with a particular focus on emerging risks.

The Audit Committee holds responsibility for overseeing the effectiveness of sound risk management and internal control systems. It fulfils this role by monitoring the activities of the Risk Committee, the risk management processes in place and the activities of the Internal Audit function including their reporting on the effectiveness of controls. The Risk Committee comprises the Executive Directors and its minutes are circulated to the Audit Committee for review, with any significant matters relating to operational risk management and controls tabled at the Audit Committee for consideration. Twice yearly the principal risks and uncertainties, which are derived from the risk register process, are presented to the Audit Committee along with commentary on how the exposure to these risks has moved in the period for oversight and discussion. Annually, a report on the effectiveness of internal controls is prepared by Internal Audit for presentation to the Audit Committee as well as a fraud risk assessment.

Internal Audit and the Risk Committee work closely together to ensure that identified risk areas inform the Internal Audit programme and,

auditcommittee members

Members1 Position
Richard Pym Chairman of the Audit Committee
Aubrey Adams ember
Simon Borrows ember

auditcommitteeattendees

Attendees Position
Deloitte Attends as Independent Auditor to the Group
Knight Frank and CBRE Attend twice a year to present their valuations
as the Group's external valuers
Anthony Braine Attends as Secretary to the Committee G roup Company Secretary
Lucinda Bell Attends by invitation Finance Director
Chris Grigg Attends by invitation Chief Executive
Rob Hudson Attends by invitation Group Financial Controller
Marc Furlonger Attends by invitation Head of Financial Forecasting and Reporting
Nicola Thomas Attends by invitation Head of Property Valuation
Jonathan Rae Attends by invitation Secretary to Risk Committee
Chris Dicks Attends by invitation2 Head of Internal Audit, KPMG
Stephen Spellman Attends by invitation Internal Audit Partner, KPMG

1 William Jackson was a member of the Committee until 14 January 2013.

2 Chris Dicks replaced Matthew Stubberfield as the Head of Internal Audit on 30 August 2012.

similarly, findings of Internal Audit reviews are taken into account in identifying and evaluating risks within the business. British Land maintains a framework of controls related to key financial processes which manage the associated risks. The effectiveness of such controls is reviewed by Internal Audit annually either through dedicated procedures or in the course of other Internal Audit reviews.

More detail of how we manage risk in delivering our strategy and the current principal risks and uncertainties can be found on pages 42 to 47.

Richard Pym Chairman of the Audit Committee

reportofthe nomination committee

Much of the Committee's focus has been on ensuring the Company's commitment to diversity and development of female staff is being progressed.

john gildersleeve Chairman of the Nomination Committee

Dear shareholder,

Welcome to the Report of the Nomination Committee. Changes to the Board were made during the year, with the appointment of a new Chairman and Senior Independent Director. The Committee carried out its principal responsibilities, as detailed in the table on the facing page.

Composition of the Committee

The members of the Nomination Committee are Lord Turnbull, Richard Pym and myself, all of whom have served throughout the financial year. Following Chris Gibson-Smith stepping down as Chairman of the Company, I took over the role of Chairman of the Nomination Committee on 14 January 2013.

The Chairman chairs Nomination Committee meetings, unless the Committee is dealing with the successor to the Chairmanship. In these circumstances the Committee is chaired by a Non-Executive Director elected by the remaining members, Richard Pym in the case of my appointment. The Committee met four times during the year under review.

Diversity

The Committee has also focused on diversity, including gender diversity, in British Land and the initiatives the Company is currently undertaking to strengthen female representation at Board and top management level. These include gender diversity workshops and regular reporting and monitoring of gender statistics.

The Company maintains a policy of employing the best candidates available in every position, regardless of gender, ethnic group or background. Applications for employment by disabled persons are always fully considered, bearing in mind the aptitudes of the applicants concerned. In the event of members of staff becoming disabled, every effort is made to ensure that their employment continues and that appropriate training is arranged. The policy provides that the training, career development and promotion of disabled people should, as far as possible, be identical to that of other employees.

At 31 March 2013 head office staff comprised 95 females and 109 males; of the 125 staff considered executives, 38 were female and 87 male. There were no incidents of discrimination during the financial year, or the previous financial year.

Re-election ofDirectors

In accordance with the Corporate Governance Code all Directors will submit themselves for re-election at the 2013 AGM. The Nomination Committee has confirmed that the Directors continue to perform effectively and demonstrate commitment to their respective roles.

John Gildersleeve Chairman of the Nomination Committee

understanding our strategy

appointment of the new chairman ofbritishland

During the year the Nomination Committee undertook the process of selecting a new individual to recommend to the Board for election as Chairman of the Company, to succeed Chris Gibson-Smith.

  • Meetings in which the appointment was discussed were chaired by Richard Pym, an independent Non-Executive Director, rather than Chris Gibson-Smith. As a candidate, John Gildersleeve, then a member of the Committee, did not attend these meetings.
  • The Committee engaged with Russell Reynolds Associates1 , an external search consultancy, to assist with the selection process, including:
  • preparing a detailed role specification;
  • benchmarking of candidates; and
  • profiles of candidates.
  • Both external and internal candidates were considered, including female candidates.
  • The Committee consulted with the Company's advisers and took detailed references.

The Nomination Committee recommended to the Board that John Gildersleeve succeed Chris Gibson-Smith as Chairman of the Company.

The Board accepted the Nomination Committee's recommendation, and John Gildersleeve was duly appointed Chairman on 1 January 2013.

1 Russell Reynolds Associates have been engaged by the Company in a search consultancy capacity in the past; they do not provide any other services for the Company.

nomination committee members

Members Position
John Gildersleeve1 Chairman of the Nomination Committee
Richard Pym ember
Lord Turnbull ember

1 John Gildersleeve was appointed Chairman of the Nomination Committee on 14 January 2013, following his appointment as Chairman of the Company. The Nomination Committee Chairman was Chris Gibson-Smith until 31 December 2012, during which time John Gildersleeve was a member of the Committee.

principalresponsibilities ofthe nomination committee

  • Regular review of the structure, size and composition of the Board.
  • Recommendations to the Board with regard to Board changes and Board Committee membership changes.
  • Succession planning for Directors and other senior executives.
  • Identifying suitable candidates for Board vacancies, to be nominated for Board approval.
  • Reviewing the leadership needs of the Company.
  • Reviewing time commitments required from Non-Executive Directors.
  • Non-Executive Directors' letters of appointment and recommendations for re-election.

keyareasformallydiscussedand reviewedbythecommitteeduring 2012/13 include:

  • Review of the Board and Committees': – structure, size and composition; and
  • skills, knowledge and experience to ensure they remain able to discharge their duties and responsibilities effectively.
  • Succession planning including identifying potential internal candidates for senior vacancies which may arise on a crisis, short, medium and long-term basis.
  • Appointment of a new Chairman, following Chris Gibson-Smith's decision to step down from the position of Chairman.
  • Appointment of a new Senior Independent Director, following the decision to appoint John Gildersleeve as Chairman.
  • Stephen Smith stepping down as an Executive Director from 31 March 2013.
  • Recommendations to the Board regarding Directors retiring for re-election by shareholders.
  • Renewal of Non-Executive Directors' letters of appointment.

remuneration report

Management incentives must be strongly aligned with our strategy to enhance the community of interest between our Directors and employees and our shareholders. The Committee are recommending a number of changes to the Remuneration Policy to enhance this alignment and to support our 'One Team' approach to business.

lord turnbull Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Dear shareholder,

I have the pleasure of introducing this year's Remuneration Report, for which the Board will be seeking your approval at the 2013 AGM. This Report sets out the philosophy behind our Remuneration Policy, the Policy and its components and how the Policy has been implemented in the year under review, as well as changes to the Policy.

Remuneration philosophy

At British Land, our objective is to deliver superior total shareholder returns and our vision is to be the best REIT in Europe. To achieve this we must produce consistent outperformance of our peers over a sustained period of time, through focusing our efforts on the strategic priorities that we believe will be most value enhancing to shareholders. Key performance indicators have been chosen to assess how we are performing – more information is provided on pages 16 to 17, 'Our Strategy'.

It is, therefore, a vital responsibility of the Committee to ensure we have strong alignment of management incentives with our stated strategy, thereby matching the interests of the Directors with those of the shareholders. The different elements of Directors' remuneration packages at British Land have been carefully chosen so that they are supportive of and relevant to our strategic priorities. They are regularly reviewed by the Committee to ensure this crucial link is maintained and to ensure commonality is maintained between our remuneration performance measures and key performance indicators.

As part of this, pay policy should provide effective incentives for exceptional Company, team and individual performance, with significant upward and downward variability. The Company targets a high performance, open and meritocratic culture where people are motivated individually and as a team to outperform competitors, subject to maintenance of quality and security. The business model is people-light and asset-heavy – it leverages the work, skill and judgement of a relatively small team over a large value of assets. This means British Land's expectations of staff are high and there is a scarcity value on proven performers.

When setting pay the Committee also bears in mind that, as well as providing motivation to perform, pay plays an important role in

attracting and retaining the most talented employees. The policy needs to be competitive with alternative employment opportunities.

In the current environment the Committee recognises that a listed company's Remuneration Policy can be a contentious issue; as such, consultation with shareholders, regular policy reviews and clear, transparent reporting are essential to ensure that British Land's Remuneration Policy meets the requirements of its shareholders.

Remuneration policy

There are two main structures within a Director's remuneration package. Firstly, basic salary and benefits are fixed annually at norms broadly consistent with the Company's FTSE position, with appropriate variance for specialist positions. Secondly, the Director's Annual Incentive and share scheme awards (under the Matching Share Plan and Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)) are variable; their magnitudes reflect both Company performance and the performance of the Director's specific areas of responsibility. These variable elements can move total pay above median towards upper quartile, but only for upper quartile performance. Therefore, the amount received is strongly linked to outperformance of our peers, hitting our challenging goals, share price performance and meeting the Company's strategic priorities over one and three year time horizons.

The Company has performed strongly throughout the financial year, meeting or exceeding all but one of its targets. Details of British Land's performance and the targets set for the next financial year can be found on page 97.

Policy Review

The Committee reviews the policy each year to ensure it remains fully supportive of the strategy of the Company and takes account of shareholder views and trends in Remuneration Policy. This year the review in particular included the LTIP, which is due for renewal at this year's AGM.

The Committee has agreed that the broad LTIP structure remains fit for purpose; however, it proposes to move away from the current performance condition based entirely on the Company's net asset value per share compared to the Investment Property Databank UK Annual Property Index (IPD) and will propose two new LTIP targets.

Overview

understanding our

strategy

Our

performance

remuneration report

Remuneration Policy 94
Annual Incentive Plan and targets 96
The Matching Share Plan 98
The Long-Term Incentive Plan 98
Audited information 102

92–108

It is proposed that 50% of the new LTIP performance condition will be measured by comparing British Land's annual Total Property Return against IPD's annual UK Total Property Return, as this best measures our business strategy of targeting property outperformance. The other 50% of the condition will measure our Total Accounting Return against 16 FTSE 350 peers, as this best measures our business strategy of producing outperformance at the return on capital level and takes into account NAV per share and dividends. Further details are given on page 99 and within the AGM Circular.

In conjunction with the review of the LTIP, the Committee also concluded that the following further policy changes should be made:

  • to support the 'One Team' approach, the Chief Executive's maximum Annual Incentive award be reduced from 180% of basic salary to 150%, and his LTIP maximum award value be reduced from 250% of basic salary to 200% – both changes bring the Chief Executive in line with the other Executive Directors;
  • to reflect shareholder views, the vesting percentage for median performance under the Matching Share Plan (MSP) is reduced from 35% to 25%;
  • the number of companies within the MSP total shareholder return measure peer group is increased from five to 16. This is the same peer group as is proposed to be used under the new LTIP Total Accounting Return measure; and
  • clawback provisions be introduced within the new LTIP and the MSP Awards.

No salary increases for Directors were given on 1 April 2013, as the current salary levels are correctly positioned in the market.

This year we have endeavoured to produce a Remuneration Report that is clearer and more straightforward, for the benefit of our shareholders. As ever, the Committee welcomes engagement with shareholders, and I will be happy to address queries or feedback received in relation to the Company's Remuneration Policy and Remuneration Report.

Lord Turnbull Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

key activities of the remuneration committee during the year

  • Approval of 2011/12 Remuneration Report.
  • Review of Company performance against targets for 2011/12.
  • Approval of Company and Directors' performance objectives for 2012/13.
  • Reviews of:
  • Chief Executive's remuneration; – Executive Directors' salaries and
  • bonuses; and
  • Employees' salaries and bonuses.
  • Submission to Department for Business Innovation and Skills (BIS) Consultation on Executive Remuneration.
  • Review of remuneration structure and current Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) target.
  • Consultation with the Association of British Insurers, Institutional Shareholder Services and other institutional shareholders regarding proposed changes to LTIP.
  • Approval of discretionary share scheme grants and vestings.
  • Approval of all-employee share scheme grants.

remuneration committee members

Members Position
Lord Turnbull Chairman of the
Remuneration Committee
and Senior Independent
Director
Dido Harding M ember
William Jackson M ember

remuneration committeeattendees

Attendees Position
Alan Judes1
Attends by invitation
Strategic Remuneration,
Committee's Independent
Adviser
Anthony Braine G
Attends as Secretary
to the Committee
roup Company Secretary
John Gildersleeve2
Attends by invitation
Chairman of the Company
Chris Grigg Chief Executive

Attends by invitation

1 The Committee has appointed Alan Judes as its Independent Adviser. He also gave advice to the Company on personnel and share plan matters. The Committee is satisfied there is no conflict in him providing such services to the Company. Strategic Remuneration is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and adheres to the Group's Code of Conduct.

2 John Gildersleeve was a member of the Remuneration Committee until 14 January 2013, when, following his appointment as Chairman of the Company, William Jackson replaced him as a member of the Committee.

Chris Gibson-Smith held the position of Chairman of the Company and attended the Committee by invitation in this capacity until 31 December 2012.

governance

remuneration report– remuneration Policy

Components ofDirectors' totalreward

The total reward position is analysed by looking across each of the different elements of pay: basic salary and benefits, Annual Incentive award and long-term incentives. This provides the Committee with a total remuneration view rather than just the competitiveness of the individual pay elements, and may vary widely to correspond with the needs of the role and the performance delivered.

In using salary and other remuneration data the Committee is mindful of not unnecessarily ratcheting up the remuneration levels, while properly incentivising performance and being able to attract and retain the best people. The Committee also has regard to economic factors, remuneration trends and the level of pay increases throughout the Company when determining Directors' pay.

The chart below summarises the annual package and relative importance of its components for each Executive Director. The analysis, prepared by Strategic Remuneration, shows the estimated 'expected' value of variable compensation. This takes account of vesting periods and related performance conditions.

basicsalaryandbenefits

Basic salary and benefits in kind for each Director are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee, taking account of the Director's performance and responsibilities.

The Committee reviews salaries annually. In reviewing the salaries of the Executive Directors, the Committee also takes into account the employment conditions and salary increases awarded to employees throughout the Group, which had a target guideline of 3%. Shown to the right are the current annual rates of salary of the Executive Directors with effect from 1 April 2013. The Committee noted that salaries are positioned around the median of our comparators and therefore no increases in base salary were given on 1 April 2013.

Benefits in kind include car allowance, provision of car and driver in respect of the Chairman and private medical insurance. Information on the Directors' pension entitlements can be found on pages 107 and 108.

2013/14
£
2012/13
£
Percentage
increase
Chris Grigg 800,000 800,000 0%
Lucinda Bell 465,000 465,000 0%
Charles Maudsley 425,000 425,000 0%
Tim Roberts 425,000 425,000 0%

understanding our

strategy

Our

performance

governance

totalreward=annualremuneration +long-term shareplans

annual
remunerati
on
Fixed benefit
s
Annual Incentive
• Basic salary
as detailed below.
All Executive Directors1
• Benefits in kind 'On target'
'M
aximum'
75% salary
150% salary1
which include:
– car allowance;
– permanent health insurance; and
– private healthcare.
Combination of individual goals for specific areas of responsibility and
contributions made to corporate performance, both qualitative and
quantitative. See pages 96 and 97.
• Pension
(see pages 107 and 108).
long-term shar
e pla
ns
Matchi
ng shar
e pla
n
Long-Term Incentive Plan
All Executive Directors All Executive Directors1
Award up to maximum value of 200% salary
One third of Annual Incentive earned
D
eferred into shares
atching Award = 200% value of deferred Annual Incentive
Target:
• Three year performance period.
• 50% Award measured against total shareholder return versus
peer companies.
• 50% Award measured against like-for-like rental growth compared
to IPD benchmark, see pages 98 and 99.
Target:
• Three year performance period.
• 50% Award measured against total property return versus
IPD
UK Annual Property Index.
• 50% Award measured against total accounting return versus
peer companies, see pages 98 and 99.
1 To support the 'One Team' approach, the Chief Executive's maximum Annual Incentive award and LTIP award have been reduced from 180% salary and 250% salary, respectively.

Determining level ofbasic salary

  • The Committee considers basic salary levels against two peer groups.
  • For roles where corporate size and scope characteristics drive duties, basic pay levels and recruitment sources:
  • a peer group of major UK companies across market sectors with a median market capitalisation broadly comparable to British Land is used to establish basic salary levels.
  • For other posts:
  • the Committee will look at pay levels in other organisations such as agents, fund managers or with comparably sized support functions to match, with roles of comparable speciality, scope and responsibility to those within British Land. This reflects the 'people-light and asset-heavy' business model.
  • Basic salaries are targeted around the median of the relevant peer group in both cases. The Company utilises pay surveys from time to time to ensure pay is correctly positioned against the market. Appropriate increases are made to base salary to reflect individual merit and remain competitive with the market.

remuneration report continued

annual incentiveplan

  • An amount payable to Directors, reflecting Company performance and the individual's contribution during the preceding year.
  • One third is paid in shares, subject to a three year holding requirement under the Company's Matching Share Plan, described below.
  • On-target and maximum bonus award levels for the year commencing 1 April 2013 are shown below.
  • From 2013/14 the Chief Executive's maximum and on target award levels will be reduced to the same levels as those of the other Executive Directors:
company tar gets

The Committee considers Company performance and contributions made by each individual to corporate performance, using external indicators to assess relative performance (see table on facing page).

individual targets

Each individual's performance is considered in relation to the goals agreed for their specific areas of responsibility.

annual incentive award

These factors are then aggregated by the Committee into Annual Incentive awards for each Director on an individualised, non-formulaic basis, though supported by the objective individual data points to provide a fair and appropriate award to each individual.

Annual Incentive award as % of basic salary
On target M aximum
All Executive Directors 75% 150%

Annual Incentive Measures

We list below our strategic priorities and the main Annual Incentive measures that support each priority.

strategicpriority1: grow income

strategicpriority2: growvalue

Accounting return
Unlevered property returns
Success of purchases and sales
Successful progress on developments

strategicpriority3: incrementalvalue

Accounting return
Unlevered property returns
Success of purchases and sales
Successful progress on developments

strategicpriority4: usescaletoouradvantage

Accounting return Success of purchases and sales Successful progress on developments Net operating costs as percentage of rent and NAV Successful execution of debt financings Company reputation

strategicpriority5: spendwisely

Accounting return Successful progress on developments Progress on strengthening the dividend Quality of people and management renewal Net operating costs as percentage of rent and NAV

strategicpriority6: agreatplacetowork

Quality of people and management renewal Company reputation

Annual Incentive Performance

  • An individual's performance is considered in relation to their contribution to:
  • Company targets; and
  • targets for their specific areas of responsibility.
  • The targets for 2012/13 are listed in the first column of the table on the facing page.
  • Performance during the year ended 31 March 2013 was assessed by the Committee using data available at the year end against these targets. Performance against the 2012/13 targets is detailed in the second column of the table on the facing page.
  • Taking into account all these factors, the bonus was in aggregate for the Executive Directors set at 70.5% of the maximum provided by the scheme (74% in 2011/12).
  • The Committee has reviewed and agreed on the corporate goals for 2013/14; these are stated in column three of the table on the facing page.
  • From 2013, all members of our Executive Committee (which includes all the Executive Directors) will have a corporate responsibility target linked to their Annual Incentive award.

understanding our strategy

Annual incentive targets

Quantitative targets

2012/13 Targets 2012/13 Performance 2013/14 Targets
Accounting return – total
NAV based return plus
dividends relative to
property majors and IPD
(total return basis).
The accounting return of the Company was above the average of the property majors and total
property return significantly outperformed IPD.
Accounting Return – total
NAV-
based return plus
dividends relative to
property majors and IPD
(total return basis).
Unlevered property capital
returns relative to IPD.
Significant outperformance at All Property level, exceeding the outperformance achieved
in the previous financial year.
Unlevered property capital
returns relative to IPD.
Rental growth above ERV
and IPD.
Significant level of activity against a set of challenging market conditions. All Property
outperformance of 0.3% against ERV, and outperformance of ERV growth against IPD of 1.0%.
Rental growth above ERV
and IPD.
Operating costs as a
percentage of rents and
assets against prior year
and property majors.
Operating costs as a percentage of assets have remained flat, but as a percentage of gross
rental income have increased, primarily driven by retailer administrations and the net impact
of property disposals during the year. Both measures ranked the Company ahead of all other
UK property majors.
Operating costs as a
percentage of rents and
assets against prior year
and property majors.

Qualitative targets

2012/13 Targets 2012/13 Performance 2013/14 Targets
Successful progress
on developments.
61% of Office developments pre-let and under offer, 65% of overall developments are pre-let
or under offer. Development programme is on budget and on time, and the development pipeline
is being replenished. Development profitability has increased 18% against the
previous financial year.
Successful progress on
developments.
Successful execution
of targeted acquisitions
and disposals.
£1.3 billion activity (British Land share) during the year to 31 March 2013, compared
to £0.4 billion during the previous financial year.
Successful execution of
targeted acquisitions and
disposals.
Successful execution
of debt financings.
Over £900 million of new debt financings arranged during the year, significantly exceeding
the target.
Successful execution of debt
financings.
Progress on strengthening
the dividend.
The dividend per share was 1.1% ahead of last year, with the dividend payout ratio
improving and underlying diluted EPS increasing relative to the previous financial year.
Progress on strengthening
the dividend.
Quality of people and
management renewal.
Strengthened our senior leadership and depth of talent across the Company. Quality of people and
management renewal.
Company reputation with
stakeholders.
Strong customer satisfaction survey results, out-performing the previous survey (2011).
Chris Grigg was appointed President of the British Property Federation for the year beginning
July 2012. National and international awards gained during the year from organisations such
as the European Public Real Estate Association, Property Week, Business in the Community
and the Chartered Institution of Building Services Engineers.
Company reputation with
all stakeholders.
Improved risk
management approach.
The risk management processes of the Group have been formalised including the establishment
of a Risk Committee to oversee both the top-down strategic view, including determination
of risk appetite, and the bottom-up operational approach with risk registers embedded within
each area of the business. See page 42 for further details.

remuneration report continued

the matchingshareplan

  • Targeted at Executive Committee members and, by invitation, other key senior contributors to the Company or members of its Group.
  • Intended to incentivise and retain senior executives, ensure such executives are not focused exclusively on short-term performance and, accordingly, increase the alignment of their interests with those of the shareholders.
  • One third of eligible participants' after-tax Annual Incentives, or such other after-tax proportion as the Committee may agree, is delivered in British Land shares.
  • Therefore you have to receive an Annual Incentive award in order to participate in the Matching Share Plan and the potential maximum reward from the MSP is governed by the size of the Annual Incentive.

Participants are eligible to receive an award of free shares benchmarked by reference to the number of shares equal in value to the gross amount of their deferred Annual Incentive on the date such deferred Annual Incentive was

declared. The receipt of that award is subject to (i) the Annual Incentive shares being held by the Trustees for a three year period, (ii) the participant remaining an employee or officer of a Group company at the end of that time, and (iii) certain performance conditions being satisfied. The MSP TSR performance condition supports all six of our strategic priorities, directly matching participants' interests with shareholders'. Additionally, the MSP LFL performance condition supports our strategic priority of growing income.

Matching Share Plan performance

The Matching Share Award is divided into two parts, with separate performance conditions. One part is based on total shareholder return (the TSR Part). The other on the growth in the Company's like-for-like rental growth (the LFL Part). The combined maximum amount of shares that can be delivered to a participant pursuant to a Matching Share Award cannot exceed 200% of the number of their notional Annual Incentive shares for any relevant year.

One third of Executive's Annual Incentive earned in the year delivered as British Land shares instead of cash. Executive granted conditional award of matching shares.

• Annual Incentive shares held in trust for three years.

• Total shareholder return and like-for-like growth performance conditions measured over three years.

Annual Incentive shares released to Executive. Number of matching shares vesting dependant on TSR and LFL performance over the three year period. Executive must still be a British Land employee to receive matching shares.

thelong-term incentiveplan

  • Market value options and/or performance shares awarded to executives.
  • The Remuneration Committee's historic policy was to make awards up to a maximum of 200% salary for Executive Directors and 250% salary for the Chief Executive.
  • In 2013/14 the Chief Executive's maximum LTIP award will be reduced from 250% to 200% of base salary.
  • The annual limit is set with both the options and performance shares components of the Plan taken together.
  • Company performance is measured over the three years following grant. Vesting is dependent on the LTIP performance conditions being met.

The split of the awards made each year between performance shares and options may be varied between 0% and 100%, at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. The option section of the Plan comprises an Inland Revenue approved part and an unapproved part.

The Company may award a maximum notional value of 200% of base salary in performance shares each year, or the equivalent value of base salary in options each year (the latter under current estimations being valued at 25% of their exercise price). This maximum has been reduced from 250% in previous years.

LTIP award granted to Executive, consisting of performance shares and/or market value options.

performance shares released dependent on performance. Number of options vesting dependent on performance. Exercisable for further seven years.

Long-Term Incentive Plan performance

  • The performance condition on previous LTIP awards measured the growth in the Company's net asset value (NAV) per share against the capital growth component of the Investment Property Databank Annual Index, over a performance period of three years commencing the year in which the options and share awards were granted.
  • Growth in the Company's NAV per share must exceed that of the Index for a minimum proportion of the options to be exercised and/or performance shares to vest.
  • Stretching outperformance is required for the entire award to vest.

The performance hurdles for Directors' LTIP awards granted in 2012/13 and before are detailed immediately to the right. Aon Hewitt undertakes the performance measurement and submits a report to the Company advising the results for each specific award.

Number of

Our

performance

governance

Performance condition – TSR Part

The table below shows the performance required by the Company's TSR compared to a comparator group of companies across the three year performance period for any matching shares to vest under the TSR part. It is proposed that, for future awards, the comparator group of EPRA reporting companies is extended, as seen in the box to the right.

Performance condition – LFL Part

The Company's like-for-like rental growth during the three year performance period needs to at least equal the IPD comparator benchmark (the growth requirement) for any matching shares to vest.

British Land's TSR relative to
the comparator group at the
end of the performance period
Percentage
of award
which vests
British Land's LFL rental growth
relative to the IPD benchmark at
the end of the performance period
Percentage
of award
which vests
Below median 0% Below growth requirement 0%
Median 25% Equal to growth requirement 25%
Further vesting per each 1% TSR
TSR exceeds median (to maximum
of 100% of Notional Shares)
18.75% Further vesting per each 0.5% per
annum LFL exceeds growth requirement
(to a maximum of 100% of Matching Shares)
25%

Following consultation with shareholders, it is proposed that the vesting percentage for median TSR performance and for LFL rental growth equal to the growth requirement will be reduced from 35% to 25% for future MSP awards. Clawback provisions will also be introduced.

The comparator group of UK property companies currently consists of:

  • Great Portland Estates plc;
  • Hammerson plc;
  • Intu Properties plc (formerly Capital Shopping Centres Group PLC);
  • Land Securities Group PLC; and
  • SEGRO plc.

It is proposed that this group will be expanded to additionally include:

  • Big Yellow Group PLC;
  • Capital & Counties Properties PLC;
  • Derwent London plc;
  • Grainger plc;
  • Hansteen Holdings plc;
  • Helical Bar plc;
  • LondonMetric Property plc;
  • St. Modwen Properties PLC;
  • Shaftesbury PLC;
  • The UNITE Group plc; and
  • UK Commercial Property Trust Ltd.

Performance measure forprevious LTIP awards:

Percentage
vesting
100%
80%
60%
40%
20%
10%
0%

The current LTIP was approved by shareholders in 2003, with a ten year life. In reviewing its renewal, the Committee is recommending to shareholders at the 2013 AGM that a new LTIP is introduced, on which performance will be measured by two equally weighted performance conditions (as seen in the table to the right). The new LTIP will also allow clawback of awards.

Proposed performance conditions on the new LTIP

1) Total Property Return

It is proposed that 50% of the performance condition will measure our total property return against that in the IPD UK Annual Property Index. This index has been chosen as it contains property valued at £140 billion representing 294 entities and funds, as at 31 December 2012, so will provide a large enough sample to be statistically relevant.

2) Total Accounting Return

It is proposed that the other 50% of the performance condition measures our total accounting return (which measures change in NAV plus dividends paid) against the total accounting return of a peer group of FTSE 350 Property Companies that use EPRA reporting. It is proposed that the peer group is the same as the proposed group under the MSP TSR test, listed above.

The proposed measures will:

  • in the case of the TAR test, support all of our strategic priorities;
  • in the case of the TPR test, support our strategic priorities to grow both income and value;
  • measure our ability to choose the right sectors to invest in; and
  • be relevant measures in fluctuating markets, as the vesting hurdles use quartiles not percentages.
Total Property Return Percentage vesting IPD Total Accounting Return Percentage vesting
Below median 0% Below median 0%
Median (50th percentile) 25% M edian (50th percentile) 25%
Top quartile (75th percentile) 100% Top quartile (75th percentile) 100%

remuneration report continued

Vesting history

The table below summarises the vesting percentages for the LTIP and MSP over the last five years. During 2012/13 the LTIP, awarded in 2009, vested at 100% as the performance condition was fully met: British Land's growth in NAV was 14% per annum during the performance period, compared to the IPD benchmark index increasing 2% per annum. The MSP shares under the EPS Part, awarded in 2009, lapsed in their entirety as their performance conditions had not been met. The MSP shares awarded under the TSR part vested in their entirety as British Land's TSR was 48.8% over the performance period, compared to a median of 44.0% for the comparator group.

Aon Hewitt have confirmed that the 2010/11 LTIP awards will vest at 60% during 2013/14, reflecting British Land's growth in NAV of 5.7% per annum during the performance period, compared to the IPD benchmark index increasing 2.6% per annum. The TSR element of the 2010/11 MSP award will vest at 100%, as British Land's TSR was 44.7% over the performance period compared to a median of 39.2% for the comparator group. It is estimated that the LFL element of the 2010/11 MSP award will vest at around 80%, as British Land's like-for-like rental growth was approximately 1.8% over the performance period compared to a figure of approximately 0.3% for IPD.

Long-Term
Incentive Plan
Matching Share
Plan percentage vesting
Year of
award
Performance
period
percentage
vesting
TSR LFL1
2006 2006–2009 0% 100% 100%
2007 2007–2010 0% 0% 0%
2008 2008–2011 0% 100% 0%
2009 2009–2012 100% 100% 0%
2010 2010–2013 60% 100% TBC

1 The test based on like-for-like rental growth has replaced a test based on EPS for awards made in 2010 and onwards.

Performance graph

The graph below is prepared in accordance with the Directors' Remuneration Report Regulations 2002. It shows the Company's total return for the five years from 1 April 2008 to 31 March 2013 against that of the FTSE Real Estate Investment Trusts Total Return Index for the same period. The graph shows how the total return on a £100 investment in the Company, made on 1 April 2008, would have changed over the five year period measured, compared with total return from the FTSE REIT Total Return Index.

Five yeartotalreturn

100 Rebased to 100, April 2008 50 0 April 2008 April 2009 April 2010 April 2011 April 2012 Source:AonHewitt. March 2013 The British Land Company PLC FTSE REITs Sector

The FTSE Real Estate Investment Trusts Total Return Index has been chosen because that is where the shares of the Company are classified. Aon Hewitt prepared the graph based on underlying data provided by Datastream.

Non‑Executive Directorfees

The remuneration of the Non‑Executive Directors is a matter for the executive members of the Board. Fees are set to take into account the level of responsibility, experience and abilities required, as well as to reflect attendance. Assuming full attendance, the aim is also to deliver a total fee at a level in line with similar positions at comparable companies. The fees for 2012/13 were:

Basic fee
per annum
£34,250 Attendance at
Board meeting
£4,200
Senior Independent
Director fee
per annum
£9,450 Attendance at
Committee meeting
in person
£1,890
Committee Chair
fee per annum
£5,775 Attendance at
Board meeting or
Committee meeting
by telephone
£840

The Non‑Executive Directors are encouraged to hold shares in British Land. The Company facilitates this by offering Non‑Executive Directors the choice to receive their fees in the form of shares. Non‑Executive Directors' fees, and Chairman's fees, were not increased, with effect from 1 April 2013.

Executive directors' Minimum Shareholding Guideline

The Executive Directors' Minimum Shareholding Guideline requires approximately 200% of basic salary to be held in vested shares by the Chief Executive and 125% for other Executive Directors. There is no set timescale required to reach the target but this should be achieved through the regular additions anticipated by Matching Share Plan and Long-Term Incentive Plan vestings. No purchases are required either to reach the level or to respond to share price falls but Executive Directors are expected to increase their holding of shares each year until the target is attained. The number/value of shares required as the target, is fixed once a year. Shares included are those beneficially owned and unfettered by self and spouses.

Shown below is the guideline fixed for the year to 31 March 2014:

Percentage of
basic salary to
be held in G
vested shares
uideline
holding
Unfettered
holding at
31 March 20131
Chris Grigg 200% 294,389 522,715
Lucinda Bell 125% 106,946 63,012
Charles Maudsley 125% 97,747 101,490
Tim Roberts 125% 97,747 83,900

1 In accordance with new guidelines issued by the ABI, the Directors' unfettered holdings do not include MSP Bonus Shares and locked-in SIP Shares.

Directors' contracts

The policy of the Company is to have service contracts with notice periods of one year. It is sometimes necessary when recruiting a new Director to give a service contract with an initial term of longer than one year. In such circumstances it is the policy of the Company that the notice period should reduce to one year after an initial period of service.

The Company applies the principle of mitigation in the event of early termination of service contracts. All the service contracts provide for one year's notice.

Executive Director Date of service contract
Chris Grigg 19 December 2008
Lucinda Bell 10 March 2011
Charles Maudsley 3 November 2009
Tim Roberts 14 November 2006
Stephen Smith 3 November 2009

The letters of appointment of Non-Executive Directors are subject to renewal on an triennial basis.

There are no further provisions for compensation payable on termination of service contracts of Directors. No compensation has been paid to Directors departing during the year.

Stephen Smith stood down from the Board on 31 March 2013, and will leave British Land on 30 June 2013. He will receive his salary, benefits and pension contribution until 30 June 2013. He will receive no bonus for the period 1 April 2013 to 30 June 2013 and all his unvested share awards at 30 June 2013 will lapse, except the 2010 MSP award which will vest subject to the performance condition and pro-rating to reflect the proportion of the three year performance period he was employed by the Company. His contract provides for a notice period of 12 months. Notice was given on 18 October 2012, therefore, in lieu of salary and pension contribution for the period 1 July 2013 to 18 October 2013 a payment of £147,295 will be made to him in equal monthly instalments in arrears for this period. This payment is subject to mitigation should he receive payment for alternative work undertaken before 18 October 2013. A Statutory Payment of £30,000 will also be paid to him within two weeks of 30 June 2013, as compensation for the termination of employment. From 30 June 2013 until 18 October 2013 he will receive monthly benefit payments of £1,391.67 car allowance and a total benefit of £3,453 in medical insurance coverage for the period from 1 April 2013 to 18 October 2013.

Outside appointments

The Company's policy is to allow Executive Directors to hold an outside Non‑Executive Directorship and retain the fees, although each prospective appointment will be considered on its merits.

Stephen Smith was appointed Non‑Executive Chairman of Starwood European Real Estate Finance Limited on 22 November 2012. He has received fees of £18,595.89 in the period to 31 March 2013, which he has retained.

other employees

The Remuneration Policy applied to the other senior managers in the Company is similar to the policy for the Executive Directors set out in this Report, in that a significant element of remuneration is dependent on Company, individual and share price performance, although the Matching Share Plan is typically only open to members of the Executive Committee.

Throughout the Group, around 103 executives are also eligible for LTIP awards. All the Company's UK staff with 18 months' service can participate in the Company's HMRC approved Share Incentive Plan and Savings Related Share Option Scheme. As a result, approximately 87% of all eligible employees invest each month in British Land shares through these Plans.

Additionally, approximately 63 executives with responsibilities for the Unit Trusts and the wholly-owned Retail and Office portfolios are eligible for awards under the Fund Managers' Performance Plan (FMPP) each year. The FMPP is designed to incentivise and retain these executives by rewarding outperformance and to align the interests of those executives with investors in the Unit Trusts and the Company. The Company is one of the largest investors in those Unit Trusts. Executive Directors do not participate in this plan. Some 20% of the value of any award under the FMPP is paid as cash on award. The remaining 80% of the value of any award is delivered in the form of free shares in the Company over a three year period and subject to clawback for subsequent underperformance.

remuneration report– audited information

Directors' emoluments

2012/13 2011/12
Salary1
£
Annual
incentive2
£
Benefits3
£
Total
(excluding
pensions)
£
Salary
£
Annual
incentive
£
Benefits
£
Total
(excluding
pensions)
£
Chairman
John Gildersleeve 147,594 8,688 156,2825 77,025 77,025
Chris Gibson-Smith 263,813 39,328 303,1414 351,750 44,373 396,123
Executive Directors
Chris Grigg 800,000 1,080,000 19,802 1,899,802 800,000 1,080,000 19,652 1,899,652
Lucinda Bell 465,000 465,000 19,702 949,702 425,273 460,000 19,552 904,825
Charles M
audsley
425,000 505,000 19,602 949,602 425,000 460,000 19,552 904,552
Tim Roberts 426,500 505,000 19,602 951,102 426,500 505,000 19,022 950,522
Stephen Smith 425,000 300,000 19,702 744,702 425,000 460,000 19,552 904,552
Fees
£
Fees
£
Fees
£
Fees
£
Non‑E
xecutive Directors
Aubrey Adams 69,320 69,320 67,640 67,640
Simon Borrows 60,920 60,920 60,710 60,710
Dido Harding 67,640 67,640 65,960 65,960
William Jackson 68,480 68,480 66,825 66,825
Richard Pym 82,445 82,445 75,305 75,305
Lord Turnbull 81,946 81,946 74,675 74,675
3,383,657 2,855,000 146,426 6,385,083 3,341,663 2,965,000 141,703 6,448,366

1 Includes subsidiary Board fees of £1,500 to Tim Roberts.

2 One third of the Annual Incentive shown is paid in the form of locked up shares under the Matching Share Plan.

3 In addition to the remuneration shown in the table, Chris Grigg received a sum equivalent to 35% basic salary of £280,000; (2011/12: £280,000) in lieu of pension contribution. Charles Maudsley received £13,750 (2011/12: £13,750) in lieu of pension contribution over the £50,000 annual allowance which could be made to a registered pension plan. Their total Directors' emoluments including payments in lieu of pension contributions are £2,179,802 (2011/12: £2,179,652) and £963,352 (2011/12: £918,302) respectively. For full details of Directors' pension entitlements, see pages 107 and 108.

4 To 31 December 2012, date of cessation of office.

5 John Gildersleeve was appointed Chairman of the Company on 1 January 2013. The salary figure represents his Non‑Executive Director fees paid in the period 1 April 2012–31 December 2012 and his Chairman's salary paid in the period from 1 January 2013–31 March 2013. His annual Chairman's fee is £351,750 per annum.

Emoluments do not include distributions arising from share plan interests. Benefits in kind include car allowance, provision of car and driver in respect of Chris Gibson-Smith and John Gildersleeve, and private medical insurance.

understanding our

strategy

Our

performance

governance

Directors' interests in the Company's shares

Fully paid ordinary shares, including shares held by spouses, Matching Share Plan Bonus Shares and under the Company's Share Incentive Plan. All interests are beneficial.

Total at
31 March
2013
Total at
1 April
2012
John Gildersleeve 5,071 5,071
Chris Gibson-Smith 53,2011 53,201
Chris Grigg 631,792 467,078
Lucinda Bell 88,121 56,825
Charles M
audsley
133,942 153,625
Tim Roberts 134,221 132,791
Stephen Smith 320,176 264,031
Aubrey Adams 20,000 20,000
Simon Borrows 300,000 300,000
Dido Harding 8,094 5,007
William Jackson 34,144 28,110
Richard Pym 9,722 5,861
Lord Turnbull 14,520 12,260

1 On 31 December 2012, date of cessation of office.

Purchases afterthe year end up to one monthbefore the AGM notice

On 9 April 2013, Lord Turnbull, Richard Pym, Dido Harding and William Jackson were allotted 455, 910, 594 and 594 shares respectively, at a price of 549.2832 pence per share, as part of their standing instructions to receive shares as satisfaction of their Directors' fees.

On 15 April 2013 Chris Grigg purchased 22 shares and Lucinda Bell, Charles Maudsley and Tim Roberts each purchased 21 shares, all at a price of 582.6538 pence per share, under the 'Partnership' element of the Company's Share Incentive Plan. Accordingly, Chris Grigg was awarded 44 'Matching' ordinary shares and Lucinda Bell, Charles Maudsley and Tim Roberts were each awarded 42 'Matching' ordinary shares, all at a price of 582.6538 pence per share.

Incentive schemes distributions

The aggregate amount of gains made by Directors on the exercise of share options was £621,047 (2011/2012: £nil). The aggregate value of distributions to Directors in relation to the incentive plans (not including option exercises) was £2,779,494 (2011/12: £1,846,861).

Share price

The Middle Market Quotation (MMQ) for the ordinary 25 pence shares of the Company at the close of business on 28 March 2013 was 543.5 pence. The highest and lowest MMQs during the year to 31 March 2013 were 585.5 pence and 467.1 pence.

Directors' options and share plan interests

Sharesave scheme

Beneficial interests of the Directors under the Sharesave Scheme:

N
Date of grant
N
umber of
options at
1 April
2012
umber of N
options
granted
during
the year
umber of N
options
vesting
during
the year1
umber of N
options
exercised
during
the year2
umber of
options
lapsed
during
the year
Number of
options at
31 March
2013
Exercise
price
(p)
Earliest
exercise
date
Expiry
date
Chris Grigg 01.07.2011 1,908 1,908 473 01.09.2014 28.02.2015
Lucinda Bell 30.06.2009
26.06.2012
3,014 2,295 3,014 3,014 2,295 301
392
01.09.2012
01.09.2015
28.02.2013
29.02.2016
Tim Roberts 30.06.2009
30.06.2009
2,411
1,033
2,411 2,411 1,033 301
301
01.09.2012
01.09.2014
28.02.2013
28.02.2015
Stephen Smith 26.06.2012 3,826 3,826 392 01.09.2017 28.02.2018

1 On 1 September 2012, 3,014 options awarded to Lucinda Bell and 2,411 options awarded to Tim Roberts vested at the end of their three year saving periods.

2 On 3 September 2012 Lucinda Bell and Tim Roberts exercised their respective options, which had vested on 1 September 2012. The market price on the day of exercise was 541.5 pence, realising a notional gain of 240.5 pence per share.

The Directors' participation in the Sharesave Scheme, which is not subject to performance criteria, is considered appropriate because the Scheme is open to all employees with at least 18 months' service.

remuneration report–audited information continued

Long-Term Incentive Plan

Beneficial interests of the Directors under the Long-Term Incentive Plan:

Options

N
Date of grant
N
umber of
options at
1 April
20121
umber of N
options
granted
during
the year
umber of N
options
vesting
during
the year
umber of N
options
exercised
during
the year
umber of
options
lapsed
during
the year
Number of
options at
31 March
2013
Exercise
price
(p)
Earliest
exercise
date
Expiry
date
Chris Grigg 29.06.2009
11.06.2010
1,033,591
1,789,709
1,033,5912 1,033,591
1,789,709
387
447
29.06.2012
11.06.2013
28.06.2019
10.06.2020
28.06.2011
14.09.2012
695,652 743,494 695,652
743,494
575
538
28.06.2014
14.09.2015
27.06.2021
13.09.2022
Lucinda Bell 29.11.20045 25,326 25,326 660 29.11.2007 28.11.2014
31.05.20055 14,036 14,036 727 31.05.2008 30.05.2015
05.12.20055 11,557 11,557 824 05.12.2008 04.12.2015
29.06.20095 50,387 50,3872 50,387 387 29.06.2012 28.06.2019
21.12.20095 36,434 36,4343 36,434 446 21.12.2012 20.12.2019
11.06.20105 113,255 113,255 447 11.06.2013 10.06.2020
14.12.20105 19,607 19,607 510 14.12.2013 13.12.2020
14.09.2012 138,289 138,289 538 14.09.2015 13.09.2022
Tim Roberts 29.11.20045 22,513 22,513 660 29.11.2007 28.11.2014
31.05.20055 13,210 13,210 727 31.05.2008 30.05.2014
05.12.20055 17,483 17,483 824 05.12.2008 04.12.2015
29.06.2009 826,873 826,8732 400,0004 426,873 387 29.06.2012 28.06.2019
11.06.2010 380,313 380,313 447 11.06.2013 10.06.2020
28.06.2011 295,652 295,652 575 28.06.2014 27.06.2021
Stephen Smith 14.09.2012 315,985 315,985 538 14.09.2015 13.09.2022

1 The number of options as at 1 April 2012 are the maximum awards achievable under the Long-Term Incentive Plan on maximum outperformance of the Plan's

performance conditions, except for the options awarded in 2004, 2005 and 2009 which have already vested and remain exercisable until their respective expiry dates. 2 These options vested at 100% on 5 September 2012 on attainment of the Performance Target, as the NAV per share growth over the three year performance period was in excess of 4.5% per annum.

3 These options vested at 100% on 21 December 2012 on attainment of the Performance Target, as the NAV per share growth over the three year performance period was in excess of 4.5% per annum.

4 On 6 September 2012 Tim Roberts exercised 400,000 options. The market price on the day of exercise was 539 pence, realising a notional gain of 152 pence per share.

5 These options were granted prior to the individual being appointed a Director of the Company.

Overview

Performance shares

N
Date of grant
N
umber of
shares at
1 April
20121
umber of N
shares
granted
during
the year2
umber of N
shares
vesting
during
the year
umber of
shares
lapsed
during
the year
Number of
shares at
31 March
2013
Earliest
vesting
date
Chris Grigg 29.06.2009
28.06.2011
14.09.2012
258,397
173,913
185,873 258,3973 173,913
185,873
29.06.2012
28.06.2014
14.09.2015
Lucinda Bell 29.06.20095
21.12.20095
11.06.20105
14.12.20105
28.06.2011
14.09.2012
8,397
9,108
28,313
4,901
147,826
138,289 8,3973
9,1084
28,313
4,901
147,826
138,289
29.06.2012
21.12.2012
11.06.2013
14.12.2013
28.06.2014
14.09.2015
Charles M
audsley
11.06.2010
28.06.2011
14.09.2012
190,156
147,826
157,992 190,156
147,826
157,992
11.06.2013
28.06.2014
14.09.2015
Tim Roberts 11.06.2010
28.06.2011
14.09.2012
95,078
73,913
157,992 95,078
73,913
157,992
11.06.2013
28.06.2014
14.09.2015
Stephen Smith 11.06.2010
28.06.2011
14.09.2012
190,156
147,826
78,996 190,156
147,826
78,996
11.06.2013
28.06.2014
14.09.2015

1 The numbers of shares as at 1 April 2012 are the maximum achievable under the Long-Term Incentive Plan on maximum outperformance of the Plan's performance conditions.

2 On 14 September 2012, the date of grant, the market price was 538 pence.

3 These shares vested at 100% on 5 September 2012 on attainment of the Performance Target, as the NAV per share growth over the three year performance period was in excess of 4.5% per annum. The market price on the day of grant was 387 pence and the market price on the day of vesting was 531.5 pence, realising a notional gain of £1,373,380.06 for Chris Grigg and a notional gain of £44,630.06 for Lucinda Bell. Chris Grigg retained 123,675 shares; all Lucinda Bell's shares were retained.

4 These shares vested at 100% on 21 December 2012 on attainment of the Performance Target, as the NAV per share growth over the three year performance period was in excess of 4.5% per annum. The market price on the day of grant was 446 pence and the market price on the day of vesting was 568 pence, realising a notional gain of £51,733.44 for Lucinda Bell. Lucinda Bell retained 4,355 shares.

5 These shares were granted prior to the individual being appointed a Director of the Company.

The LTIP performance target for awards made in 2012 and earlier compares British Land's average annual net asset value Growth over three years to the capital growth component of the Investment Property Databank Annual Index. The Remuneration Committee proposes that the LTIP performance target is changed for awards made from 2013 (see page 99 of the Remuneration Report).

remuneration report–audited information continued

Matching Share Plan

N
Date of grant
N
umber of
matching
shares at
1 April
20121
umber of N
matching
shares
granted
during
the year2
umber of N
matching
shares
vesting
during
the year3
umber of
matching
shares
lapsed
during
the year3
Number of
matching
shares at
31 March
2013
Earliest
vesting
date
Chris Grigg 21.05.2009
02.09.2010
24.05.2011
05.09.2012
29,266
133,028
133,222
144,000 14,633 14,633 133,028
133,222
144,000
21.05.2012
02.09.2013
24.05.2014
05.09.2015
Lucinda Bell 24.05.2011
05.09.2012
26,968 61,332 26,968
61,332
24.05.2014
05.09.2015
Charles M
audsley
02.09.2010
24.05.2011
05.09.2012
7,360
56,618
61,332 7,360
56,618
61,332
02.09.2013
24.05.2014
05.09.2015
Tim Roberts 21.05.2009
02.09.2010
24.05.2011
05.09.2012
50,746
55,428
56,618
67,332 25,373 25,373 55,428
56,618
67,332
21.05.2012
02.09.2013
24.05.2014
05.09.2015
Stephen Smith 02.09.2010
24.05.2011
05.09.2012
10,866
56,618
61,332 10,866
56,618
61,332
02.09.2013
24.05.2014
05.09.2015

1 The number of shares shown above is the maximum award achievable under the Matching Share Plan on maximum outperformance of the Plan's Performance Targets.

2 On 5 September 2012, the date of grant, the market price was 531.5 pence.

3 On 21 May 2012, as the EPS Performance Target had not been met, all the Shares awarded under the EPS part lapsed. As the TSR Performance Target had been fully met, all the shares under the TSR part vested. The market price on the day of grant was 380 pence and the market price on the day of vesting was 495.6 pence, realising a notional gain of £72,521.15 for Chris Grigg and a notional gain of £125,748.59 for Tim Roberts. Chris Grigg retained 6,997 shares and Tim Roberts retained 12,132 shares.

For the Awards made in 2007, 2008 and 2009 the MSP Performance Targets compares British Land's total shareholder return (TSR) over three years against a comparator group and rewards earnings per share growth above 4% simple a year over three years. For the Awards made in 2010, 2011 and 2012 the Performance Targets are the TSR target, and a target that compares the Group's annual like-for-like rental growth over three years against the Gross Income Growth of the Investment Property Databank Benchmark (see page 99 of the Remuneration Report).

Recruitment awards

The two awards below were made in order to facilitate the recruitment of Stephen Smith and Charles Maudsley in 2010.

N
Date of grant
N
umber of
shares at
1 April
20121
umber of N
shares
granted
during
the year
umber of N
shares
vesting
during
the year
umber of
shares
lapsed
during
the year
Number of
shares at
31 March
2013
Earliest
vesting
date
Charles M
audsley
2010 Co-Investment Share Plan
30.03.2010 53,517 53,5171 01.02.2013
Stephen Smith
2010 Co-Investment Share Plan
31.03.2010 85,328 85,3282 04.01.2013

1 On 1 February 2013 these shares vested as all the conditions of the Plan had been satisfied. The market price on the day of grant had been 478.5 pence and the market price on the day of vesting was 564 pence, realising a notional gain of £301,835.88 for Charles Maudsley.

2 On 30 January 2013 these shares vested as all the conditions of the Plan had been satisfied. The market price on the day of grant had been 481.1 pence and the market price on the day of vesting was 564 pence, realising a notional gain of £481,249.92 for Stephen Smith. Stephen Smith retained 40,828 shares.

Charles Maudsley 2010 Co-Investment Share Plan

The Committee made Charles Maudsley a one-off grant of 53,517 British Land shares on 30 March 2010. This grant was conditional on the acquisition by him of a matching number of shares and required the retention of those shares until 1 February 2013. The shares vested on 1 February 2013, as Charles Maudsley remained in employment until that time and the Performance Conditions were satisfied; 50% vested as there was real growth in NAV per share over the Performance Period and 50% vested as total return was over 10% for the Performance Period. The Performance Period was the three years to 31 December 2012.

Stephen Smith 2010 Co-Investment Share Plan

The Committee made Stephen Smith a one-off grant of 85,328 British Land shares on 31 March 2010. This grant was conditional on the acquisition by him of a matching number of shares and required the retention of those shares until 4 January 2013. The shares vested on 30 January 2013, as Stephen Smith remained in employment until that time and the Performance Conditions were satisfied; 50% vested as there was real growth in NAV per share over the Performance Period and 50% vested as total return was over 10% for the Performance Period. The Performance Period was the three years to 31 December 2012.

The British Land employee Share Ownership Plan

The British Land Share Ownership Plan (the Trust), a discretionary trust, has been established to facilitate the operation of the above long-term incentive schemes. If Awards vest, immediately after vesting, shares are transferred out of the Trust to the Schemes' participants as appropriate. Dividends under the above share incentive schemes are retained by the Trust in interest bearing accounts and are payable to employees only on the vesting of the employees' shares, along with, in the case of the Long-Term Incentive Plan, interest earned on the dividends. In the event of a variation of capital, the Trustees (having considered the recommendations of the Remuneration Committee) have discretion to take such action as they consider appropriate. Cash dividends equivalents from the above schemes, including interest, distributed during the year totalled £205,028.03 to Chris Grigg, £12,581.20 to Lucinda Bell, £35,963.43 to Charles Maudsley, £17,482.00 to Tim Roberts and £57,340.41 to Stephen Smith.

Directors' pension benefits forthe year ended 31 March 2013

Two Executive Directors, Lucinda Bell and Tim Roberts, earned pension benefits in schemes sponsored by the Company during the year as detailed on page 108. Chris Grigg receives a sum equal to 35% of basic salary in lieu of pension contributions, which for the year amounted to £280,000 (2011/12: £280,000). The Company also contributed a sum equal to 15% of Charles Maudsley and Stephen Smith's basic salaries, which amounted to £63,750 to each Director (2011/12: £63,750 each Director), of which £13,750 (2011/12: £13,750) to Charles Maudsley was paid as cash, in lieu of a pension contribution. Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any Company sponsored pension arrangements.

Since the Directors' Remuneration Report Regulations 2002 came into force, company accounts are subject to two sets of disclosure requirements. The extended Companies Act 2006 requirements have to be observed in addition to the current UK Listing Authority requirements. The requirements differ slightly and these Regulations are expected to remain in force for the time being. The alternative disclosures shown in the two tables on page 108 provide the details of Directors' pensions necessary to satisfy the two sets of requirements.

remuneration report–audited information continued

Companies Act 2006 disclosure requirements table

Age at
year end
Accrued
pension
entitlement at
year start
£ per annum
Additional
pension
earned during
the year
£ per annum
Total accrued
pension
entitlement
at year end
£ per annum
Transfer value
of accrued
pension at
start of year
£
Transfer value
of accrued
pension at
year end
£
Increase in
transfer value
less Director's
contributions
paid during
the year
£
Lucinda Bell 48 78,200 7,200 85,400 1,677,000 2,044,300 367,300
Tim Roberts 48 58,500 6,900 65,400 1,342,700 1,681,400 338,700

UK Listing Authority Disclosure Requirements

Age at
year end
Accrued
pension
entitlement at
year start
£ per annum
Increase
in accrued
pension during
the year
(in excess
of inflation)
£ per annum
Total accrued
pension
entitlement
at year end
£ per annum
Transfer value
of additional
pension
(in excess
of inflation)
£
Premiums
paid in
respect of
life cover
£
Lucinda Bell 48 78,200 5,400 85,400 129,800 2,267
Tim Roberts 48 58,500 5,600 65,400 144,400 2,375

Notes

1 The total accrued pensions shown are those that would be paid annually on retirement at age 60 based on service to the end of the year.

2 The pension equivalent shown above for Lucinda Bell and Tim Roberts are a mixture of pension from the Registered Scheme and EFRBS.

3 The following is additional information relating to Directors' pensions for those included in the above table:

a Normal retirement age for pension arrangements is age 60.

  • b Members of the Scheme were not required to pay contributions during the year.
  • c Retirement may take place at any age after 55 subject to the consent of both the Company and the Trustees of the Scheme. Pensions may be reduced to allow for their earlier payment.
  • d On death in service, the Scheme provides a capital sum equal to four times salary and a spouse's pension of two thirds of the member's prospective pension at age 60. If a Member is entitled to a deferred pension, a spouse's pension of two thirds of the member's accrued pension is payable on death before or after retirement. These pensions are paid throughout the spouse's lifetime or until the youngest child reaches age 18 (or age 23 if in full time education), if later.
  • e In payment, pensions are guaranteed to increase each year in line with the increase in the Retail Prices Index (RPI) subject to a maximum of 5%. For consistency with the registered scheme transfer basis, the values in this report have been calculated based on full RPI to reflect the potential for future discretionary pension increases awarded by the Trustees.
  • f Consistent with the approach taken in last year's disclosures, deferred pensions are assumed to increase in line with RPI in the period before retirement.
  • 4 The premiums paid, disclosed in the table above, are in respect of registered and excepted life insurance cover.
  • 5 All pension amounts and transfer values disclosed in this report have been rounded to the nearest £100.

This Report was approved by the Board on 13 May 2013.

Lord Turnbull Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

additionaldisclosures

understanding our

strategy

Our

performance

Reappointment ofDirectors

The Directors listed on the Board of Directors pages 76 and 77 constituted the Board during the year, save that Chris Gibson-Smith resigned from the Board on 31 December 2012 and Stephen Smith resigned on 31 March 2013. In accordance with best practice under the UK Corporate Governance Code 2010, all the Directors will retire at the AGM and will offer themselves for annual re-election.

Purchase of own shares

The Company was granted authority at the AGM in 2012 to purchase its own shares up to a total aggregate value of 10% of the issued nominal capital. That authority expires at this year's AGM and a resolution will be proposed for its renewal. During the year the Company made no purchases of its own shares.

Share capital

The Company has one class of ordinary share and all shares rank equally and are fully paid (25 pence each). There are neither restrictions on the transfer of shares nor on the size of a holding. There are no significant agreements to which the Company is party that take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control of the Company.

The issued share capital has been increased during the year by fully paid issues as follows:

N umber of
ordinary shares
of 25p
15 March 2013 Share placing 89,674,604
04 April 2012 to
14 January 2013
Shares in lieu of Directors' fees 14,912
30 May 2012 to O
21 March 2013
n exercise of options under the
Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
1,294,516
17 April 2012 to O
21 March 2013
n exercise of options under the
Sharesave Scheme
169,851
09 November 2012 to
15 February 2013
Scrip allotment 6,058,782
01 February 2013 to
26 February 2013
Co-Investment Share Plans
vesting allotments
112,686
24 August 2012 Share Incentive Plan Free Share
Award allotment
166,499

Payments policy

We recognise the importance of good supplier relationships to the overall success of our business. We manage dealings with suppliers in a fair, consistent and transparent manner and have signed up to the UK Government's Prompt Payment Code. At the year end there were 29 (2011/12: 29) suppliers' days outstanding.

Events afterthe balance sheet date

There were no reportable events after the balance sheet date.

Directors' interests in contracts

No contract existed during the year in relation to the Company's business in which any Director was materially interested.

Directors' liability insurance and indemnity

The Company has arranged insurance cover in respect of legal action against its Directors. To the extent permitted by UK law, the Company also indemnifies the Directors.

Substantial interests

As at 13 May 2013, the Company had been notified of the following major interests in its issued ordinary share capital.

Number of shares % of issued capital
Norges Bank 62,598,618 6.35%
Blackrock, Inc. 52,861,598 5.36%
APG Algemene Pensioen Groep NV 44,622,274 4.52%
Government of Singapore Investment
Corporation Pte Ltd
39,473,304 4.00%
Legal and General Group Plc 34,283,631 3.48%

Auditor

The Audit Committee have recommended resolutions to reappoint Deloitte as auditor and to authorise the Directors to determine their remuneration be proposed at the AGM.

Disclosure of information to auditor

Each of the persons who is a Director at the date of approval of this Report confirms that:

  • so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company's auditor is unaware; and
  • the Director has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have taken as a Director in order to make himself/herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company's auditor is aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of section 418 of the Companies Act 2006.

AnnualGeneral Meeting

The AGM of The British Land Company PLC will be held at The Ocean Room, The Cumberland Hotel, Great Cumberland Place, London W1H 7DL on Friday 19 July 2013, at 11.00 am.

This Report was approved by the Board on 13 May 2013.

Anthony Braine Group Secretary 13 May 2013

Directors'responsibility statement

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and have elected to prepare the parent company financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law). Under company law the Directors must not approve the accounts unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and of the profit or loss of the Company for that period.

In preparing the parent company financial statements, the Directors are required to:

  • select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
  • make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
  • state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and
  • prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will continue in business.

In preparing the Group financial statements, International Accounting Standard 1 requires that Directors:

  • properly select and apply accounting policies;
  • present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable information;
  • provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in IFRSs are insufficient to enable users to understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the entity's financial position and financial performance; and
  • make an assessment of the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company's transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company's website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

  • the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the relevant financial reporting framework, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and
  • the Management Report, which is incorporated into the Directors' report, includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.

By order of the Board.

Lucinda Bell Finance Director

13 May 2013

Financialstatements

112–176
Financial
stat
ements
Consolidated income statement 112
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 113
Consolidated balance sheet 114
Consolidated statement of cash flows 115
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 116
Notes to the accounts 117
Report of the auditor 150
Supplementary disclosures 151
Company balance sheet and related notes 156
Report of the auditor 162

Our

consolidated income statement

For the year ended 31 March 2013

2013 2012
Note Underlying
pre-tax1
£m
Capital
and other
£m
Total
£m
Underlying C
pre-tax1
£m
apital
and other T
£m
otal
£m
Gross rental and related income 3 329 329 332 332
Net rental and related income
Fees and other income
Joint ventures and funds (see also below)
Administrative expenses
Net valuation movement (includes result on disposals)
Financing costs – financing income
– financing charges
3
4
6
7
7
281
15
130
(72)

21
(101)
(80)


(63)

88
2
(41)
(39)
281
15
67
(72)
88
23
(142)
(119)
286
16
113
(69)

24
(101)
(77)


69

143
2
(4)
(2)
286
16
182
(69)
143
26
(105)
(79)
Profit (loss) on ordinary activities before taxation 274 (14) 260 269 210 479
Taxation – current tax income (expense)
– deferred tax income
8
8
8
16
24
8
16
24
(2)
3
1
(2)
3
1
Profit for the year after taxation attributable
to shareholders of the Company
284 480
Earnings per share – basic
– diluted
2
2
31.7p
31.5p
54.1p
53.8p

1 As defined in note 2.

All results derive from continuing operations.

2013 2012
Note Underlying
pre-tax1
£m
Capital
and other
£m
Total
£m
Underlying C
pre-tax1
£m
apital
and other T
£m
otal
£m
Share of results of joint ventures and funds
Underlying profit before taxation 130 130 113 113
Net valuation movement (includes result on disposals) (62) (62) 72 72
Non-recurring items (4) (4) (3) (3)
Current tax income (expense) 2 2 (1) (1)
Deferred tax income 1 1 1 1
12 130 (63) 67 113 69 182

1 As defined in note 2.

consolidated statement of comprehensive income

For the year ended 31 March 2013

2013
£m
2012
£m
Profit for the year after taxation 284 480
Other comprehensive income:
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Net actuarial loss on pension scheme
(2) (3)
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: (2) (3)
Losses on cash flow hedges
– Group
– Joint ventures and funds
(16)
(6)
(65)
(50)
(22) (115)
Transferred to the income statement (cash flow hedges)
– Foreign currency derivatives
– Interest rate derivatives
(5)
26

18
21 18
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
– Hedging and translation
(4) 9
– Other 6 (8)
2 1
Other comprehensive loss for the year (1) (99)
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to shareholders of the Company 283 381

consolidated balance sheet

At 31 March 2013

N ote 2013
£m
20121
£m
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Investment and development properties 11 5,488 5,346
Owner-occupied property 11 42 41
5,530 5,387
Other non-current assets
Investments in joint ventures and funds 12 2,336 2,191
Other investments 13 76 28
Interest rate derivative assets 18 92 73
8,034 7,679
Current assets
Trading properties
40 47
Debtors 11
14
60 95
Liquid investments 18 200
Cash and short-term deposits 18 135 137
235 479
Total assets 8,269 8,158
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Short-term borrowings and overdrafts 18 (44) (49)
Creditors 15 (259) (261)
Corporation tax (17) (23)
(320) (333)
Non-current liabilities
Debentures and loans 18 (2,134) (2,572)
Other non-current liabilities 16 (26) (25)
Deferred tax liabilities 17 (16) (32)
Interest rate derivative liabilities 18 (86) (92)
(2,262) (2,721)
Total liabilities (2,582) (3,054)
Net assets 5,687 5,104
Equity
Share capital 21 249 225
Share premium 1,242 1,237
Merger reserve 213
Other reserves (163) (164)
Retained earnings 4,146 3,806
Total equity attributable to shareholders of the Company 5,687 5,104
EPRA NAV per share2 2 596p 595p
1 Comparatives have been re-presented, see note 1.

2 As defined in note 2.

John Gildersleeve Lucinda Bell

Chairman Finance Director

Approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 13 May 2013.

Company number 621920

consolidated statement of cash flows

For the year ended 31 March 2013

N ote 2013
£m
2012
£m
Rental income received from tenants 266 271
Fees and other income received 19 21
Operating expenses paid to suppliers and employees (88) (81)
Cash generated from operations 197 211
Interest paid (113) (89)
Interest received 31 17
UK corporation tax received 1 3
Distributions and other receivables from joint ventures and funds 74 64
Net cash inflow from operating activities 190 206
Cash flows from investing activities
Development and other capital expenditure (230) (106)
Purchase of investment properties (442) (382)
Sale of investment properties 699 59
Purchase of investments (22)
Sale of investments 2
Deferred consideration received 18 12
Investment in and loans to joint ventures and funds (318) (110)
Capital distributions from joint ventures and funds 72
Indirect taxes (paid) received in respect of investing activities (3) 2
Net cash outflow from investing activities (202) (547)
Cash flows from financing activities
Issue of ordinary shares 493
Dividends paid 20 (203) (212)
Closeout of interest rate derivative 4
Movement in other financial liabilities 2 (4)
Disposal of liquid investments 18 210
Decrease in bank and other borrowings (889) (406)
Drawdowns on bank and other borrowings 1,040
Proceeds on convertible bond issue 393
Net cash inflow from financing activities 10 418
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents (2) 77
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 April 137 60
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 March 135 137
Cash and cash equivalents consists of:
Cash and short-term deposits 18 135 137

understanding our strategy

Our performance

governance

consolidated statement of changes in equity

For the year ended 31 March 2013

Share
capital1
£m
Share
premium
£m
Hedging and
translation
reserve1, 2
£m
Revaluation
reserve1
£m
Merger
reserve1
£m
Retained
earnings
£m
Total
£m
Balance at 1 April 2012 225 1,237 (72) (92) 3,806 5,104
Profit for the year after taxation
Losses on cash flow hedges



(16)


284
284
(16)
Joint ventures and funds revaluations
Reclassification of losses on cash flow hedges
(6) (6)
– Foreign currency derivatives
– Interest rate derivatives
Exchange differences on translation


(5)
26



(5)
26
of foreign operations
Net actuarial loss on pension schemes


(4)
6


(2)
2
(2)
Other comprehensive income (loss) 1 (2) (1)
Total comprehensive income for the year 1 282 283
Share issues
Adjustment for share and share option awards
24
5


464

9
493
9
Dividends payable in year (26.3p per share)
Transfer





(251)
(234)
251
(234)
Adjustment for scrip dividend element 32 32
Balance at 31 March 2013 249 1,242 (71) (92) 213 4,146 5,687
Balance at 1 April 2011 224 1,237 (34) (34) 3,537 4,930
Profit for the year after taxation
Losses on cash flow hedges



(65)


480
480
(65)
Joint ventures and funds revaluations
Reclassification of losses on cash flow hedges
– Interest rate derivatives
Exchange differences on translation



18
(50)


(50)
18
of foreign operations
Net actuarial loss on pension schemes
9
(8)


(3)
1
(3)
Other comprehensive loss (38) (58) (3) (99)
Total comprehensive (loss) income for the year (38) (58) 477 381
Share issues
Adjustment for share and share option awards
1





5
1
5
Dividends payable in year (26.0p per share)
Adjustment for scrip dividend element





(231)
18
(231)
18
Balance at 31 March 2012 225 1,237 (72) (92) 3,806 5,104

1 Refer to note 21.

2 The balance at the beginning of the period includes £11m relating to translation and (£83m) relating to hedging.

notes to the accounts

1 Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies

The financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2013 have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of properties, investments and derivatives. The financial statements have also been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and therefore comply with Article 4 of the EU IAS Regulation.

The accounting policies used are consistent with those contained in the Group's last annual report and accounts for the year ended 31 March 2012.

Standards and interpretations issued but not effective for the current accounting period were:

  • IFRS 9 Financial Instruments;
  • IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements;
  • IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements;
  • IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities;
  • IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement;
  • IAS 1 (amended) Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income;
  • IAS 12 (amended) Deferred Tax: recovery of underlying assets;
  • IAS 19 (revised) Employee Benefits;
  • IAS 27 (revised) Separate Financial Statements;
  • IAS 28 (revised) Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures; and
  • IAS 32 (amended) Financial Instruments: Presentation.

The Directors do not expect that the adoption of the standards listed above will have a material impact on the financial statements of the Group in future periods except as follows:

  • IFRS 9 will impact both the measurement and disclosures of financial instruments;
  • IFRS 12 will impact the disclosure of interests the Group has in other entities;
  • IFRS 13 will impact the disclosure of fair value measurements; and
  • IAS 19 (revised) will impact the measurement of the various components representing movements in the defined benefit pension obligation.

Critical accounting judgements are disclosed in the relevant section of the Annual Report, see page 68. The key source of estimation and uncertainty relates to the valuation of the property portfolio and investments, where an external valuation is obtained. In accounting for net rental income, the Group is required to judge the recoverability of any income accrued and provides against the credit risk on these amounts.

Other less significant assumptions include the actuarial assumptions used in calculating the Group's retirement benefit obligations, the valuation of fixed rate debt and interest rate derivatives, and the sharebased payment expense. The potential for management to make judgements or estimates relating to those items which would have a significant impact on the financial statements is considered, by the nature of the Group's business, to be limited.

Re-presented Balance Sheet

The Balance Sheet has been re-presented to show interest rate derivative assets, interest rate derivative liabilities and corporation tax creditor

on the face of the Balance Sheet in accordance with IAS 1. Comparatives on the Balance Sheet and in the notes to the accounts have been re-presented accordingly. Amounts owed by joint ventures, previously showed within trade and other debtors, is presented separately. Comparatives have been re-presented accordingly. The tax witheld on dividends, previously disclosed within corporation tax creditor, has been re-presented in other taxation and social security.

Goingconcern

The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis as explained in the Corporate Governance section on page 85.

Subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates (includingfunds)

The consolidated accounts include the accounts of The British Land Company PLC and all subsidiaries (entities controlled by British Land). Control is assumed where British Land has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an investee entity so as to gain benefits from its activities.

The results of subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates acquired or disposed of during the year are included from the effective date of acquisition or to the effective date of disposal. Accounting practices of subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates which differ from Group accounting policies are adjusted on consolidation.

Business combinations are accounted for under the acquisition method. Any excess of the purchase price of business combinations over the fair value of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired and resulting deferred tax thereon is recognised as goodwill. Any discount received is credited to the income statement in the period of acquisition.

All intra-Group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

Joint ventures and associates, including funds, are accounted for under the equity method, whereby the consolidated balance sheet incorporates the Group's share (investor's share) of the net assets of its joint ventures and associates. The consolidated income statement incorporates the Group's share of joint venture and associate profits after tax upon elimination of upstream and downstream transactions. Their profits include revaluation movements on investment properties. Interest income, management fees and performance fees are proportionately eliminated.

Properties

Properties are externally valued on the basis of fair value at the balance sheet date. Investment and owner-occupied properties are recorded at valuation whereas trading properties are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value.

Any surplus or deficit arising on revaluing investment properties is recognised in the income statement.

Any surplus arising on revaluing owner-occupied properties above cost is recognised in equity, and any deficit arising in revaluation below cost for owner-occupied and trading properties is recognised in the income statement.

The cost of properties in the course of development includes attributable interest and other associated outgoings. Interest is calculated on the development expenditure by reference to specific borrowings where relevant and otherwise on the average rate applicable to short-term loans. Interest is not capitalised where no development activity is taking place. A property ceases to be treated as a development property on practical completion.

governance

understanding our strategy

Our performance

Notes to the accounts continued

1 Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies continued

Properties continued

Disposals are recognised on completion: profits and losses arising are recognised through the income statement, the profit on disposal is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset at the commencement of the accounting period plus capital expenditure in the period.

Where properties held for investment are appropriated to trading stock, they are transferred at market value. If properties held for trading are appropriated to investment, they are transferred at book value.

In determining whether leases and related properties represent operating or finance leases, consideration is given to whether the tenant or landlord bears the risks and rewards of ownership.

Financial assets and liabilities

Trade debtors and creditors are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost and discounted as appropriate.

Other investments are shown at amortised cost and held as loans and receivables. Loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment. Interest income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate.

Liquid investments are shown at fair value and treated as held for trading financial assets. Gains and losses from the changes in fair value are recorded in the income statement.

Where an investment property is held under a head lease, the head lease is initially recognised as an asset as the sum of the premium paid on acquisition and the present value of minimum ground rent payments. The corresponding rent liability to the head leaseholder is included in the balance sheet as a finance lease obligation.

Debt instruments are stated at their net proceeds on issue. Finance charges including premiums payable on settlement or redemption and direct issue costs are spread over the period to redemption, using the effective interest method.

Convertible bonds are designated as fair value through profit or loss and so are presented on the balance sheet at fair value with all gains and losses, including the write off of issuance costs, recognised in the income statement within the capital and other component of net financing costs. The interest charge in respect of the coupon rate on the bonds has been recognised within the underlying component of net financing costs on an accruals basis.

As defined by IAS 39, cash flow and fair value hedges are carried at fair value in the balance sheet. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as effective cash flow hedges are recognised directly in the hedging reserve. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as effective fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, along with any changes in the fair value of the hedged item that is attributable to the hedged risk. Any ineffective portion of all derivatives is recognised in the income statement.

Cash equivalents are limited to instruments with a maturity of less than three months.

Netrental income

Rental income is recognised on an accruals basis. A rent adjustment based on open market estimated rental value is recognised from the rent review date in relation to unsettled rent reviews. Where a rent-free period is included in a lease, the rental income foregone is allocated evenly over the period from the date of lease commencement to the earliest termination date.

Rental income from fixed and minimum guaranteed rent reviews is recognised on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the entire lease term or the period to the first break option. Where such rental income is recognised ahead of the related cash flow, an adjustment is made to ensure the carrying value of the related property including the accrued rent does not exceed the external valuation. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and arranging a new lease are amortised on a straight-line basis over the period from the date of lease commencement to the earliest termination date.

Where a lease incentive payment, including surrender premia paid, does not enhance the value of a property, it is amortised on a straight-line basis over the period from the date of lease commencement to the earliest termination date. Upon receipt of a surrender premium for the early determination of a lease, the profit, net of dilapidations and nonrecoverable outgoings relating to the lease concerned, is immediately reflected in income.

Management and performance fees

Management and performance fees receivable are recognised in the period to which they relate. Performance fees are recognised at the end of the performance period when the fee amount can be estimated reliably and it is virtually certain that the fee will be received. Management and performance fees receivable from joint ventures and funds are proportionately eliminated. Performance fees are discounted for any element subject to subsequent clawback, on a case-by-case basis.

Taxation

Current tax is based on taxable profit for the year and is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the income statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are not taxable (or tax deductible).

Deferred tax is provided on items that may become taxable at a later date, on the difference between the balance sheet value and tax base value, on an undiscounted basis. On business combinations, the deferred tax effect of fair value adjustments is incorporated in the consolidated balance sheet.

Employee costs

The fair value of equity-settled share-based payments to employees is determined at the date of grant and is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group's estimate of shares or options that will eventually vest. In the case of options granted, fair value is measured by a Black-Scholes pricing model. Compensation linked to performance fees accrued by the Group is amortised over the vesting period.

1 Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies continued

Employee costs continued

Defined benefit pension scheme assets are measured using fair values; pension scheme liabilities are measured using the projected unit credit method and discounted at the rate of return of a high- quality corporate bond of equivalent term to the scheme liabilities. The net surplus (where recoverable by the Group) or deficit is recognised in full in the consolidated balance sheet. Any asset resulting from the calculation is limited to past service costs plus the present value of available refunds and reductions in future contributions to the plan.

The current service cost and gains and losses on settlement and curtailments are charged to operating profit. Past service costs are recognised in the income statement if the benefits have vested or, if they have not vested, are amortised on a straight-line basis over the period until vesting occurs. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the period in which they occur and are presented in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Contributions to the Group's defined contribution schemes are expensed on the basis of the contracted annual contribution.

2 Performance measures

2013 2012
Earnings per share (diluted) Earnings
£m
Pence per E
share
arnings
£m
Pence per
share
Underlying pre-tax profit – income statement
Tax charge relating to underlying profit
274
(1)

269
(4)

Underlying earnings 273 30.3 265 29.7
Mark-to-market on/profit on disposal of liquid investments (held for trading assets)
Mark-to-market adjustment on convertible bond
Non-recurring items1
9
(7)
(7)


(3)



EPRA earnings 268 29.7 262 29.4
Profit for the year after taxation 284 31.5 480 53.8

1 Non-recurring items for the year ended 31 March 2013 of £7m relate to issue costs of the convertible bond.

The European Public Real Estate Association (EPRA) issued Best Practices Recommendations most recently in September 2011 and additional guidance in January 2013, which gives guidelines for performance measures. Comparatives have been re-presented in line with the additional guidance. The EPRA earnings measure excludes investment property revaluations and gains or losses on disposals, intangible asset movements and their related taxation. A summary of the EPRA Performance Measures is provided in Table B within the Supplementary Disclosures, see page 153.

Underlying earnings consists of the EPRA earnings measure, with additional Company adjustments. Adjustments include mark-to-market adjustments on, or profit on disposal of, held for trading assets, mark-to-market adjustments on the convertible bond and issue costs of the convertible bond.

The weighted average number of shares in issue for the year was: basic: 895m (2011/12: 887m); diluted for the effect of share options: 901m (2011/12: 892m). Basic undiluted earnings per share for the year, calculated using profit for the year after taxation of £284m (2011/12: £480m), was 31.7p (2011/12: 54.1p). Earnings per share shown in the table above are diluted.

Net asset value (NAV) (diluted) 31 March
2013
£m
31 March
2012
£m
Balance sheet net assets 5,687 5,104
Deferred tax arising on revaluation movements 14 31
Mark-to-market on effective cash flow hedges and related debt adjustments 198 189
Surplus on trading properties 10
Dilution effect of share options 58 57
EPRA NAV 5,967 5,381
EPRA NAV per share 596p 595p

The EPRA NAV per share excludes the mark-to-market on effective cash flow hedges and related debt adjustments, deferred taxation on revaluations and is calculated on a fully diluted basis.

At 31 March 2013, the number of shares in issue was: basic: 986m (2011/12: 888m); diluted for the effect of share options: 1,001m (2011/12: 904m).

Total accounting return per share for the year ended 31 March 2013 of 4.6% includes dividends paid of 26.4p (see note 20) in addition to the increase in EPRA NAV of 1p. Total accounting return per share for the year ended 31 March 2012 was 9.5%.

Notes to the accounts continued

3 Gross and net rental and related income

2013
£m
2012
£m
Rent receivable
Spreading of tenant incentives and guaranteed rent increases
Surrender premia
269
24
1
259
41
Gross rental income 294 300
Service charge income 35 32
Gross rental and related income 329 332
Service charge expenses
Property operating expenses
(35)
(13)
(32)
(14)
Net rental and related income 281 286

The cash element of net rental income recognised during the year ended 31 March 2013 from properties which were not subject to a security interest was £159m (2011/12: £126m). Property operating expenses relating to investment properties that did not generate any rental income were £1m (2011/12: £1m). Contingent rents of £1m (2011/12: £1m) were recognised in the year.

4 Fees and other income

2013
£m
2012
£m
Performance and management fees (from joint ventures and funds) 10 12
Other fees and commissions 5 4
15 16

5 other income statement disclosures

(i) Total revenue
N
ote 2013
£m
2012
£m
Gross rental and related income
Fees and other income
Financing income
3
4
7
329
15
23
332
16
26
Total revenue in the year 367 374
(ii) Auditor remuneration – Deloitte LLP 2013
£m
2012
£m
Audit fees
Fees payable to the Company's auditor for the audit of the Company's annual accounts
Fees payable to the Company's auditor for the audit of the Company's subsidiaries, pursuant to legislation
0.2
0.3
0.2
0.3
Total audit fees
Audit-related assurance services
0.5
0.1
0.5
0.2
Total audit and audit-related assurance services
Other fees
0.6 0.7
Tax advisory services
Other services
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.3
Total other fees 0.3 0.4
0.9 1.1

(iii) Exchange gains recognised in the consolidated income statement total £2m (2011/12: £nil).

understanding our strategy

Our performance

governance

6 Net revaluation gains on property and investments

2013
£m
2012
£m
Consolidated income statement
Revaluation of properties 71 143
Result on property and investment disposals 8 3
Revaluation of investments 9 (3)
88 143
Share of valuation movements of joint ventures and funds (62) 72
Net revaluation gains on property and investments 26 215

7 Net financing costs

2013
£m
2012
£m
Interest payable on:
Bank loans and overdrafts 37 27
Other loans 75 76
Obligations under finance leases 1 1
113 104
Development interest capitalised (17) (8)
96 96
Interest receivable on:
Deposits, securities and liquid investments (11) (17)
Loans to joint ventures (3)
(14) (17)
Other finance (income) costs:
Expected return on pension scheme assets (7) (7)
Interest on pension scheme liabilities 5 5
Valuation movements on translation of foreign currency debt 5
Hedging reserve recycling (5)
Net financing expenses – underlying 80 77
Capital and other:
Valuation movements on fair value debt 18 66
Valuation movements on fair value derivatives (14) (68)
Net capital movement on convertible bond 14
Recycling of fair value movement on close-out of derivatives 20
Valuation movement on translation of foreign currency net assets (2)
Fair value movement on non-hedge accounted derivatives 3 4
Net financing costs – capital 39 2
Net financing costs 119 79
Total financing income (23) (26)
Total financing charges 142 105
Net financing costs 119 79

Interest on development expenditure is capitalised at a rate of 4.00% (2011/12: 4.48%).

Notes to the accounts continued

8 Taxation

2013
£m
2012
£m
Tax expense (income)
Current tax
UK corporation tax: 24% (2011/12: 26%) 1 2
Adjustments in respect of prior years 1
(9)
2
Total current tax (income) expense
Deferred tax on revaluations
(8)
(16)
2
(3)
Group total taxation (net) (24) (1)
Attributable to joint ventures and funds (3)
Total taxation income (27) (1)
Tax reconciliation
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation
Less: profit attributable to joint ventures and funds1
257
(64)
479
(182)
Group profit on ordinary activities before taxation 193 297
Tax on profit on ordinary activities at UK corporation tax rate of 24% (2011/12: 26%)
Effects of:
46 77
REIT
exempt income and gains
T
ax losses
A
djustments in respect of prior years
(41)
(6)
(23)
(70)
(8)
Group total taxation income (24) (1)

1 A current tax credit of £2m (2011/12: charge of £1m) and a deferred tax credit of £1m (2011/12: credit of £1m) arose on profits attributable to joint ventures and funds. The low charges reflect the Group's REIT status.

Tax expense attributable to underlying profits for the year ended 31 March 2013 was £1m (2011/12: £4m). The underlying tax rate for the year ended 31 March 2013 was 0.5% (2011/12: 1.5%).

Corporation tax payable at 31 March 2013 was £17m (2011/12: £23m) as shown on the balance sheet.

9 Staff costs

Staff costs (includingDirectors)

2013
£m
2012
£m
Wages and salaries 43 41
Social security costs 5 5
Pension costs 5 5
Equity-settled share-based payments 12 12
65 63

The average monthly number of employees of the Company during the year was 217 (2011/12: 205). The average monthly number of Group employees, including those employed directly at the Group's properties and their costs recharged to tenants, was 514 (2011/12: 521).

The Executive Directors and Non-Executive Directors are the key management personnel. Their emoluments are summarised below and further detail is disclosed in the Remuneration Report on pages 92 to 108.

Directors' emoluments

2013
£m
2012
£m
Short-term employee benefits 6.4 6.4
Termination payments 0.4
Service cost in relation to defined benefit pension schemes 0.1 0.1
Share based payment 3.1 4.2
9.6 11.1

Staff costs

The Group's equity-settled share-based payments comprise the Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), the Matching Share Plan (MSP), the Fund Managers Performance Plan (FMPP), the Share Incentive Plan (SIP), various Savings Related Share Option Scheme and two recruitment schemes relating to Executive Board members.

The Company expenses an estimate of how many shares are likely to vest based on the market price at the date of grant, taking account of expected performance against the relevant performance targets and service periods.

Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

Under the LTIP the Company may award employees a combination of performance shares and options. Both components have the same performance targets based on net asset value per share growth and a three year service period. Proposed changes for the performance targets are detailed in the Remuneration Report on pages 92 to 108. For both LTIP components the Company estimates the number of shares or options likely to vest and expenses that estimate over the relevant period. Performance shares are valued at the market value at the date of the award. The options are valued using a Black-Scholes model adjusted for dividends, see table below. Volatility has been estimated by taking the historical volatility in the Company's share price over a four year period and adjusting where there are known factors that may affect future volatility. No other features of the option grant were incorporated into the measurement of fair value.

Long-Term Incentive Plan: 2012 awards

20 December
2012
14 September
2012
Share price and exercise price at grant date 563p 538p
Expected option life in years 7 7
Risk free rate 1.13% 1.15%
Expected volatility 37% 37%
Expected dividend yield 5% 5%
Value per option 118p 115p

Notes to the accounts continued

9 Staff costs continued

Matching Share Plan (MSP)

The MSP allows eligible employees to receive one third of their annual bonus in shares, held in trust, which following performance targets based on Total Shareholder Return and earnings per share for the 2009 awards and Total Shareholder Return and like-for-like rental growth for 2010 and 2011, being achieved over a three year period will be matched two-for-one by the Company. The Company expenses the estimated number of shares likely to vest over the three year period based on the market price at the date of grant.

Fund Managers Performance Plan (FMPP)

Under the FMPP the Company may award employees a combination of cash (20% of the award) and shares based on a maximum of 30% of the annual performance fee earned by the Unit Trusts and, as agreed by shareholders in 2008, in respect of a comparative notional pool for British Land-owned portfolios. The cash is awarded following the performance year under review with the shares released over the following three years subject to clawback due to subsequent property underperformance. The Company expenses an estimate of the fair value of the award over the period to full vesting.

Othershare plans

Under the SIP the Company gives eligible employees free shares of up to £3,000 a year. They can also purchase partnership shares for up to £1,500 a year that are matched two-for-one by the Company. The free and matching shares are either purchased at fair value in the market or allotted and expensed at the time of allocation.

Under the Savings Related Share Option Scheme eligible employees can save up to £250 a month over a three or five year period and use the savings to exercise an option granted at the outset at a 20% discount to the then prevailing share price. The fair value of the various options is expensed over the service period, based on a Black-Scholes model.

Awards under the two recruitment schemes (Co-Investment Share Plans) are valued at the fair value of the shares at the date of grant and expensed over the period to vesting.

Movements in shares and options are given in note 21.

10 Pensions

The British Land Group of Companies Pension Scheme (the scheme) is the principal pension scheme in the Group. It is a defined benefit scheme which is externally funded and not contracted out of SERPS (State Earnings-Related Pension Scheme). The assets of the scheme are held in a trusteeadministered fund and kept separate from those of the Company. It is not planned to admit new employees to the scheme. Existing entitlements will be retained by the members, with freedom to transfer to a new Defined Contribution Scheme. Contributions to this scheme are at a flat rate of 15% of salary and paid by the Company. In certain circumstances it may be necessary to pay higher contributions when recruiting senior executives.

The Group has three other small pension schemes. The total net pension cost charged for the year was £5m (2011/12: £5m), of which £3m (2011/12: £2m) relates to defined contribution plans.

A full actuarial valuation of the scheme was carried out at 31 March 2009 by consulting actuaries, AON Hewitt Associates Ltd. The employer's contributions will be paid in the future at the rate recommended by the actuary of 45.2% per annum of basic salaries. The best estimate of employer contributions expected to be paid during the year to 31 March 2014 is £3m. The major assumptions used for the actuarial valuation were:

2013
% pa
2012
% pa
2011
% pa
2010
% pa
2009
% pa
Discount rate 4.1 4.6 5.5 5.5 5.8
Salary inflation 4.7 4.7 5.2 5.4 4.4
Pensions increase 3.1 3.1 3.7 3.9 2.9
Price inflation 3.2 3.2 3.7 3.9 2.9

The mortality assumptions are based on standard mortality tables which allow for future mortality improvements. The assumptions are that a member currently aged 60 will live on average to age 90 if they are male and to age 91 if they are female. For a member who is currently 40 and retires in 2033 at age 60, the assumptions are that they will live on average for a further 30 years after retirement to age 90 if they are male and for a further 33 years after retirement to age 93 if they are female.

10 Pensions continued

Composition of scheme assets

2013
£m
2012
£m
Equities 48 43
Diversified Growth Funds (DGF) 70 64
Other assets 2 2
Total scheme assets 120 109

No expected return percentage for 2014 is disclosed due to the planned adoption of IAS 19 (revised) – Employee Benefits, which removes the recognition of expected return on scheme assets from the consolidated income statement.

The amount included in the balance sheet arising from the Group's obligations in respect of its defined benefit scheme is as follows:

2013 2012 2011 2010 2009
£m £m £m £m £m
Present value of defined scheme obligations (119) (107) (99) (95) (69)
Fair value of scheme assets 120 109 110 98 69
Irrecoverable surplus (1) (2) (11) (3)
Asset (liability) recognised in the balance sheet

The British Land Group of companies employs a building block approach in determining the long-term rate of return on pension plan assets. Historical markets are studied and assets with higher volatility are assumed to generate higher returns consistent with widely accepted capital market principles. The assumed long-term rate of return on each asset class is set out within this note. In 2013, the overall expected rate of return on assets is then derived by aggregating the expected return for each asset class over their allocation for the scheme at 31 March 2013. In 2014, upon adoption of IAS 19 (revised) – Employee Benefits, expected returns will no longer be recognised, but will be replaced by recording interest income in the consolidated income statement calculated using the discount rate to measure the pension obligation.

History of experiencegains and losses

2013
£m
2012
£m
2011
£m
2010
£m
2009
£m
Difference between expected and actual return on scheme assets
A
mount
Percentage of scheme assets
Experience gains (losses) on scheme liabilities
A
mount
Percentage of present value on scheme liabilities
Changes in assumptions underlying the present value
of scheme liabilities
3
2.7%
2
(1.6%)
(7)
(7)
(6.4%)
2
(1.7%)
(6)
4
3.3%
(2)
1.9%
2
24
25.1%

0.3%
(23)
(18)
26.3%
8
1.7%
8
Total actuarial loss recognised in the consolidated statement
of comprehensive income1
mount2
A
Percentage of present value on scheme liabilities
(4)
(3.1%)
(3)
2.7%
(2)
2.0%
(2)
1.5%
(2)
3.0%
Pension scheme movement for the year1 (4) (3) (2) (2) (2)

1 Movements stated after adjustment for irrecoverability of any surplus.

2 Cumulative loss recognised in the statement of comprehensive income is £29m (2011/12: £26m).

Notes to the accounts continued

10 Pensions continued

Movements in the present value of defined benefit obligations were as follows:

2013
£m
2012
£m
At 1 April (107) (99)
Current service cost (2) (3)
Interest cost (5) (5)
Actuarial losses (7) (6)
Benefits paid 2 6
At 31 March (119) (107)

Amounts recognised in the income statement in respect of the defined benefit scheme are:

2013
£m
2012
£m
Administrative expenses: Current service cost (2) (3)
Net financing cost: E xpected return on scheme assets 7 8
Interest cost (5) (5)

The actual return on scheme assets was £10m (2011/12: £1m).

Movements in the fair value of the scheme assets were as follows:

2013
£m
2012
£m
At 1 April 108 110
Expected return on scheme assets 7 8
Contributions by employer 4 3
Actuarial gains (losses) 3 (7)
Benefits paid (2) (5)
At 31 March 120 109

11 Property

Property reconciliation 12 months to 31 March 2013

Investment
and
development
£m
Trading
£m
Owner
occupied
£m
Total
£m
Carrying value at 1 April 2012 5,346 47 41 5,434
Additions – property purchases
– development expenditure
– capitalised interest
– capital expenditure on asset management initiatives
453
201
15
28
697

5
1

6




453
206
16
28
703
Depreciation
Disposals
Revaluations included in income statement
Movement in tenant incentives and contracted rent uplift balances

(651)
72
24

(13)

(1)

2
(1)
(664)
74
24
Carrying value at 31 March 2013 5,488 40 42 5,570
Head lease liabilities (note 16)
Surplus on trading properties
(26)
10
Total Group property portfolio valuation 31 March 2013 5,554

At 31 March 2013, the Group book value of properties of £5,554m (2011/12: £5,414m) comprised freeholds of £3,502m (2011/12: £4,034m); virtual freeholds of £709m (2011/12: £107m) and long leaseholds of £1,343m (2011/12: £1,273m). The historical cost of properties was £4,229m (2011/12: £4,264m).

The property valuation does not include any investment properties held under operating leases (2011/12: £nil).

Properties valued at £1,724m (2011/12: £1,827m) were subject to a security interest and other properties of non-recourse companies amounted to £40m (2011/12: £49m).

Included within the property valuation is £91m (2011/12: £86m) in respect of accrued contracted rental uplift income, against which the Group holds a provision of £5m (2011/12: £5m). The balance arises through the IFRS treatment of leases containing such arrangements which requires the recognition of rental income on a straight-line basis over the lease term, with the difference between this and the cash receipt changing the carrying value of the property against which revaluations are measured.

Cumulative interest capitalised against investment properties amounts to £56m (2011/12: £78m).

Included in investment properties are £904m of properties which are in the course of development (2011/12: £444m).

The Group's total property portfolio was valued by external valuers on the basis of fair value, in accordance with the RICS Valuation – Professional Standards 2012, Eighth Edition, published by The Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors. Copies of the valuation certificates of Knight Frank LLP and CBRE can be found on the website at www.britishland.com/investors/operational-performance.aspx.

A breakdown of valuations split between the Group and its share of joint ventures and funds is shown below:

2013 2012
Group
£m
Joint
ventures
and funds
£m
Total
£m
Group
£m
Joint
ventures
and funds T
£m
otal
£m
Knight Frank LLP
CBRE
5,084
470
2,680
2,265
7,764
2,735
5,133
281
2,577
2,346
7,710
2,627
5,554 4,945 10,499 5,414 4,923 10,337

Notes to the accounts continued

11 Property continued

Investment properties, excluding properties held for development, are valued by adopting the 'investment method' of valuation. This approach involves applying market-derived capitalisation yields to current and market-derived future income streams with appropriate adjustments for income voids arising from vacancies or rent-free periods. These capitalisation yields and future income streams are derived from comparable property and leasing transactions and are considered to be the key inputs in the valuation. Other factors taken in to account in the valuations include the tenure of the property, tenancy details and ground and structural conditions.

In the case of on-going developments, the approach applied is the 'residual method' of valuation, which is the investment method of valuation as described above, with a deduction for all costs necessary to complete the development, together with a further allowance for remaining risk. Properties held for future development are generally valued by adopting the higher of the residual method of valuation, allowing for all associated risks, or the investment method of valuation for the existing asset.

The prior year movement is shown below:

I
nvestment
and
development T
£m
O
rading
£m
wner
occupied T
£m
otal
£m
Carrying value at 1 April 2011 4,752 38 4,790
Additions – property purchases
– development expenditure
– capitalised interest
– capital expenditure on asset management initiatives
394
113
5
10






394
113
5
10
Depreciation 522


(1)
522
(1)
Disposals
Reclassifications
(61)
(47)

47

(61)
Revaluations included in income statement
Movement in tenant incentives and contracted rent uplift balances
139
41

4
143
41
Carrying value at 31 March 2012 5,346 47 41 5,434
Head lease liabilities (note 16) (20)
Total Group property portfolio valuation 31 March 2012 5,414

understanding our strategy

12 Joint ventures and funds

Summary movement forthe yearof the investments in joint ventures and funds

Joint
ventures
£m
Funds
£m
Total E
£m
quity L
£m
oans
£m
Total
£m
At 1 April 2012 1,687 504 2,191 1,992 199 2,191
Additions 315 70 385 139 246 385
Disposals (65) (35) (100) (65) (35) (100)
Share of profit after taxation 128 (61) 67 67 67
Distributions and dividends: capital (72) (72) (72) (72)
revenue (110) (24) (134) (134) (134)
Hedging and exchange movements 3 (4) (1) (1) (1)
At 31 March 2013 1,886 450 2,336 1,926 410 2,336

PREF, a fund owning a portfolio of retail property in Europe (in which British Land has a net investment of £82m), is externally valued by CBRE. CBRE have included market uncertainty clauses in the valuation reports of the Spanish, Italian and Portuguese properties due to the lack of transactional evidence and uncertainty over the economic situation in these markets. In the 2014 calendar year PREF has €89m of bank loans that are due to mature, discussions are on-going with the existing lenders in relation to loan extensions and other alternatives are being explored.

At 31 March 2013, the investment in joint ventures included within the total investment in joint ventures and funds was £1,889m (2011/12: £1,690m).

Distributions in the year included the receipt of £24m from the Broadgate joint venture, £63m from the Meadowhall joint venture, £23m from the Sainsbury joint venture, £36m from Tesco joint ventures, £17m from HUT, £5m from PREF and £9m from Auchinlea.

Of the total distributions made in the year, £146m were settled in cash and £60m were settled via the transfer of other assets.

At 31 March 2013, the valuation of the Group's share of joint ventures and funds' properties was £4,945m (2011/12: £4,923m); external net debt was £2,427m (2011/12: £2,576m) and the mark-to-market adjustment for external debt was £193m liability (2011/12: £5m asset).

Notes to the accounts continued

12 Joint ventures and funds continued

A detailed breakdown of the 100% results of specific joint ventures and funds is set out on the two facing pages, below and across. The total column represents the Group's share of all joint ventures and funds. All disclosures have been restated to British Land accounting policies under IFRS eliminating all profits and losses resulting from upstream and downstream transactions with the Group.

Joint ventures' summary financial statements

MSC
Property L
Bluebutton I
Properties Ltd
ntermediate
Holdings Ltd S
BL Sainsbury
uperstores Ltd
Tesco
Joint Ventures1
Partners N orges Bank
Blackstone I nvestment
Group LP funds M anagement J Sainsbury plc Tesco plc
Property sector City Offices S hopping Centres
Broadgate M eadowhall S uperstores S uperstores
Group share 50% 50% 50% 50%
Date established November 2009 February 2009 M arch 2008 N ovember 1996
Accounting period 31 March 2013 31 March 2013 31 March 2013 31 March 2013
Summarised income statements £m £m £m £m
Gross rental and related income 198 93 65 106
Net rental and related income 160 77 65 100
Other income and expenditure (1) (8) (1) (2)
Net interest payable (receivable) (95) (51) (31) (58)
Underlying profit before taxation 64 18 33 40
Surplus (deficit) on revaluation 53 24 (18) (11)
Disposal of fixed assets (1) (1)
Non-recurring items 1 (2)
Profit (loss) on ordinary activities before taxation 117 43 14 26
Current tax
Deferred tax
Profit (loss) on ordinary activities after taxation 117 43 14 26
Summarised balance sheets £m £m £m £m
Investment properties 3,042 1,530 1,203 1,700
Current assets 22 2 1 1
Upstream loans to joint venture shareholders
Cash and deposits 266 38 21 33
Gross assets 3,330 1,570 1,225 1,734
Current liabilities (238) (43) (35) (174)
Bank debt falling due within one year (185)
Bank debt falling due after one year (52) (1,007)
Securitised debt (1,809) (766) (609)
Other non-current liabilities
Obligations under finance leases (5)
Deferred tax
Gross liabilities (2,284) (814) (644) (1,181)
Net external assets 1,046 756 581 553
Represented by:
Shareholder loans 15 204 15 95
Ordinary shareholders' funds/partners' capital 1,031 552 566 458
Total investment 1,046 756 581 553

1 Tesco joint ventures include BLT Holdings (2010) Limited, the Tesco British Land Property Partnership, Tesco BL Holdings Limited, Shopping Centres Limited and the Tesco Aqua Limited Partnership.

2 USS joint ventures include the Eden Walk Centre Unit Trust and the Fareham Property Partnership.

3 Although the Group's ownership share is 65.30%, it does not exercise control over significant decisions. The Group therefore equity accounts for its interest in Pillar Retail Europark Fund (PREF).

4 Included in the column headed 'Other joint ventures and funds' are contributions from the following: the BL Goodman Limited Partnership, The Scottish Retail Property Limited Partnership, BL Gazeley Limited, BL Canada Quays Limited, Eurofund Investments Zaragoza S.L., Hercules Income Fund (HIF), the City of London Office Unit Trust (CLOUT), Auchinlea Partnership and Group consolidation adjustments. Amounts are included in this column at the relevant percentage for the Group's interest.

Joint ventures
and funds total
Group share
2012
Joint ventures and
and funds total
Group share
2013
Other joint
ventures and funds4
Pillar Retail
uropark Fund3
ercules Unit Trust E eadenhall
Holding Co
(Jersey) Ltd H
USS 2
Joint Ventures
Oxford Universities
Properties Superannuation Scheme
Retail Retail ity Offices C
Parks Parks eadenhall Shopping Centres L
65.30% 41.24% 50% 50%
arch 2004 eptember 2000 M ecember 2010 S May 2007 D
31 March 2013 31 March 2013 31 March 2013 31 March 2013
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m
298 306 16 28 95 4
260 260 10 19 85 3
(6) (4) 4 (1) (3)
(141) (126) 8 (7) (28)
113 130 22 11 54 3
71
1
(61)
(1)
(3)
(91)
(83)
5
18
(3) (4) (1) (4) (2)
182 64 18 (80) (33) 5 19
2 2
1 (1) 3
182 67 19 (77) (33) 5 19
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m
4,931 4,949 220 204 1,496 318 164
62 21 36 5 5
146 4 4
215 7 15 38 1 6
5,158
(303)
5,230 252 255 1,539 324 170
(340)
(127)
(37)
(1)
(55)
(51)
(36)
(12)
(3)
(702) (828) (28) (24) (619)
(1,842) (1,592)
(45)
(9)
(3)
(5)
(2)
(2)
(2)




(2,967)
2,191
(2,894) (70) (130) (655) (12) (3)
2,336 182 125 884 312 167
477 135 62 259 12
266
1,925
1,859 47 63 884 53 155
2,191 2,336 182 125 884 312 167

These financial statements include the results and financial position of the Group's interest in the Tesco British Land Property Partnership, the Tesco Aqua Limited Partnership, the Scottish Retail Property Limited Partnership, the Fareham Property Partnership, the Aldgate Place Limited Partnership, the BL Goodman Limited Partnership, Auchinlea Partnership and the BL Residential Limited Partnership. Accordingly, advantage has been taken of the exemptions provided by Regulation 7 of the Partnerships and Unlimited Companies (Accounts) Regulations 1993, not to attach the partnership accounts to these financial statements.

The borrowings of joint ventures and funds and their subsidiaries are non-recourse to the Group. All joint ventures are incorporated in the United Kingdom, with the exception of Bluebutton Properties Limited, the Eden Walk Shopping Centre Unit Trust, Leadenhall Holding Co (Jersey) Limited and The Scottish Retail Property Limited Partnership which are domiciled in Jersey and Eurofund Investments Zaragoza S.L. which is domiciled in Spain. Of the funds, Hercules Unit Trust (HUT) and Hercules Income Fund (HIF) are domiciled in Jersey and PREF in Luxembourg.

Notes to the accounts continued

12 Joint ventures and funds continued

Operatingcashflowsof joint ventures and funds (Group share)

2013
£m
2012
£m
Rental income received from tenants
Operating expenses paid to suppliers and employees
264
(22)
277
(28)
Cash generated from operations 242 249
Interest paid
UK corporation tax paid
(133)
(7)
(144)
(8)
Cash inflow from operating activities 102 97
Cash inflow from operating activities deployed as:
Surplus cash retained within joint ventures and funds
Revenue distributions to British Land
28
74
33
64
102 97

13 Other investments

2013
£m
2012
£m
At 1 April 28 51
Additions 53 22
Disposals (4) (44)
Depreciation (1) (1)
At 31 March 76 28

Included within additions is £53m in relation to a loan to Bluebutton Properties Limited, a joint venture company.

understanding our strategy

Our performance

governance

14 Debtors

2013
£m
2012
£m
Trade and other debtors1 15 29
Amounts owed by joint ventures 40 57
Prepayments and accrued income 5 9
60 95

1 Included within this balance is deferred consideration of £4m (2011/12: £4m) arising on the sale of investment properties for which the timing of the receipt is contingent and therefore may fall due after one year.

Comparatives have been re-presented, see note 1.

Trade and other debtors are shown after deducting a provision for bad and doubtful debts of £11m (2011/12: £10m). The charge to the income statement was £1m (2011/12: £1m).

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other debtors is approximate to their fair value. There is no concentration of credit risk with respect to trade debtors as the Group has a large number of customers who are paying their rent in advance.

As at 31 March, trade and other debtors outside their payment terms yet not provided for were as follows:

Outside credit terms but not impaired
Total
£m
ithin credit
terms
£m
0–1 month
£m
1–2 months
£m
More than
2 months
£m
2013 15 9 6
2012 29 24 5

15 Creditors

2013
£m
2012
£m
Trade creditors 94 88
Amounts owed to joint ventures 4 15
Other taxation and social security 24 27
Accruals and deferred income 137 131
259 261

Comparatives have been re-presented, see note 1.

Trade creditors are interest-free and have settlement dates within one year. The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other creditors is approximate to their fair value.

Notes to the accounts continued

16 Other non-current liabilities

2013
£m
2012
£m
Trade and other creditors 5
Head leases 26 20
26 25

17 Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax is calculated on temporary differences under the liability method using a tax rate of 23% (2011/12: 24%).

The movement on deferred tax is as shown below:

1 April Credited 31 March
2012 to income 2013
£m £m £m
Property and investment revaluations 28 (16) 12
Other timing differences 4 4
32 (16) 16
1 April C redited 31 March
2011 to income 2012
£m £m £m
Property and investment revaluations 31 (3) 28
Other timing differences 4 4

Under the REIT regime development properties which are sold within three years of completion do not benefit from tax exemption. At 31 March 2013 the value of such properties is £nil (2011/12: £763m) and if these properties were to be sold and tax exemption was not available the tax arising would be £nil (2011/12: £30m).

The deferred tax charge for the year ended 31 March 2013 includes a credit of £1m to reflect reduced deferred tax liabilities arising from the forthcoming reduction in the UK corporation tax rate to 23% (effective from 1 April 2013).

Deferred tax assets of £40m (2011/12: £41m) arising on losses from previous years have not been recognised in the financial year.

18 Net debt

Footnote 2013
£m
2012
£m
Secured on the assets of the Group
9.125% first mortgage debenture stock 2020
1
37 37
6.125% first mortgage debenture stock 2014
1
45 46
5.264% first mortgage debenture bonds 2035 345 341
5.0055% first mortgage amortising debentures 2035 101 102
5.357% first mortgage debenture bonds 2028 334 322
6.75% first mortgage debenture bonds 2020 181 179
Loan notes 5 5
1,048 1,032
Unsecured
5.50% senior notes 2027 98 98
6.30% senior US dollar notes 2015
2
101 96
3.895% senior US dollar notes 2018
3
28 26
4.635% senior US dollar notes 2021
3
158 145
4.766% senior US dollar notes 2023
3
97 89
5.003% senior US dollar notes 2026
3
62 57
1.5% convertible bond 2017 407
Bank loans and overdrafts 179 1,078
1,130 1,589
Gross debt
4
2,178 2,621
Interest rate derivative liabilities 86 92
Interest rate derivative assets (92) (73)
2,172 2,640
Liquid investments
4.405% medium term note 2015 (100)
4.395% medium term note 2015 (100)
(200)
Cash and short-term deposits
5
(135) (137)
Net debt 2,037 2,303

Total borrowings where any instalments are due after five years are £103m (2011/12: £104m).

1 These borrowings are obligations of ring-fenced special purpose companies with no recourse to other companies or assets in the Group:

2013
£m
2012
£m
BLD Property Holdings Ltd 82 83

2 Principal and interest on this borrowing was fully hedged into sterling at the time of issue.

3 Principal and interest on this borrowing was fully hedged into sterling at a floating rate at the time of issue.

4 The principal amount of gross debt at 31 March 2013 was £2,063m (2011/12: £2,562m). Included in this, the principal amount of secured borrowings and other borrowings of non-recourse companies was £981m (2011/12: £982m).

5 Cash and deposits not subject to a security interest amount to £106m (2011/12: £132m).

understanding our strategy

Our performance

governance

Notes to the accounts continued

18 Net debt continued

Maturity analysisof net debt

2013
£m
2012
£m
Repayable within one year and on demand 44 49
Between: one and two years 188 405
two and five years 522 776
five and ten years 441 422
ten and fifteen years 602 260
fifteen and twenty years 5 332
twenty and twenty-five years 376 377
2,134 2,572
Gross debt 2,178 2,621
Interest rate and currency derivatives (6) 19
Liquid investments (200)
Cash and short-term deposits (135) (137)
Net debt 2,037 2,303

Financial covenants

The two financial covenants applicable to the Group unsecured debt including convertible bonds are:

Net Borrowings not toexceed 175% of Adjusted Capital and Reserves

At 31 March 2013, the ratio was 31%:

  • Net borrowings were £1,962m, being the principal amount of gross debt of £2,063m plus amounts owed to joint ventures of £4m (see note 15) plus TPP Investments Ltd of £30m (see note 25), less the cash and short-term deposits of £135m; and
  • Adjusted capital and reserves were £6,242m, being share capital and reserves of £5,687m (see balance sheet), adjusted for £14m of deferred tax (see note 2), £10m trading property surplus (see note 11), £326m exceptional refinancing charges (see below) and £205m fair value adjustments on financial assets and liabilities (£198m mark-to-market on interest rate derivatives and £7m adjustment on the convertible bond).

Net Unsecured Borrowings not toexceed 70% of Unencumbered Assets

At 31 March 2013, the ratio was 23%:

  • Net unsecured borrowings were £980m, being the principal amount of gross debt of £2,063m plus amounts owed to joint ventures of £4m (see note 15) less cash and deposits not subject to a security interest of £106m less the principal amount of secured and non-recourse borrowings of £981m; and
  • Unencumbered assets were £4,313m, being properties of £5,554m (see note 11) plus investments in joint ventures and funds of £2,336m (see balance sheet) and other investments of £76m (see balance sheet) less investments in joint ventures of £1,889m (see note 12) and encumbered assets of £1,764m (see note 11).

In calculating adjusted capital and reserves for the purpose of the unsecured debt financial covenants, there is an adjustment of £326m to reflect the cumulative net amortised exceptional items relating to the refinancings in the years ending 31 March 2005, 2006 and 2007.

Convertible Bond

On 10 September 2012 British Land (Jersey) Limited (the Issuer) issued £400m 1.5% guaranteed convertible bonds due 2017 (the bonds) at par. The Company has unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed the due and punctual performance by the Issuer of all of its obligations (including payments) in respect of the bonds and the obligations of the Company, as guarantor, constitute direct, unsubordinated, unconditional and unsecured obligations of the Company.

Subject to their terms, the bonds are convertible into preference shares of the Issuer which are automatically transferred to the Company in exchange for ordinary shares in the Company or, at the Company's election, any combination of ordinary shares and cash. The bonds can be converted from 22 October 2012 up to and including 24 September 2015 if the share price has traded at a level exceeding 130% of the exchange price for a specified period and from 25 September 2015 to (but excluding) the 20th dealing day before 10 September 2017 (the maturity date) at any time.

The initial exchange price was 693.07 pence per ordinary share. Under the terms of the bonds, the exchange price is adjusted on the happening of certain events including the payment of dividends by the Company above 26.4 pence in any year.

On or after 25 September 2015, the bonds may be redeemed at par at the Company's option subject to the Company's ordinary shares having traded at a price exceeding 130% of the exchange price for a specified period, or at any time once 85% by nominal value of the bonds originally issued have been converted, redeemed or purchased and cancelled. If not previously converted, redeemed or purchased and cancelled, the bonds will be redeemed at par on the maturity date.

18 Net debt continued

Reconciliation of movement in Group net debt tocashflow statement

2012
£m
Cash flow
£m
Non-cash
£m
2013
£m
Per cash flow statement:
Cash and short-term deposits
(137) 2 (135)
Cash and cash equivalents (137) 2 (135)
Term debt (excluding overdrafts)
Fair value of interest rate derivatives
Liquid investments
2,621
19
(200)
(496)

210
53
(25)
(10)
2,178
(6)
Net debt 2,303 (284) 18 2,037

The Group loan to value (LTV) ratio at 31 March 2013 was 24%, being the principal value of gross debt of £2,063m less cash and short-term deposits of £135m, divided by total Group property of £5,554m (see note 11) plus investments in joint ventures and funds of £2,336m (see balance sheet) and other investments of £76m (see balance sheet).

2011 C
£m
ash flow N
£m
on-cash
£m
2012
£m
Per cash flow statement:
Cash and short-term deposits (60) (77) (137)
Cash and cash equivalents (60) (77) (137)
Term debt (excluding overdrafts) 1,939 634 48 2,621
Fair value of interest rate derivatives 38 (19) 19
Liquid investments (203) 3 (200)
Net debt 1,714 557 32 2,303

Comparison of market values and book values

2013 2012
Market
value
£m
Book
value D
£m
M
ifference
£m
arket
value
£m
Book
value D
£m
ifference
£m
Debentures and unsecured bonds 1,622 1,587 35 1,540 1,538 2
Convertible bond 407 407
Bank debt and other floating rate debt 189 184 5 1,089 1,083 6
Liquid investments (200) (200)
Cash and short-term deposits (135) (135) (137) (137)
2,083 2,043 40 2,292 2,284 8
Other financial (assets) liabilities
– interest rate derivative assets (92) (92) (73) (73)
– interest rate derivative liabilities 86 86 92 92
(6) (6) 19 19
Total 2,077 2,037 40 2,311 2,303 8

Short-term debtors and creditors have been excluded from the disclosures.

The fair values of debt and debentures have been established by obtaining quoted market prices from brokers. The bank debt and loan notes have been valued assuming they could be renegotiated at contracted margins. The derivatives have been valued by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows, using appropriate market discount rates, by an independent treasury adviser.

governance

understanding our strategy

Notes to the accounts continued

18 Net debt continued

Fairvaluehierarchy

The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value, by the valuation method. The different levels are defined as follows:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

Level 3: Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

2013 2012
Level 1
£m
Level 2
£m
Level 3
£m
Total L
£m
evel 1 L
£m
evel 2 L
£m
evel 3 T
£m
otal
£m
Liquid investments
Interest rate and currency
derivative assets


(92)


(92)

(200)
(73)

(200)
(73)
Assets (92) (92) (273) (273)
Interest rate and currency
derivative liabilities
86 86 92 92
Convertible bond 407 407
Liabilities 407 86 493 92 92
Total 407 (6) 401 (181) (181)

Categoriesof financial instruments

2013
£m
2012
£m
Financial assets
Fair value through income statement
Held for trading – liquid investments 200
Derivatives in designated hedge accounting relationships 92 73
Loans and receivables
Trade and other debtors
Amounts owed by joint ventures
Cash and short-term deposits
Other investments
15
40
135
76
29
57
137
28
Financial liabilities
Fair value through income statement
358 524
Convertible bond
Held for trading – derivatives
(407)
(7)

(7)
Derivatives in designated hedge accounting relationships (79) (85)
Amortised cost
Gross debt
Finance lease payable
(1,771)
(26)
(2,621)
(20)
Trade and other creditors (94) (93)
Amounts owed to joint ventures (4) (15)
(2,388) (2,841)
Total (2,030) (2,317)

Gains and losses on financial instruments, as classed above, are disclosed in note 7 (net financing costs), note 14 (debtors), note 6 (net revaluation gains on property and investments), the consolidated income statement and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. The Directors consider that the carrying amounts of other investments and finance lease payables are approximate to their fair value, and that the carrying amounts are recoverable.

18 Net debt continued

Capitalrisk management

The Group's objectives, policies and processes for managing capital are set out in the financial policies on pages 69 to 73. The capital structure of the Group consists of net debt and equity attributable to the equity holders of The British Land Company PLC, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings.

Interestraterisk management

The Group uses interest rate swaps to hedge exposure to the variability in cash flows on floating rate debt, such as revolving bank facilities and floating rate bonds caused by movements in market rates of interest. At 31 March 2013 the market value of these derivatives, which have been designated as cash flow hedges under IAS 39, is a net liability of £80m (2011/12: liability of £87m).

The cross currency swap of the 2015 US Private Placement, which fully hedges the foreign exchange exposure of the issuance, has been designated as a cash flow hedge. The market value of this is an asset of £5m (2011/12: £nil).

The ineffectiveness recognised in the income statement on cash flow hedges in the year ended 31 March 2013 was £nil (2011/12: £nil).

The cash flows occur and enter into the determination of profit and loss until the maturity of the hedged debt. The table below summarises foreign currency denominated debt and variable rate debt hedged at 31 March 2013.

Cashflow hedged debt

2013
£m
2012
£m
Outstanding: at one year 874 1,269
at two years 874 1,123
at five years 250
at ten years 250 250

The Group uses interest rate swaps to hedge exposure on fixed rate financial liabilities caused by movements in market rates of interest. At 31 March 2013 the market value of these derivatives, which have been designated as fair value hedges under IAS 39, was a net asset of £86m (2011/12: £72m).

The cross currency swaps of the 2018/2021/2023/2026 US Private Placements fully hedge the foreign exchange exposure at an average floating rate of 146 basis points above LIBOR. These have been designated as fair value hedges of the US Private Placements.

Interestrate profile – includingeffectof derivatives

2013
£m
2012
£m
Fixed rate
Variable rate (net of cash)
1,848
189
1,976
327
Net debt 2,037 2,303

All the debt is effectively sterling denominated except for £185m (2011/12: £234m) of euro debt of which £165m is at a fixed rate and the balance is floating (2011/12: £163m fixed). At 31 March 2013 the weighted average interest rate of the sterling fixed rate debt was 5.01% (2011/12: 5.27%). The weighted average period for which the rate is fixed is 11.6 years (2011/12: 12.1 years). The weighted average interest rate for the euro fixed rate debt is 4.44% (2011/12: 4.44%) and the weighted average period for which the rate is fixed is 3.1 years (2011/12: 4.2 years). The floating rate debt is set for periods of the Company's choosing at the relevant LIBOR (or similar) rate.

The proportion of net debt at fixed or capped rates of interest was 91% at 31 March 2013. Based on the Group's interest rate profile at the balance sheet date a 576 bps increase in interest rates would decrease annual profits by £11m (2011/12: £19m decrease). Similarly, a 51 bps reduction would increase profits by £1m (2011/12: £2m increase). The change in interest rates used for this sensitivity analysis is based on the largest annual change in three month sterling LIBOR over the last ten years. The impact assumes LIBOR does not fall below 0%.

Upward movements in medium and long-term interest rates, associated with higher interest rate expectations, increase the value of the Group's interest rate swaps that provide protection against such moves. The converse is true for downward movements in the yield curve. The majority of the Group's interest rate swaps which provide such protection qualify as effective cash flow hedges under IAS 39 therefore movements in their fair value are recognised directly in equity rather than the income statement. A 204 bps shift represents the largest annual change in the seven year sterling swap rate over the last ten years. At 31 March 2013 a 204 bps parallel upward shift in swap rates would increase the value of these interest rate swaps by £117m (2011/12: £141m). A 204 bps downward shift in swap rates would reduce the value of the interest rate swap portfolio by £138m (2011/12: £173m). Because the interest rate swaps are matched by floating rate debt, the overall effect on Group cash flows of such movements is minimal.

The 1.5% convertible bond is designated as fair value through profit or loss. Principal components of the market value include British Land's share price and its volatility, and market interest rates. The fair value at 31 March 2013 was £407m. At 31 March 2013 a 204 bps parallel upwards shift in interest rates would reduce the fair value by £26m, and a 204 bps downward shift in interest rates would increase the value by £34m.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND OTHER INFORMATION

Notes to the accounts continued

18 Net debt continued

Foreign currency risk management

The Group's policy is to have no material unhedged net assets or liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. The currency risk on overseas investments is hedged via foreign currency denominated borrowings and derivatives. The Group has adopted net investment hedging in accordance with IAS 39 and therefore the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is recognised directly in equity. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised immediately in the income statement.

The table below shows the carrying amounts of the Group's foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. Provided contingent tax on overseas investments is not expected to occur it will be ignored for hedging purposes, as will the requirement to fair value interest rate swaps. Based on the 31 March 2013 position a 33% appreciation (largest annual change over the last ten years) in the euro relative to sterling would result in a £nil change (2011/12: £5m reduction) in reported profits.

Assets Liabilities
2013
£m
2012
£m
2013
£m
2012
£m
Euro denominated 203 220 203 234

Creditrisk management

The Group's approach to credit risk management is discussed in the financial policies on pages 69 to 73. The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial statements represents the Group's maximum exposure to credit risk without taking account of the value of any collateral obtained.

Cash and short-term deposits at 31 March 2013 amounted to £135m (2011/12: £137m). Deposits were placed with financial institutions with A or better credit ratings.

At 31 March 2013, the fair value of all interest rate derivatives which had a positive value was £92m (2011/12: £73m).

At 31 March 2013, the fair value of liquid investments was £nil (2011/12: £200m).

At 31 March 2013, prior to taking into account any offset arrangements, the largest combined credit exposure to a single counterparty arising from money market deposits, liquid investments and derivatives was £64m (2011/12: £230m). This represents 0.8% (2011/12: 2.8%) of gross assets.

The deposit exposures are with UK and international high street banks and branches.

The Group's exposure to credit risk in respect of its trade receivables is analysed in note 14. Included within trade and other debtors is deferred consideration of £4m, which may fall due after one year. Management has made due consideration of the credit risk associated with this, resulting in no impairment being made.

Provisions are made taking account of historic credit losses and the creditworthiness of debtors.

Liquidity risk management

The Group's approach to liquidity risk management is discussed in the financial policies on pages 69 to 73.

The following table presents a maturity profile of the contracted undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the Group can be required to pay. The table includes both interest and principal flows. Where the interest payable is not fixed, the amount disclosed has been determined by reference to the projected interest rates implied by yield curves at the reporting date. For derivative financial instruments that settle on a net basis (e.g. interest rate swaps) the undiscounted net cash flows are shown and for derivatives that require gross settlement (e.g. cross currency swaps) the undiscounted gross cash flows are presented. Where payment obligations are in foreign currencies, the spot exchange rate ruling at the balance sheet date is used. Trade creditors and amounts owed to joint ventures, which are repayable within one year, have been excluded from the analysis.

The Group expects to meet its financial liabilities through the various available liquidity sources, including a secure rental income profile, asset sales, undrawn committed borrowing facilities and, in the longer-term, debt refinancings.

18 Net debt continued

Liquidity risk management continued

The Group leases out all its investment properties under operating leases with a weighted average lease length of 12 years. This secure income profile is generated from upward only rent reviews, long leases and high occupancy rates. The future aggregate minimum rentals receivable under non-cancellable operating leases is also shown in the table below. Income from joint ventures and funds is not included below. Additional liquidity will arise from letting space in properties under construction as well as from distributions received from joint ventures and funds.

2013
W
ithin
one year
£m
Following
year
£m
Three to
five years
£m
Over
five years
£m
Total
£m
Debt1 47 184 505 1,345 2,081
Interest on debt 89 87 238 678 1,092
Derivative payments 30 31 144 399 604
Finance lease payments 1 1 4 170 176
Total payments 167 303 891 2,592 3,953
Derivative receipts (27) (25) (163) (407) (622)
Net payment 140 278 728 2,185 3,331
Operating leases with tenants (see note 19) 281 278 766 2,496 3,821
Liquidity surplus 141 38 311 490
Cumulative liquidity surplus 141 141 179 490
2012
Within
one year
£m
Following T
year
£m
hree to O
five years
£m
ver
five years T
£m
otal
£m
Debt1 51 405 773 1,330 2,559
Interest on debt 95 92 234 746 1,167
Derivative payments 38 38 162 413 651
Finance lease payments 1 1 3 126 131
Total payments 185 536 1,172 2,615 4,508
Derivative receipts (26) (25) (171) (412) (634)
Net payment 159 511 1,001 2,203 3,874
Operating leases with tenants (see note 19) 265 279 833 2,884 4,261
Liquidity surplus (deficit) 106 (232) (168) 681 387
Cumulative liquidity surplus (deficit) 106 (126) (294) 387

1 Gross debt of £2,178m (2011/12: £2,621m) represents the total shown, less unamortised issue costs of £15m (2011/12: £15m), plus fair value adjustments to debt of £112m (2011/12: £77m).

Any short-term liquidity gap between the net payments required and the rentals receivable can be met through other liquidity sources available to the Group. The Group currently holds cash and short-term deposits of £135m, of which £106m is not subject to a security interest (see footnote 5 to net debt table on page 135). Further liquidity can be achieved through sales of property assets or investments and debt refinancings. The Group's property portfolio is valued externally at £5,554m and the share of joint ventures and funds' property is valued at £4,945m (see note 11). The undrawn committed borrowing facilities available to the Group are a further source of liquidity. The maturity profile of committed undrawn borrowing facilities is shown overleaf.

Notes to the accounts continued

18 Net debt continued

Maturity of committed undrawn borrowingfacilities

2013
£m
2012
£m
Maturity date: between four and five years
between three and four years
108
870
825
Total facilities available for more than three years 978 825
Between two and three years
Between one and two years
Within one year

757
369
280
100
35
Total 2,104 1,240

The above facilities are available to be drawn for Group purposes.

19 Leasing

Operatingleases withtenants

The Group leases out all of its investment properties under operating leases with a weighted average lease length of 12 years (2011/12: 12 years) and the average effective borrowing rate was 4.4% (2011/12: 4.2%). The future aggregate minimum rentals receivable under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

2013
£m
2012
£m
Less than one year 281 265
Between one and two years 278 279
Between three and five years 766 833
Between six and ten years 1,002 1,152
Between eleven and fifteen years 597 722
Between sixteen and twenty years 452 509
After twenty years 445 501
Total 3,821 4,261

The Group's leasehold investment properties are typically under non-renewable leases without significant restrictions. Finance lease liabilities are payable as follows, no contingent rents are payable in either period:

2013 2012
Minimum
lease
payments
£m
Interest
£m
M
Principal
£m
inimum
lease
payments I
£m
nterest
£m
Principal
£m
Less than one year 1 1 1 1
Between one and two years 1 1 1 1
Between two and five years 4 4 3 3
More than five years 171 145 26 125 106 19
Total 177 151 26 130 111 19
Less future finance charges (151) (111)
Present value of lease obligations 26 19
Within one year
Within two to five years
More than five years 26 19

20 DividendS

The fourth quarter dividend of 6.6 pence per share, totalling £65m (2011/12: 6.6 pence per share, totalling £58m) was approved by the Board on 13 May 2013 and is payable on 9 August 2013 to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 5 July 2013.

The Board will announce the availability of the Scrip Dividend Alternative via the Regulatory News Service and on its website (www.britishland.com), no later than four business days before the ex-dividend date of 3 July 2013. The Board expects to announce the split between Property Income Distribution (PID) and non-PID income at that time. Any Scrip Dividend Alternative will not be enhanced. PID dividends are paid, as required by REIT legislation, after deduction of withholding tax at the basic rate (currently 20%), where appropriate. Certain classes of shareholders may be able to elect to receive dividends gross. Please refer to our website (www.britishland.com) for details.

Payment date Dividend PID N on-PID per share £m £m
Current year dividends
09.08.2013 2013 4th interim 6.60
10.05.2013 2013 3rd interim 6.601 6.60
15.02.2013 2013 2nd interim 6.601 6.60 59
09.11.2012 2013 1st interim 6.601 6.60 59
26.40
Prior year dividends
10.08.2012 2012 4th interim 3.30 3.30 6.60 58
09.05.2012 2012 3rd interim 6.50 6.50 58
17.02.2012 2012 2nd interim 6.50 6.50 58
11.11.2011 2012 1st interim 6.50 6.50 58
26.10
12.08.2011 2011 4th interim 6.50 6.50 58
13.05.2011 2011 3rd interim 6.50 6.50 57
Dividends in consolidated statement of changes in equity 234 231
Dividends settled in shares (32) (18)
Dividends settled in cash 202 213
Timing difference relating to payment of withholding tax 1 (1)
Dividends in cash flow statement 203 212

1 Scrip alternative treated as non-PID for this dividend.

Notes to the accounts continued

21 Share capital and reserves

2013 2012
Number of ordinary shares in issue at 1 April
Share issues
900,199,638
97,491,850
897,042,298
3,157,340
At 31 March 997,691,488 900,199,638

Of the issued 25p ordinary shares, 275,497 shares were held in the ESOP trust (2011/12: 1,370,161), 11,266,245 shares were held as treasury shares (2011/12: 11,266,245) and 986,149,746 shares were in free issue (2011/12: 887,563,232). No treasury shares were acquired by the ESOP trust during the year. All issued shares are fully paid. The rights, preferences and restrictions of the share capital are detailed on page 109.

On 12 March 2013, the Company announced the placing of 89,674,604 new ordinary shares at a price of 550 pence per share. The new shares are fully paid and rank pari passu in all respects with those ordinary shares of the Company in issue prior to the placing.

Hedgingand translation reserve

The hedging and translation reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of cash flow and foreign currency hedging instruments, as well as all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations. The foreign exchange differences also include the translation of the liabilities that hedge the Company's net investment in a foreign subsidiary.

Revaluation reserve

The revaluation reserve relates to owner-occupied properties and investments in joint ventures and funds.

Mergerreserve

This comprises the premium on the share placing in March 2013. No share premium is recorded in the Company's financial statements, through the operation of the merger relief provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

understanding our strategy

Our performance

governance

21 Share capital and reserves continued

At 31 March 2013, options over 13,191,540 ordinary shares were outstanding under employee share option plans. These options had a weighted average life of 6.61 years. Details of outstanding share options and shares awarded to employees including Executive Directors are set out below and on the following page:

At
1 April
Vested
but not E
xercised/ Forfeited/ At E
31 March
xercise E
price
xercise dates
Date of grant 2012 Granted exercised vested lapsed 2013 pence From To
Share Options Sharesave Scheme
22.12.2006 1,084 (1,084) 1,024.12 01.03.2012 31.08.2012
30.06.2008 6,794 6,794 517.03 01.09.2013 28.02.2014
30.06.2009 167,349 (166,403) (344) 602 301.00 01.09.2012 31.08.2013
30.06.2009 147,368 (2,941) (8,464) 135,963 301.00 01.09.2014 28.02.2015
28.06.2010 44,200 44,200 370.00 01.09.2013 28.02.2014
28.06.2010 40,330 (1,336) 38,994 370.00 01.09.2015 29.02.2016
01.07.2011 35,626 (507) (16,547) 18,572 473.00 01.09.2014 28.02.2015
01.07.2011 23,801 (10,108) 13,693 473.00 01.09.2016 28.02.2017
26.06.2012 125,583 (14,688) 110,895 392.00 01.09.2015 29.02.2016
26.06.2012 66,723 (459) 66,264 392.00 01.09.2017 28.02.2018
466,552 192,306 (169,851) (53,030) 435,977
Long-Term Incentive Plan – options vested, not exercised
25.09.2003 119,455 119,455 415.95 25.09.2006 24.09.2013
25.11.2003 86,964 (71,606) 15,358 457.38 25.11.2006 24.11.2013
28.05.2004 331,605 (17,196) 314,409 549.35 28.05.2007 27.05.2014
29.11.2004 416,494 (24,206) 392,288 659.55 29.11.2007 28.11.2014
31.05.2005 373,250 (21,898) 351,352 726.66 31.05.2008 30.05.2015
05.12.2005 211,911 (13,279) 198,632 823.60 05.12.2008 04.12.2015
29.06.2009 322,931 3,047,138 (1,095,452) (35,084) 2,239,533 387.00 01.07.2011 28.06.2019
25.11.2009 33,746 (10,315) 23,431 475.00 25.11.2012 25.11.2019
21.12.2009 592,226 (92,612) (32,114) 467,500 446.00 21.12.2012 20.12.2019
11.06.2010 117,496 6,299 (6,299) 117,496 447.00 01.07.2011 10.06.2020
14.12.2010 6,741 (1,117) (5,624) 510.00 07.10.2011 27.04.2012
28.06.2011 6,843 (6,438) 405 575.00 31.08.2012 11.04.2013
19.12.2011 4,488 (2,301) (2,187) 451.00 31.07.2012 11.04.2013
1,986,847 3,690,740 (1,279,702) (158,026) 4,239,859
Long-Term Incentive Plan – unvested options
29.06.2009 3,047,138 (3,047,138) 387.00 29.06.2012 28.06.2019
25.11.2009 33,746 (33,746) 475.00 25.11.2012 24.11.2019
21.12.2009 592,226 (592,226) 446.00 21.12.2012 20.12.2019
11.06.2010 3,534,599 (6,299) (55,215) 3,473,085 447.00 11.06.2013 10.06.2020
14.12.2010 605,847 (45,914) 559,933 510.00 14.12.2013 13.12.2020
28.06.2011 2,127,323 (6,843) (479,820) 1,640,660 575.00 28.06.2014 27.06.2021
19.12.2011 1,063,442 (4,488) (527,444) 531,510 451.00 19.12.2014 18.12.2021
14.09.2012 2,059,713 (327,137) 1,732,576 538.00 14.09.2015 13.09.2022
20.12.2012 588,597 (10,657) 577,940 563.00 20.12.2015 19.12.2022
11,004,321 2,648,310 (3,690,740) (1,446,187) 8,515,704
Total 13,457,720 2,840,616 (1,449,553) (1,657,243) 13,191,540
eighted average exercise
price of options (pence)
474 457 385 516 492

Notes to the accounts continued

21 Share capital and reserves continued

At At S hare price
Date of grant 1 April
2012
Granted Vested Forfeited 31 March
2013
at grant date
pence
Vesting
date
Performance shares Long-Term Incentive Plan
29.06.2009 350,519 (350,519) 387.00 29.06.2012
25.11.2009 11,467 (11,467) 475.00 25.11.2012
21.12.2009 75,806 (72,677) (3,129) 446.00 21.12.2012
11.06.2010 682,036 (6,410) (13,954) 661,672 447.00 11.06.2013
14.12.2010 154,874 (2,470) (11,683) 140,721 510.00 14.12.2013
28.06.2011 1,029,202 (1,327) (314,121) 713,754 575.00 28.06.2014
19.12.2011 263,781 (1,081) (144,949) 117,751 451.00 19.12.2014
14.09.2012 1,274,297 (86,244) 1,188,053 538.00 14.09.2015
20.12.2012 301,733 (2,664) 299,069 563.00 20.12.2015
2,567,685 1,576,030 (445,951) (576,744) 3,121,020
Fund Managers Performance Plan
17.06.2009 164,772 (164,772) 395.50 17.06.2012
28.05.2010 340,197 (340,197) 435.00 28.05.2012
28.05.2010 340,163 (9,192) (5,517) 325,454 435.00 28.05.2013
21.06.2011 102,522 (102,522) 581.90 21.06.2012
21.06.2011 102,523 (685) (4,353) 97,485 581.90 21.06.2013
21.06.2011 102,523 (685) (4,354) 97,484 581.90 21.06.2014
12.09.2012 192,025 192,025 537.00 12.09.2013
12.09.2012 192,026 192,026 537.00 12.09.2014
12.09.2012 192,026 192,026 537.00 12.09.2015
1,152,700 576,077 (618,053) (14,224) 1,096,500
Co-Investment Share Plans
30.03.2010 53,517 (53,517) 478.50 01.02.2013
31.03.2010 85,328 (85,328) 481.10 04.01.2013
138,845 (138,845)
Matching Share Plan
21.05.2009 99,654 (49,827) (49,827) 391.00 21.05.2012
01.09.2010 257,258 (10,866) 246,392 479.60 01.09.2013
24.05.2011 377,226 (56,618) 320,608 600.50 24.05.2014
05.09.2012 448,326 (61,332) 386,994 500.00 05.09.2015
734,138 448,326 (49,827) (178,643) 953,994
Total 4,593,368 2,600,433 (1,252,676) (769,611) 5,171,514
eighted average price of shares (pence) 493 534 487 525 523

understanding our strategy

Our performance

governance

22 Segment information

Operatingsegments

The segmental note has been updated to reflect changes to internal management reporting. The Group allocates resources to investment and asset management according to the sectors it expects to perform over the medium-term. Its two principal sectors are currently offices and retail. Prior year comparatives have been updated to reflect this change.

The relevant revenue, net rental income, operating result, assets and capital expenditure, being the measures of segment revenue, segment result and segment assets used by the management of the business, are set out below. Revenue is derived from the rental of buildings. Operating result is the net of net rental income, fee income and administration expenses. No customer exceeded 10% of the Group's revenues in either year.

Segmentresult

Offices Retail Other/unallocated Total
2013
£m
2012
£m
2013
£m
2012
£m
2013
£m
2012
£m
2013
£m
2012
£m
Revenue
British Land Group 85 87 176 184 33 29 294 300
Share of joint ventures and funds 83 82 190 189 1 273 272
Total 168 169 366 373 33 30 567 572
Net rental income
British Land Group 82 77 167 175 32 34 281 286
Share of joint ventures and funds 80 80 180 180 260 260
Total 162 157 347 355 32 34 541 546
Operating result
British Land Group 72 77 159 174 (7) (18) 224 233
Share of joint ventures and funds 80 80 175 172 1 2 256 254
Total 152 157 334 346 (6) (16) 480 487
Reconciliation to underlying profit before taxation
British Land Group
Total operating result 480 487
British Land Group net financing costs (80) (77)
Share of joint ventures and funds net financing costs (126) (141)
Capital and other (14) 210
Total profit on ordinary activities before tax 260 479

Of the total revenues above, £19m (2011/12: £17m) was derived from outside the UK.

Notes to the accounts continued

22 Segment information continued

Segment assets

Offices Retail Other/unallocated Total
2013
£m
2012
£m
2013
£m
2012
£m
2013
£m
2012
£m
2013
£m
2012
£m
Property assets
(includes head leases liabilities)
British Land Group 2,033 2,017 3,071 2,946 450 451 5,554 5,414
Share of joint ventures and funds 1,684 1,545 3,256 3,372 5 6 4,945 4,923
Total 3,717 3,562 6,327 6,318 455 457 10,499 10,337
Segment assets
British Land Group
Share of joint ventures and funds
2,039
1,839
2,023
1,628
3,080
3,367
2,949
3,517
814
12
995
14
5,933
5,218
5,967
5,159
Total 3,878 3,651 6,447 6,466 826 1,009 11,151 11,126
Other assets
British Land Group
Share of joint ventures and funds

155

83

107

137
363
7
533
8
363
269
533
228
Total 155 83 107 137 370 541 632 761
Capital expenditure
British Land Group 391 148 315 27 47 347 753 522
Share of joint ventures and funds 109 113 26 83 135 196
Total 500 261 341 110 47 347 888 718

Other assets include other investments of £76m (2011/12: £28m), debtors of £60m (2011/12: £95m), liquid investments of £nil (2011/12: £200m), cash and short-term deposits of £135m (2011/12: £137m) and derivatives of £92m (2011/12: £73m).

23 Capital commitments

The aggregate capital commitments to purchase, construct or develop investment property, for repairs, maintenance or enhancements, or for the purchase of investments which are contracted for but not provided, are set out below:

2013
£m
2012
£m
British Land (includes share of development loan facility see note 24) 221 470
Share of joint ventures 176 25
Share of funds 1 1
398 496

understanding our strategy

Our performance

governance

24 Related party transactions

The Company has chosen to provide a development loan facility of up to £320m to the Broadgate joint venture, secured against the development, 5 Broadgate. The loan, which is assignable and on commercial terms, includes an interest cost of 3% per annum above LIBOR and market based fees. As at 31 March 2013 £53m (2011/12: £nil) has been drawn by the joint venture.

Details of transactions with joint ventures and funds are given in notes 4, 7 and 25. During the year the Group recognised performance and management fees receivable from funds of £4m (2011/12: £5m) and joint venture management fees of £6m (2011/12: £7m). Interest earned on the commercial loan to Bluebutton Properties Ltd was £1m (2011/12: £nil). Commitment fees received from Bluebutton during the year was £3m (2011/12: £2m).

Details of Directors' remuneration are given in the Remuneration Report on pages 92 to 108. Details of transactions with key management personnel are provided in note 9.

Details of transactions with The British Land Group of Companies Pension Scheme, and other smaller pension schemes, are given in note 10.

During the year, the Company entered into transactions, in the normal course of business, with other related parties as follows:

John Gildersleeve is Deputy Chairman of Carphone Warehouse Group plc. Rental income of £2m (2011/12: £2m) on a proportionally consolidated basis was earned from Carphone Warehouse Group plc, and there is an associated debtor balance at 31 March 2013 £0.2m (2011/12: £nil).

Chris Gibson-Smith is Chairman of the London Stock Exchange. Administrative expenses of £0.2m (2011/12: £0.1m) on a proportionally consolidated basis were paid to the London Stock Exchange, and there is an associated balance at 31 March 2013 of £nil (2011/12: £nil).

William Jackson is the Managing Partner of Bridgepoint and serves on a number of Bridgepoint portfolio boards. He is currently Chairman of the Board of Pret A Manger. Rental income of £0.3m (2011/12: £0.2m) on a proportionally consolidated basis was earned from Pret A Manger, and there is an associated balance at 31 March 2013 of £nil (2011/12: £nil).

25 Contingent liabilities

The Group has contingent liabilities in respect of legal claims, guarantees and warranties arising in the ordinary course of business. It is not anticipated that any material liabilities will arise from contingent liabilities.

TPP Investments Limited, a wholly-owned, ring-fenced, special purpose subsidiary, is a partner in The Tesco British Land Property Partnership and, in that capacity, has entered into a secured bank loan under which its liability is limited to £30m (2011/12: £30m) and recourse is only to the partnership assets.

26 Audit Exemptions taken for subsidiaries

The following subsidiaries are exempt from the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 relating to the audit of individual accounts by virtue of Section 479A of that Act.

BF Propco (No 2) Limited BF Propco (No 16) Limited
BF Propco (No 6) Limited BF Propco (No 17) Limited
BF Propco (No 7) Limited BF Propco (No 18) Limited
BF Propco (No 8) Limited BF Propco (No 20) Limited
BF Propco (No 9) Limited BF Propco (No 21) Limited
BF Propco (No 11) Limited BF Propco (No 22) Limited
BF Propco (No 14) Limited BF Propco (No 23) Limited
BF Propco (No 15) Limited

report of the auditor

Independent Auditor's Report tothe Membersof the British Land Company PLC

We have audited the Group financial statements of The British Land Company PLC for the year ended 31 March 2013 which comprise the consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated balance sheet, consolidated statement of cash flows, consolidated statement of changes in equity, and the related notes 1 to 26. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union.

This report is made solely to the Company's members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company's members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor's report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company's members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Respectiveresponsibilitiesof directors and auditor

As explained more fully in the Directors' Responsibilities Statement, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the Group financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the Group financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board's Ethical Standards for Auditors.

Scopeof the auditof the financial statements

An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Group's circumstances and have been consistently applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the Directors; and the overall presentation of the financial statements. In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information in the Annual Report to identify material inconsistencies with the audited financial statements. If we become aware of any apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.

Opinion on financial statements

In our opinion the Group financial statements:

  • give a true and fair view of the state of the Group's affairs as at 31 March 2013 and of its profit for the year then ended;
  • have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union; and
  • have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

Opinion on other matterprescribed by the Companies Act 2006

In our opinion the information given in the Directors' Report for the financial year for which the Group financial statements are prepared is consistent with the Group financial statements.

Matterson which we arerequired toreportby exception

We have nothing to report in respect of the following:

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

  • certain disclosures of Directors' remuneration specified by law are not made; or
  • we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:

  • the Directors' statement, contained within the Corporate Governance section, in relation to going concern;
  • the part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Company's compliance with the nine provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review; and
  • certain elements of the report to shareholders by the Board on Directors' remuneration.

Other matter

We have reported separately on the parent company financial statements of The British Land Company PLC for the year ended 31 March 2013 and on the information in the Directors' Remuneration Report that is described as having been audited.

Richard Muschamp (Senior statutory auditor) for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor London, United Kingdom

13 May 2013

supplementary disclosures unaudited

Table A: Summary income statement and balance sheet

Summary income statementbased on proportional consolidation forthe yearended 31 March 2013

The following pro forma information is unaudited and does not form part of the consolidated primary statements or the notes thereto. It presents the results of the Group, with its share of the results of joint ventures and funds included on a line-by-line, i.e. proportional, basis. The underlying profit before taxation and underlying profit after taxation are the same as presented in the consolidated income statement.

Year ended 31 March 2013 Year ended 31 March 2012
Group
£m
Joint ventures Proportionally
and funds
£m
consolidated
£m
Group
£m
Joint ventures Proportionally
and funds
£m
consolidated
£m
Gross rental income
Property operating expenses
294
(13)
273
(13)
567
(26)
300
(14)
272
(12)
572
(26)
Net rental income
Administrative expenses
Fees and other income
281
(72)
15
260
(4)
541
(76)
15
286
(69)
16
260
(7)
1
546
(76)
17
Ungeared income return
Net interest
224
(80)
256
(126)
480
(206)
233
(77)
254
(141)
487
(218)
Underlying profit before taxation 144 130 274 156 113 269
Underlying tax (1) (1) (2) (2) (4)
Underlying profit after taxation 143 130 273 154 111 265
Underlying earnings per share – diluted basis 30.3p 29.7p
Valuation movement
Other capital and tax (net)1
26
(4)
215
13
Capital and other 22 228
Total return 295 493

The underlying earnings per share is calculated on underlying profit before taxation of £274m, tax attributable to underlying profits of £1m and 901m shares on a diluted basis, for the year ended 31 March 2013.

1 Includes other comprehensive income, movement in dilution of share options and the movement in items excluded for EPRA NAV.

Overview

supplementary disclosures continued unaudited

Table Acontinued

Summary balance sheetbased on proportional consolidation as at 31 March 2013

The following pro forma information is unaudited and does not form part of the consolidated primary statements or the notes thereto. It presents the composition of the EPRA net assets of the Group, with its share of the net assets of the joint venture and fund assets and liabilities included on a lineby-line, i.e. proportional, basis and assuming full dilution.

S Group
£m
hare of
joint
ventures S
and funds
£m
hare D
options
£m
M
eferred
tax
£m
ark-to-
market of
interest H
rate swaps
£m
ead
leases
£m
Valuation
surplus on
trading
properties
£m
EPRA E
net assets
2013
£m
PRA
net assets
2012
£m
Retail properties 3,080 3,260 (13) 6,327 6,318
Office properties 2,039 1,684 (6) 3,717 3,562
Other properties 451 5 (11) 10 455 457
Total properties 5,570 4,949 (30) 10 10,499 10,337
Investments in joint
ventures and funds
2,336 (2,336)
Other investments 76 (23) 53 28
Other net (liabilities) assets (258) (163) 58 14 30 (319) (294)
Net debt (2,037) (2,427) 198 (4,266) (4,690)
Net assets 5,687 58 14 198 10 5,967 5,381
EPRA NAV per share (note 2) 596p 595p

EPRA net assets movement

Year ended 31 March 2013 Y ear ended 31 March 2012
£m Pence
per share
£m Pence
per share
Opening EPRA
NAV
5,381 595 5,101 567
Income return 273 30 265 29
Capital return 22 2 228 25
Dividend paid in cash (202) (27) (213) (26)
Dilution due to issues of shares 493 (4)
Closing EPRA NAV 5,967 596 5,381 595

understanding our strategy

Our performance

governance

Table B: EPRA performance measures

EPRA performance measures summary table

2013 2012
£m Pence per
share
£m Pence per
share
EPRA earnings
EPRA
NAV
EPRA
NNNA
V
268
5,967
5,522
29.7
596
552
262
5,381
5,148
29.4
595
569
EPRA net initial yield
EPRA 'topped-up' net initial yield
EPRA vacancy rate
5.5%
5.7%
3.4%
5.2%
5.8%
2.4%

Calculation of EPRA earnings and EPRA earnings pershare

2013
£m
2012
£m
Profit for the year after taxation 284 480
Exclude:
Group – non-underlying current tax (9)
Group – deferred tax (16) (3)
Joint ventures and funds – non-underlying current tax (2) (1)
Joint ventures and funds – deferred tax (1) (1)
Group – net valuation movement (including result on disposals) (79) (146)
Joint ventures and funds – net valuation movement (including result on disposals) 62 (72)
Amortisation of intangible assets 1
Changes in fair value of financial instruments and associated close-out costs 28 5
EPRA earnings1 268 262
Mark-to-market on/profit on disposal of liquid investments (held for trading assets) (9) 3
Mark-to-market adjustment on convertible bond 7
Non-recurring items2 7
Underlying earnings 273 265
2013
Number N
million
2012
umber
million
Weighted average number of shares
Adjustment for treasury shares
Adjustment for ESO
P shares
907
(11)
(1)
899
(11)
(1)
eighted average number of shares (basic) 895 887
Dilutive effect of share options
Dilutive effect of ESO
P shares
2
4
2
3
eighted average number of shares (diluted) 901 892
2013 2012
Pence Pence
Earnings per share (basic)
Earnings per share (diluted)
31.7
31.5
54.1
53.8
Underlying earnings per share (diluted) 30.3 29.7
EPRA earnings per share 29.7 29.4

1 Comparatives have been re-presented in line with updated EPRA guidance.

2 Non-recurring items for the year ended 31 March 2013 relate to £7m of issue costs for the convertible bond.

supplementary disclosures continued unaudited

Table Bcontinued

Net assets pershare

2013 2012
£m Pence per
share
£m Pence per
share
Balance sheet net assets
Deferred tax arising on revaluation movements
Mark-to-market on effective cash flow hedges and related debt adjustments
Dilution effect of share options
Surplus on trading properties
5,687
14
198
58
10




5,104
31
189
57




EPRA NAV 5,967 596 5,381 595
Deferred tax arising on revaluation movements
Mark-to-market on effective cash flow hedges and related debt adjustments
Mark-to-market on debt
(14)
(198)
(233)


(31)
(189)
(13)


EPRA NNNAV 5,522 552 5,148 569

EPRA NNNAV is the EPRA NAV adjusted to reflect the fair value of the debt and derivatives and to include the deferred taxation on revaluations.

EPRA net initial yield and 'topped-up' net initial yield

2013
£m
2012
£m
Investment property – wholly-owned 5,554 5,414
Investment property – share of joint ventures and funds 4,945 4,923
Less developments, residential and land (1,340) (835)
Completed property portfolio 9,159 9,502
Allowance for estimated purchasers' costs 552 521
Gross up completed property portfolio valuation 9,711 10,023
Annualised cash passing rental income 541 531
Property outgoings (11) (8)
Annualised net rents 530 523
Rent expiration of rent-free periods and fixed uplifts1 27 57
'Topped-up' net annualised rent 557 580
EPRA net initial yield 5.5% 5.2%
EPRA 'topped-up' net initial yield 5.7% 5.8%
Including fixed/minimum uplifts received in lieu of rental growth 26 27
Total 'topped-up' net rents 583 607
Overall 'topped-up' net initial yield 6.0% 6.1%
T ' opped-up' net annualised rent 557 580
ERV vacant space 19 14
Reversions (13) (18)
Total ERV 563 576
Net reversionary yield 5.8% 5.7%

1 The period over which rent-free periods expire is 2 years (2011/12: 3 years).

understanding our strategy

Table Bcontinued

EPRA Net Initial Yield (NIY) basisof calculation

EPRA NIY is calculated as the annualised net rent (on a cash flow basis), divided by the gross value of the completed property portfolio. The valuation of our completed property portfolio was determined by our external valuers as at 31 March 2013, plus an allowance for estimated purchaser's costs. Estimated purchaser's costs are determined by the relevant stamp duty liability, plus an estimate by our valuers of agent and legal fees on notional acquisition. The net rent deduction allowed for property outgoings is based on our valuers' assumptions on future recurring non-recoverable revenue expenditure.

In calculating the EPRA 'topped-up' NIY, the annualised net rent is increased by the total contracted rent from expiry of rent-free periods and future contracted rental uplifts where defined as not in lieu of growth. Overall 'topped-up' NIY is calculated by adding any other contracted future uplift to the 'topped-up' net annualised rent.

The net reversionary yield is calculated by dividing the total estimated rental value (ERV) for the completed property portfolio, as determined by our external valuers, by the gross completed property portfolio valuation.

The EPRA vacancy rate is calculated as the ERV of the un-rented, lettable space as a proportion of the total rental value of the completed property portfolio.

EPRA vacancy rate

2013
£m
2012
Ou
£m
r p
Annualised potential rental value of vacant premises 19 er
14
Annualised potential rental value for the completed property portfolio 563 for
576
EPRA vacancy rate 3.4% ma
2.4%
nc
e

Table C: gross rental income and accounting return

Calculation ofgrossrental income

ear ended Y
31 March
2013
£m
ear ended
31 March
2012
£m
Rent receivable 538 533
Spreading of tenant incentives and guaranteed rent increases 28 38
Surrender premia 1 1
Gross rental income 567 572

Total accountingreturn

ear ended Y
31 March
2013
£m
ear ended
31 March
2012
£m
Total accounting return 4.6% 9.5%

company balance sheet

Prepared in accordance with UK GAAP as at 31 March 2013

N ote 2013
£m
20121
£m
Non-current assets
Investments and loans to subsidiaries D 24,459 23,938
Investments in joint ventures D 816 700
Intangible assets D 3 6
Other investments D 119 17
Interest rate derivative assets E 92 73
25,489 24,734
Current assets
Debtors G 273 345
Liquid investments E 200
Cash and short-term deposits E 108 109
381 654
Current liabilities
Short-term borrowings and overdrafts E (45) (50)
Creditors H (98) (93)
Amounts due to subsidiaries (19,270) (18,526)
(19,413) (18,669)
Net current liabilities (19,032) (18,015)
Total assets less current liabilities 6,457 6,719
Non-current liabilities
Debentures and loans E (1,681) (2,500)
Interest rate derivative liabilities E (86) (92)
(1,767) (2,592)
Net assets 4,690 4,127
Equity
Called up share capital I 249 225
Share premium J 1,245 1,240
Other reserves J (61) (69)
Merger reserves J 213
Retained earnings J 3,044 2,731
Equity shareholders' funds 4,690 4,127

1 Comparatives have been re-presented, see note A.

John Gildersleeve Lucinda Bell

Chairman Finance Director

Approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 13 May 2013.

Company number 621920

(a) Accounting policies

Accountingbasis

The financial statements are prepared in accordance with applicable United Kingdom law and Accounting Standards (UK GAAP) and under the historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of investment properties and fixed asset investments and liquid investments (not in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) which are applied by the Group).

The major accounting policies of the Company are set out below and have been applied consistently throughout the current and the previous year. The policies that differ from those applied by the Group (as stated in note 1 of the consolidated financial statements) are for investments and deferred taxation:

• Going concern

The financial statements are prepared on the going concern basis as explained in the corporate governance section on page 85.

• Re-presented balance sheet

The balance sheet has been re-presented to show interest rate derivative liabilities on the face of the balance sheet, in accordance with FRS 3. Comparatives on the balance sheet and in the notes to the accounts have been re-presented accordingly. The tax witheld on dividends, previously disclosed within corporation tax creditor, has been re-presented in other taxation and social security.

• Liquid investments

Liquid investments are shown at fair value and held as held for trading financial assets. Gains and losses from the changes in fair value are recorded in the income statement.

• Intangible assets

Intangible assets, such as fund management contracts, acquired through business combinations, are measured initially at fair value and are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, and are subject to regular reviews for impairment.

• Investments

Investments in joint ventures are stated at cost less provision for impairment. Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost or Directors' valuation less provision for impairment.

• Deferred taxation

Deferred tax is not recognised when fixed assets are revalued unless by the balance sheet date there is a binding agreement to sell the revalued assets and the gain or loss expected to arise on the sale has been recognised in the financial statements. A deferred tax asset is regarded as recoverable and therefore recognised only when, on the basis of all available evidence, it can be regarded as more likely than not that there will be suitable taxable profits from which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted.

(b) Dividends

Details of dividends paid and proposed are included in note 20 of the consolidated financial statements.

(c) Company profit for the financial year after tax

The Company has not presented its own profit and loss account as permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The profit after tax for the year was £257m (2011/12: profit £298m).

The average monthly number of employees of the Company during the year was 217 (2011/12: 205).

Employee costs include wages and salaries of £29m (2011/12: £26m), social security costs of £4m (2011/12: £3m) and pension costs of £4m (2011/12: £4m). Details of the Executive Directors' remuneration are disclosed in the Remuneration Report.

Audit fees in relation to the parent company only were £0.2m (2011/12: £0.2m).

company balance sheet continued

Prepared in accordance with UK GAAP as at 31 March 2013

(d) Investments and loans to subsidiaries

Shares in L
subsidiaries
£m
I
oans to
subsidiaries
£m
nvestments
in joint I
ventures
£m
ntangible O
assets
£m
ther
investments
£m
Total
£m
At 1 April 2012 18,240 5,698 700 6 17 24,661
Additions 141 992 155 123 1,411
Disposals (437) (309) (48) (3) (20) (817)
Write back of (provision for) impairment 134 9 (1) 142
At 31 March 2013 18,078 6,381 816 3 119 25,397

Shares in subsidiaries are included at cost or Directors' valuation in 1977, 1995, 1997 and 1999 to 2010 inclusive; their historical cost is £22,089m (2011/12: £22,385m). The amount of £816m (2011/12: £700m) includes £227m (2011/12: £129m) of loans to joint ventures by the Company. The Company has a 50% interest in Bluebutton Properties Limited (Jersey), MSC Property Intermediate Holdings Limited and Shopping Centres Limited, which are registered and operate in England and Wales. Results of the joint ventures are set out in note 12 of the consolidated financial statements. The historical cost of other investments is £128m (2011/12: £25m).

The Group comprises a large number of companies so has taken advantage of the exemption under Section 410(2) of the Companies Act 2006 in providing information only in relation to subsidiary undertakings whose results or financial position, in the opinion of Directors, principally affect the financial statements. The principal subsidiaries, wholly-owned and, except where stated, registered and operating in England and Wales, are:

ExecutiveProperty Property
The British Land Corporation Limited British Land Retail Warehouses Limited
20 Triton Street Limited
Finance, Investment and Management 1 & 4 & 7 Triton Limited
British Land Property Management Limited 10 Brock Street Limited
BLD Property Holdings Limited 10 Portman Square Unit Trust (Jersey)
BL European Fund Management LLP 20 Brock Street Limited
British Land (Joint Ventures) Limited Stockton Retail Park Limited
Linestair Limited Drake Circus Limited Partnership (United States)
British Land Investment Netherlands Holdings BV (Netherlands) Euston Tower Limited
The Mary Street Estate Limited
BF Propco (No 10) Limited
British Land Ealing BV (Netherlands)

(e) Net debt

2013
£m
2012
£m
Secured on the assets of the Company
5.264% first mortgage debenture bonds 2035 345 341
5.0055% first mortgage amortising debentures 2035 101 102
5.357% first mortgage debenture bonds 2028 334 322
6.75% first mortgage debenture bonds 2020 194 196
974 961
Unsecured
5.50% senior notes 2027 98 98
6.30% senior US dollar notes 20151 101 96
Series A 3.895% senior US dollar notes 20182 28 26
Series B 4.635% senior US dollar notes 20212 158 145
Series C 4.766% senior US dollar notes 20232 98 89
Series D 5.003% senior US dollar notes 20262 62 57
Fair value of options to issue under 1.5% convertible bond 2017 28
Bank loans and overdrafts 179 1,078
752 1,589
Gross debt 1,726 2,550
Interest rate derivatives: liabilities 86 92
Interest rate derivatives: assets (92) (73)
1,720 2,569
Liquid investments
4.405% RBS medium term note 2015 (100)
4.395% Lloyds medium term note 2015 (100)
(200)
Cash and short-term deposits (108) (109)
Net debt 1,612 2,260

1 Principal and interest on this borrowing was fully hedged into sterling at the time of issue.

2 Principal and interest on these borrowings were fully hedged into sterling at a floating rate at the time of issue.

On 10 September 2012 British Land (Jersey) Limited (the Issuer) – a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company – issued £400m 1.5 per cent guaranteed convertible bonds due 2017 (the bonds) at par. The proceeds have been loaned to the Company and the Company has unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed the due and punctual performance by the Issuer of all of its obligations (including payments) in respect of the bonds and the obligations of the Company, as guarantor, constitute direct, unsubordinated, unconditional and unsecured obligations of the Company.

Subject to their terms, the bonds are convertible into preference shares of the Issuer which are automatically transferred to the Company in exchange for ordinary shares in the Company or, at the Company's election, any combination of ordinary shares and cash.

The intercompany loan between the Issuer and the Company arising from the transfer of the loan proceeds was initially recognised at fair value, net of capitalised issue costs and is accounted for using the amortised cost method.

In addition to the intercompany loan, the Company has entered into a derivative contract relating to its guarantee of the obligations of the Issuer in respect of the bonds and the commitment to provide shares or a combination of shares and cash on conversion of the bonds. This derivative contract is included within the balance sheet as a liability carried at fair value through profit and loss.

See note 18 for further details about the convertible bond.

company balance sheet continued

(e) net debt continued

Maturity analysisof net debt

2013
£m
2012
£m
Repayable within one year and on demand 45 50
between: one and two years 145 406
two and five years 145 734
five and ten years 407 390
ten and fifteen years 603 260
fifteen and twenty years 5 332
twenty and twenty-five years 376 378
1,681 2,500
Gross debt 1,726 2,550
Interest rate derivatives (6) 19
Liquid investments (200)
Cash and short-term deposits (108) (109)
Net debt 1,612 2,260

(f) Pension

The Company's pension scheme is the principal pension scheme of the Group and details are set out in note 10 of the consolidated financial statements.

(g) Debtors

2013
£m
2012
£m
Trade and other debtors1 4 25
Amounts owed by subsidiaries 216 253
Amounts due from joint ventures 40 57
Corporation tax 10 4
Prepayments and accrued income 3 6
273 345

1 Included within this balance is deferred consideration of £4m (2011/12: £4m) arising on the sale of investment properties. The timing of the receipt is uncertain and may fall due after one year.

Comparatives have been re-presented, see note A.

(h) Creditors

2013
£m
2012
£m
Trade creditors 29 25
Amounts due to joint ventures 9
Corporation tax 2 3
Other taxation and social security 17 13
Accruals and deferred income 50 43
98 93

Interest rate derivative liabilities are presented on the face of the balance sheet in 2013.

Comparatives have been re-presented, see note A.

Overview

(i) Share capital

£m Ordinary shares
of 25p each
Issued, called and fully paid
At 1 April 2012 225 900,199,638
Issued 24 97,491,850
At 31 March 2013 249 997,691,488

In March 2013, the Company issued ordinary shares. Refer to note 21.

(j) Share capital and reserves

Share S
capital
£m
hare O
premium
£m
ther M
reserves
£m
erger
reserve
£m
Profit and
loss account
£m
Total
£m
At 1 April 2012 225 1,240 (69) 2,731 4,127
Share issues 24 5 464 493
Transfer to retained earnings (251) 251
Dividend paid (202) (202)
Adjustment for share and share option award 9 9
Pension scheme movements (2) (2)
Retained profit (loss) 257 257
Derivative valuation movement 6 6
Exchange movements on net investments 2 2
At 31 March 2013 249 1,245 (61) 213 3,044 4,690

The value of distributable reserves within the profit and loss account is £1,751m (2011/12: £1,490m).

(k) Contingent liabilities, capital commitments and related party transactions

The Company has contingent liabilities in respect of legal claims, guarantees and warranties arising in the ordinary course of business. It is not anticipated that any material liabilities will arise from the contingent liabilities.

At 31 March 2013, the Company had £172m of capital commitments (2011/12: £414m).

The Company has chosen to provide a development loan facility of up to £320m to the Broadgate joint venture secured against the development, 5 Broadgate. The loan, which is assignable and on commercial terms, includes an interest cost of 3% per annum above LIBOR and market based fees. As at 31 March 2013 £53m had been drawn by the joint venture (2011/12: £nil).

Related party transactions are the same for the Company as for the Group. For details refer to note 24 of the consolidated financial statements.

The Company has used the exemption under FRS8 where disclosure is not required of transactions with fellow subsidiary undertakings 100% of whose voting rights are controlled within the Group. The Company has utilised the exemptions provided by FRS 1 (Revised) and has not presented a cash flow statement. A consolidated cash flow statement has been presented in the Group financial statements.

report of the auditor

Independent Auditor's Report tothe Membersof the British Land Company PLC

We have audited the parent company financial statements of The British Land Company PLC for the year ended 31 March 2013 which comprise the parent company balance sheet, and the related notes A to K. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

This report is made solely to the Company's members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company's members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor's report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company's members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Respectiveresponsibilitiesof directors and auditor

As explained more fully in the Directors' Responsibilities Statement, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the parent company financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the parent company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board's Ethical Standards for Auditors.

Scopeof the auditof the financial statements

An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the parent company's circumstances and have been consistently applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the Directors; and the overall presentation of the financial statements. In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information in the Annual Report to identify material inconsistencies with the audited financial statements. If we become aware of any apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.

Opinion on financial statements

In our opinion the parent company financial statements:

  • give a true and fair view of the state of the Company's affairs as at 31 March 2013;
  • have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and
  • have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006

In our opinion:

  • the part of the Directors' Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; and
  • the information given in the Directors' Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the parent company financial statements.

Matterson which we arerequired toreportby exception

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters where the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

  • adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
  • the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors' Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or
  • certain disclosures of Directors' remuneration specified by law are not made; or
  • we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Other matter

We have reported separately on the Group financial statements of The British Land Company PLC for the year ended 31 March 2013.

Richard Muschamp (Senior statutory auditor) for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor London, United Kingdom

13 May 2013

supplementary INFORMATION unaudited

Supplementary information and otherinformation

Portfolio net yields 164
Annualised rent and estimated rental value (ERV) 164
Gross rental income 165
Lease length and occupancy 165
Committed developments 166
Near-term prospective developments 166
Medium-term prospective developments 167
Recently completed developments 167
Joint ventures 168
Funds 168
Sustainability performance measures 169
Ten year record 170
Other information
Financial calendar 171
Analysis of shareholders 171
Shareholder information 172
Glossary of terms 173
Index 176

164–176

supplementary INFORMATION unaudited

Portfolio net yields1

E
At 31 March 2013 (excluding developments)
E
PRA
net initial
yield
%
PRA O
topped up
net initial
yield
%2
verall
topped up
net initial
yield
%3
Net
reversionary
yield
%
Net
equivalent
yield
%
Retail:
Retail parks 5.5 5.7 5.8 5.9 5.9
Superstores 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.1 5.2
Shopping centres 5.6 5.8 5.8 5.6 5.9
Department stores 5.7 5.8 8.3 4.8 6.4
UK Retail 5.5 5.6 5.9 5.6 5.8
Europe Retail 6.6 6.6 6.6 8.4 8.0
All Retail 5.5 5.6 5.9 5.7 5.9
Offices:
City 5.4 6.1 6.1 6.1 5.8
West End 4.6 5.1 5.3 5.7 5.6
Provincial 7.3 7.3 7.3 5.9 6.6
All Offices 5.1 5.7 5.8 5.9 5.7
Other 7.7 7.7 9.0 6.0 8.5
UK total 5.4 5.7 6.0 5.7 5.9
Total 5.5 5.7 6.0 5.8 5.9

1 Including notional purchaser's costs.

2 Including rent contracted from expiry of rent-free periods and fixed uplifts not in lieu of growth.

3 Including fixed/minimum uplifts (excluded from EPRA definition).

Annualised rent and Estimated Rental Value (ERV)

Annualised rent
(valuation basis) £m1
ERV
£m
Average rent
£ per sq ft
At 31 March 2013 (excluding developments) Group Joint
ventures
and funds T
otal T otal C ontracted2 ER V2
Retail:
Retail parks 102 44 146 156 22.5 23.3
Superstores 8 63 71 71 21.6 21.6
Shopping centres 50 58 108 114 25.6 26.3
Department stores 29 29 24 13.3 11.0
UK Retail 189 165 354 365 21.9 22.3
Europe Retail 21 21 24 8.3 9.7
All Retail 189 186 375 389 20.1 20.7
Offices:
City 4 77 81 91 47.1 45.4
West End 54 54 67 43.4 44.2
Provincial 6 6 5 27.1 21.9
All Offices 64 77 141 163 44.3 43.5
Other 28 28 23 13.4 10.8
Total 281 263 544 575 22.8 23.1

1 Gross rents plus, where rent reviews are outstanding, any increases to ERV (as determined by the Group's external valuers), less any ground rents payable under head leases, excluding contracted rent subject to rent-free and future uplift.

2 Office average rent £ per sq ft is based on office space only.

Overview

understanding our strategy

Our performance

governance

Grossrental income1

12 months to 31 March 2013 Annualised as at 31 March 2013
Accounting basis Group
£m
Joint
ventures
and funds T
£m
otal
£m
Group
£m
Joint
ventures
and funds T
£m
otal
£m
Retail:
Retail parks 102 44 146 99 44 143
Superstores 8 63 71 8 62 70
Shopping centres 35 64 99 50 58 108
Department stores 32 32 33 33
UK Retail 177 171 348 190 164 354
Europe Retail 19 19 21 21
All Retail 177 190 367 190 185 375
Offices:
City 25 83 108 5 82 87
West End 53 53 53 53
Provincial 6 6 6 6
All Offices 84 83 167 64 82 146
Other 33 33 32 32
Total 294 273 567 286 267 553

1 Gross rental income (accounting basis) will differ from annualised rents (valuation basis) due to accounting adjustments for fixed and minimum contracted rental uplifts and lease incentives.

Lease lengthand occupancy

Average lease length
Years
Occupancy rate
%
At 31 March 2013 (excluding developments) O
T
o expiry T
o break O ccupancy ccupancy
(overall)1
Retail:
Retail parks 9.8 9.0 94.6 95.8
Superstores 15.4 15.4 100.0 100.0
Shopping centres 9.9 9.2 95.8 97.5
Department stores 28.2 24.9 99.6 99.6
UK Retail 12.5 11.6 96.3 97.4
Europe Retail 10.5 4.3 86.7 88.5
All Retail 12.4 11.2 95.7 96.8
Offices:
City 9.9 7.9 95.2 96.0
West End 9.9 7.6 96.5 96.5
Provincial 9.3 8.9 100.0 100.0
All Offices 9.9 7.8 95.9 96.3
Other 21.6 21.5 98.9 98.9
UK Total 12.1 11.0 96.3 97.1
Total 12.1 10.7 95.9 96.8

1 Including accommodation under offer or subject to asset management.

supplementary INFORMATION continued unaudited

Committed developments

At 31 March 2013 British
Land
share S
%
q ft
'000
Practical
completion C
calendar
year
urrent C
value
£m
ost to N
complete
£m1
otional
interest ER
£m1,2
V
£m3
R
Pre-let5
£m
esidential
end
value
£m4
Offices:
5 Broadgate 50 700 Q4 2014 163 103 18 19.2 19.2
The Leadenhall Building 50 610 Q2 2014 159 69 13 18.6 5.6
Broadgate Circle 50 45 Q4 2014 6 9 1 1.2
10–30 Brock Street,
egent's Place6
R
100 500 Q2 2013 390 16 2 19.8 10.3 113
10 Portman Square7 100 134 Q2 2013 149 9 9.7 4.1
Marble Arch House8 100 86 Q4 2013 44 20 2 3.9 15
39 Victoria Street 100 93 Q3 2013 49 17 2 4.9
Total Offices 2,168 960 243 38 77.3 39.2 128
Retail:
Whiteley, Fareham 50 320 Q2 2013 33 6 2.6 2.4
Glasgow Fort (Leisure) 41 46 Q3 2013 4 2 0.5 0.5
Hereford 100 310 Q3 2014 17 59 9 5.8 2.4
Total Retail 676 54 67 9 8.9 5.3
Total Residential 50 47 17 3 70
Total committed 2,894 1,061 327 50 86.2 44.5 198

Data includes Group's share of properties in joint ventures and funds (except area which is shown at 100%).

1 From 1 April 2013 to practical completion (PC).

2 Based on a notional cost of finance of 6%.

3 Estimated headline rental value net of rent payable under head leases (excluding tenant incentives).

4 Parts of residential development expected to be sold, no rent allocated – of which £107m completed or exchanged.

5 A further £4.4m of pre-lets were under offer at the year end including a £3.0m letting to Amlin at The Leadenhall Building.

6 Includes 126,000 sq ft of residential.

7 Excludes 25,000 sq ft of off-site residential and retail (95–99 Baker Street), which was sold in the previous financial year.

8 Includes 10,500 sq ft of residential.

Near-term prospective developments

At 31 March 2013 Sector British Land S
share
q ft T
'000
otal cost
£m1
Status
The Clarges Estate Mixed-use 100 194 388 Planning submitted
Yalding House Offices 100 29 22 Pre-submission
Milton Keynes, Kingston Centre Retail 50 21 4 Planning granted
Surrey Quays (extension) Retail 100 98 24 Planning granted
Fort Kinnaird, Edinburgh Retail 21 84 5 Planning submitted
Meadowhall Surrounding Land Retail 50 22 6 Planning submitted
Broughton Park, Chester Retail 41 54 7 Planning submitted
The Hempel Hotel Residential 100 40 62 Planning submitted
Aldgate Place Residential 50 422 96 Planning submitted
Total near-term prospective 964 614

1 Total cost including site value and notional interest at 6% per annum.

Medium-term prospective developments

At 31 March 2013 Sector British Land S
share
q ft
'000
Status
100 Liverpool Street Offices 50 496 Pre-submission
Glasgow Fort (Retail) Retail 41 142 Planning submitted
Power Court, Luton Retail 100 158 Pre-submission
Lancaster Retail 100 n/a Pre-submission
Whiteley Phase 2 Retail 50 59 Pre-submission
Deepdale, Preston Retail 21 73 Planning submitted
Harmsworth Quays Residential 100 n/a Pre-submission
Wardrobe Court Residential 100 74 Pre-submission
Total medium-term prospective 1,002

Recently completed developments

At 31 March 2013 British
Land
share S
%
q ft
'000
Practical
completion C
calendar
year
urrent C
value
£m
ost to
complete ER
£m1
V
£m2
R
Let
£m
esidential
end
value
£m3
Sold
£m
Offices:
199 Bishopsgate
50 144 Q3 2012 46 3 3.5 0.7
Total Offices 144 46 3 3.5 0.7
Retail:
Puerto Venecia, Zaragoza
50 1,370 Q3 2012 94 4 7.7 6.9
Total Retail 1,370 94 4 7.7 6.9
Total Residential
Total recently completed 1,514 140 7 11.2 7.6

Data includes Group's share of properties in joint ventures and funds (except area which is shown at 100%).

1 From 1 April 2013.

2 Estimated headline rental value net of rent payable under head leases (excluding tenant incentives).

3 Parts of residential development expected to be sold, no rent allocated.

Overview

supplementary INFORMATION continued unaudited

joint ventures

As at 31 March 2013 Joint venture partner Portfolio
value
£m
Rent1
£m
Finance2
£m
Bluebutton Properties Limited
Broadgate, City offices
Blackstone Group L.P. funds 3,042 175 1,812
Leadenhall Holding Co (Jersey) Limited
The Leadenhall Building, City offices3
Oxford Properties 318
MSC Property Intermediate Holdings Limited
Meadowhall Shopping Centre, Sheffield
Norges Bank Investment Management 1,525 83 768
BL Sainsbury Superstores Limited
33 Sainsbury superstores
J Sainsbury plc 1,203 65 610
Tesco BL Holdings Limited
Two retail parks, two shopping centres
each anchored by Tesco, four Tesco superstores
Tesco plc 516 30 279
Tesco Aqua Limited Partnership
21 Tesco superstores
Tesco plc 634 34 487
BLT Properties Limited
Nine Tesco superstores
Tesco plc 354 19 185
Shopping Centres Limited
Clifton Moor Retail Park
Tesco plc 85 5
Tesco British Land Property Partnership
District Shopping Centre anchored by Tesco
Tesco plc 111 7 60
Eurofund Investments Zaragoza SL
Puerto Venecia Shopping Centre, Zaragoza, Spain O
rion Capital Managers LLP 242 16 60
hiteley Co-Ownership Trust3
Fareham, out-of-town shopping centre
Universities Superannuation Scheme 82 1
Eden W
alk Shopping Centre Unit Trust
Eden Walk Shopping Centre, Kingston upon Thames
Universities Superannuation Scheme 82 5

1 Annualised contracted rent (including expiry of rent-free periods and fixed uplifts).

2 Principal amount of debt.

3 Development project.

Funds

As at 31 March 2013 Value1
£m
Rent1
£m
Finance
£m
British Land
share
%
Hercules Unit Trust 1,496 89 629 41.2
Pillar Retail Europark Fund 204 19 137 65.3

1 Hercules Unit Trust share where assets are in joint arrangements.

2 Annualised rent.

understanding our strategy

Our performance

governance

Sustainability performance measures

The data below follows EPRA best practice recommendations on sustainability reporting for managed properties. It also includes additional developments data to provide a comprehensive picture of resource use across our business. It covers 69% of our total investment portfolio of £16.4bn, as we focus on our managed portfolio and developments, where we can influence performance.

2012/13 2011/12 S
2010/11
cope
(number
of assets)
EPRA best practice recommendations across our managed portfolio
3.1: Energy consumption from electricity (kWh)1
175,062,977 190,840,045 206,267,428 420/430
3.2: Energy consumption from district heating and cooling (kWh)1 348,506 134,662 198,534 1/1
3.3: Energy consumption from fuels (kWh)1 29,789,499 25,840,122 33,746,087 42/45
3.4: Building energy intensity (kWh per m²) Offices
Shopping centres
Retail parks
274.73
56.65
10.00
300.93
54.10
10.35
315.38
64.76
10.86
25/25
11/11
56/56
3.5: Direct greenhouse gas emissions (tonnes CO2e) 8,035 6,635 8,239 42/45
3.6: Indirect greenhouse gas emissions (tonnes CO2e) 102,177 110,799 119,833 420/430
3.7: Greenhouse gas intensity from building energy O
(tonnes CO2e per m²)2
ffices
Shopping centres
Retail parks
0.149
0.030
0.005
0.163
0.030
0.006
0.169
0.033
0.006
25/25
11/11
56/56
3.8: Water withdrawal by source (m³)1 662,954 699,503 655,494 102/105
3.9: Building water intensity (m³ per m²)2 Offices
Shopping centres
Retail parks
0.66
0.26
0.28
0.75
0.24
0.31
0.67
0.21
0.28
26/26
10/10
20/20
3.10 and 3.11: Waste by disposal route (tonnes and %) R ecycled
Incinerated
Landfilled
10,660 (61%)
5,153 (29%)
1,739 (10%)
10,326 (57%)
5,555 (31%)
2,238 (12%)
8,644 (52%)
5,289 (32%)
2,748 (16%)
76/80
76/80
76/80
Additional developments data
Site energy use (kWh)
5,925,005 6,619,047 33/34
Site water use (m³) 54,302 27,369 29/34
Site waste by disposal route (tonnes) Recycled or re-used
Landfilled
428,588
22,070
196,053
4,538
99,920
5,086
34/34
34/34
Site waste by disposal route (%) Recycled or re-used
Landfilled
95%
5%
98%
2%
95%
5%
34/34
34/34

1 As per EPRA best practice recommendations, this data covers energy and water procured by British Land.

2 Intensity ratings cover whole building usage for offices and common parts usage for shopping centres and retail parks.

For developments carbon data, please see page 61.

For more detailed data on all these indicators and additional indicators, please see our Full Data Report 2013: www.britishland.com/crdata.

ten year record unaudited

The table below summarises the last ten years' results, cash flows and balance sheets. Figures for 2005 onwards are prepared under IFRS. Figures for 2004 are the UK GAAP comparatives adjusted to show gross rental income on a proportional basis. FRS 21 became effective in 2006 under UK GAAP and has been applied retrospectively to 2004 and earlier years. This standard requires proposed dividends not approved by the balance sheet date to be excluded from the balance sheet.

IFRS
2013
£m
2012
£m
2011
£m
2010
£m
2009
£m
2008
£m
2007
£m5
2006
£m
2005
£m
UK GAAP
2004
£m
Income
Gross rental income1
567 572 541 561 650 709 706 751 630 566
Net rental income
Fees and other income
Interest expense (net)
Administrative expense
541
15
(206)
(76)
546
17
(218)
(76)
518
18
(212)
(68)
545
15
(246)
(65)
598
20
(292)
(58)
667
40
(350)
(73)
661
50
(370)
(84)
701
50
(436)
(87)
585
9
(360)
(53)
523
6
(336)
(44)
Underlying profit 274 269 256 249 268 284 257 228 181 149
Exceptional costs (not included
in underlying profit)4
Dividends declared

234

231

231

225
(119)
198

179
(305)
107
(122)
88
(180)
84

71
Summarised balance sheets
Total properties at valuation1,3
Net debt
Other assets and liabilities
EPRA
NAV/fully diluted adjusted net assets
10,499
(4,266)
(266)
5,967
10,337
(4,690)
(266)
5,381
9,572
(4,173)
(298)
5,101
8,539
(4,081)
(51)
4,407
8,625
(4,941)
(297)
3,387
13,471
(6,413)
(122)
6,936
16,903
(7,741)
(300)
8,862
14,414
(6,684)
72
7,802
12,507
(6,538)
(56)
5,913
10,639
(5,397)
(157)
5,085
Cash flow movement – Group only
Cash generated from operations
Cash outflow from operations
197
(7)
211
(5)
182
28
248
(112)
406
(201)
477
(295)
494
(275)
455
(351)
464
(338)
381
(218)
Net cash inflow from operating activities
Cash (outflow) inflow from capital
expenditure, investments,
acquisitions and disposals
Equity dividends paid
Cash (outflow) inflow from management
190
(202)
(203)
213
206
(547)
(212)
630
210
(240)
(139)
157
136
(39)
(154)
(485)
205
418
(188)
(58)
182
857
(161)
(830)
219
(54)
(91)
(11)
104
986
(84)
(1,025)
126
(527)
(77)
459
163
(186)
(67)
137
of liquid resources and financing
Increase (decrease) in cash6 (2) 77 (12) (542) 377 48 63 (19) (19) 47
Capital returns
Growth in net assets2
Total return4
Total return – pre-exceptional
10.9%
4.5%
4.5%
5.5%
9.5%
9.5%
15.7%
17.7%
17.7%
30.1%
33.5%
33.5%
(51.1%)
(61.6%)
(60.3%)
(21.6%)
(18.1%)
(18.1%)
13.6%
14.3%
21.3%
31.9%
33.2%
34.6%
15.5%
17.2%
20.8%
12.7%
14.0%
14.0%
Per share information8
Net asset value per share
596p 595p 567p 504p 398p 1,114p 1,394p 1,231p 935p 808p
Memorandum:
D
ividends declared in the year
D
ividends paid in the year
26.4p
26.3p
26.1p
26.0p
26.0p
26.0p
26.0p
27.3p
29.8p
30.0p
29.0p
26.7p
16.9p
14.4p
14.1p
13.3p
13.0p
12.3p
12.0p
11.4p
Diluted earnings:
Underlying earnings per share
FRS earnings (loss) per share4,7
I
30.3p
31.5p
29.7p
53.8p
28.5p
95.2p
28.4p
132.6p
41.0p
(614.1p)
44.3p
(251.0p)
35.9p
389.4p
29.4p
188.3p
22.2p
104.3p
28.6p
n/a

1 Including share of joint ventures and funds.

2 Represents movement in diluted EPRA NAV from 2006 onwards and adjusted diluted net assets for 2005 and before.

3 Including surplus over book value of trading and development properties.

4 Including exceptional finance costs in 2005: £180m, 2006: £122m, 2007: £305m and 2009: £119m.

5 Restated for IFRS. The UK GAAP accounts shows gross rental income of £620m and underlying profit of £175m.

6 Represents movement in cash and cash equivalents under IFRS and movements in cash under UK GAAP.

7 Under UK GAAP the revaluation of investment properties is not included in earnings per share.

8 Adjusted for the rights issue of 341m shares in March 2009.

shareholder information

Financial calendar

2012/13
Fourth quarter ex-dividend date 3 July 2013
Fourth quarter dividend paid 9 August 2013
2013/14
First quarter Interim Management Statement announced 24 July 2013
First quarter ex-dividend date October 2013
First quarter dividend paid November 2013
Half year results announced
Second quarter ex-dividend date
Second quarter dividend paid
13 November 2013
January 2014
February 2014
Third quarter Interim Management Statement January 2014
Third quarter ex-dividend date
Third quarter dividend paid
April 2014
May 2014
Full year results announced May 2014
Fourth quarter ex-dividend date July 2014
Fourth quarter dividend paid August 2014

The Board will announce the availability of a Scrip Alternative for each dividend via the Regulatory News Service and on the Group's website (www.britishland.com), no later than four business days before each ex-dividend date. For the fourth quarter dividend of 2012/13, the Board expects to announce the split between PID and non-PID income at the same time. Any Scrip Alternative will not be enhanced.

Analysis of shareholders – 31 March 2013

Range Number of holdings % Balance as at 31 March 20131 %
1–1,000 6,998 54.60 3,159,708 0.32
1,001–5,000 4,174 32.56 9,148,822 0.93
5,001–20,000 824 6.43 7,854,895 0.80
20,001–50,000 218 1.70 6,850,978 0.69
50,001–Highest 604 4.71 959,410,840 97.26
Total 12,818 100 986,425,243 100
Holder name
Individual 7,385 57.61 12,174,183 1.23
Nominee and institutional investors 5,433 42.39 974,251,060 98.77
Total 12,818 100 986,425,243 100

1 Excluding 11,266,245 shares held in treasury.

understanding our strategy

Our performance

Shareholder information continued

Registrars

British Land's Share Registrars are Equiniti, who can be contacted at: Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex BN99 6DA.

Equiniti's shareholder enquiry line is: 0871 384 2143. Calls cost 8p per minute plus network extras. Lines are open from 8.30am to 5.30pm, Monday to Friday.

The general enquiries number for overseas callers is: +44 (0)121 415 7047.

The Registrar's website is: www.shareview.co.uk. Registering on this site will enable you, amongst other features, to view your British Land shareholding online, to update your details and to opt to receive shareholder mailings electronically.

In addition to being our Share Registrar, Equiniti are also Registrars for the BLD Property Holdings Limited Stock.

Bank of New York (operating through Capita) are Registrars of British Land's Debentures. They can be contacted at: The Registry, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent BR3 4TU.

The bondholder enquiry line is: 0871 664 0300 (calls cost 10p per minute plus network extras. Lines are open from 9.00am to 5.30pm, Monday to Friday).

Share dealingservice

Equiniti offer Shareview dealing, a service which allows you to buy or sell British Land shares if you are a UK resident.

You can deal in your shares on the internet or by phone. Log on to www.shareview.co.uk/dealing or call 0845 603 7037 between 8.30am and 4.30pm, Monday to Friday, for more information about this service and for details of the rates. If you are an existing shareholder, you will need your account/shareholder reference number which appears on your share certificate.

Dividends

As a REIT, British Land pays Property Income Distribution (PID) and non-Property Income Distribution (non-PID) dividends. More information on REITs and property income distributions can be found in the glossary on page 173, or in the Investors section of our website at www.britishland.com.

PaymentofDividends

British Land dividends can be directly mandated into your bank or building society account instead of being despatched to you in paper cheque form. More information about the benefits of having dividends paid directly into your bank or building society account, and the mandate form to set this up, can be found in the Investors section of our website at www.britishland.com.

ScripDividend Scheme

British Land offers shareholders the opportunity to participate in the Scrip Dividend Scheme. This enables participating shareholders to receive shares instead of cash, when a Scrip Alternative is offered for a particular dividend. For more information and for details of how to sign up to the Scrip Dividend Scheme, please visit the Investors section of our website at www.britishland.com.

The Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRIP) was suspended when the Scrip Dividend Scheme was introduced.

Honorary President

Sir John Ritblat became Managing Director of British Land in 1970 and Chairman in 1971. He retired from the Board in December 2006 and was appointed Honorary President, in recognition of his work building British Land into the industry leading Company it is today.

Website

The British Land corporate website contains a wealth of material for shareholders, including the current share price, press releases and the Investors Section which contains detailed information on, among other things, REITs and dividends. The website can be accessed at www.britishland.com.

Website delivery of shareholdercommunications

If you currently receive paper copies of shareholder communications, you may prefer to receive electronic copies via the British Land website instead. When a document is produced for shareholders you will receive an email containing a link directly to the new document. If you would like further information, or would like to elect for website delivery of shareholder communications, please visit www.shareview.co.uk or telephone Equiniti's shareholder enquiry line on 0871 384 2143 (calls cost 8p per minute plus network extras. Lines are open from 8.30am to 5.30pm, Monday to Friday).

Annual General Meeting

The AGM of The British Land Company PLC will be held at The Ocean Room, The Cumberland Hotel, Great Cumberland Place, London W1H 7DL on Friday 19 July 2013, at 11.00 am.

ShareGift

Shareholders with a small number of shares, the value of which makes it uneconomic to sell them, may wish to consider donating them to the charity ShareGift (registered charity 1052686), which specialises in using such holdings for charitable benefit.

A ShareGift transfer form can be obtained from: Equiniti Aspect House Spencer Road Lancing West Sussex BN99 6DA

For further information, contact: ShareGift 17 Carlton House Terrace London SW1Y 5AH Telephone: +44 (0)20 7930 3737 Website: www.sharegift.org

Unsolicited mail

On request, British Land is legally required to make its share register available to other organisations. The Mailing Preference Service is an independent organisation offering free services to help reduce the amount of unsolicited mail you receive. For more information, or to register, visit: www.mpsonline.org.uk, telephone 0845 703 4599 or write to: The Mailing Preference Service FREEPOST 29 LON 20771 London W1E 0ZT

Registered Office

The address of British Land's head office and registered office is: York House 45 Seymour Street London W1H 7LX Telephone: +44 (0)20 7486 4466 Fax: +44 (0)20 7935 5552

glossary of terms

Annualised rent is the gross property rent receivable on a cash basis as at the reporting date. Additionally, it includes the external valuers' estimate of additional rent in respect of unsettled rent review, turnover rent and sundry income such as that from car parks and commercialisation, less any ground rents payable under head leases.

Assets under management is the full value of all assets managed by British Land and includes 100% of the value of assets managed but not fully owned.

BREEAM (Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment Method) assesses the sustainability of buildings against a range of criteria.

Capital return is calculated as the change in capital value of the UK portfolio, less any capital expenditure incurred, expressed as a percentage of capital employed over the period, as calculated by IPD. Capital returns are calculated monthly and indexed to provide a return over the relevant period.

Capped rents are subject to a maximum level of uplift at the specified rent reviews as agreed at the time of letting.

Collar rents are subject to a minimum level of uplift at the specified rent reviews as agreed at the time of letting.

Developer's profit is the profit on cost estimated by the valuers. The developer's profit is typically calculated by the valuers to be a percentage of the estimated total development costs, including land and notional finance costs.

Development uplift is the total increase in the value (after taking account of capital expenditure and capitalised interest) of properties held for development during the period. It also includes any developer's profit recognised by valuers in the period.

Development construction cost is the total cost of construction of a project to completion, excluding site values and finance costs (finance costs are assumed by the valuers at a notional rate of 6% per annum).

EPRA is the European Public Real Estate Association, the industry body for European REITs.

EPRA earnings is the profit after taxation excluding investment and development property revaluations and gains/losses on disposals, changes in the fair value of financial instruments and associated close-out costs and their related taxation.

EPRA NAV per share is EPRA NAV divided by the diluted number of shares at the period end.

EPRA net assets (EPRA NAV) are the balance sheet net assets excluding the mark-to-market on effective cash flow hedges and related debt adjustments and deferred taxation on revaluations.

EPRA net initial yield is the annualised rents generated by the portfolio, after the deduction of an estimate of annual recurring irrecoverable property outgoings, expressed as a percentage of the portfolio valuation (adding notional purchaser's costs), excluding development properties.

EPRA NNNAV is the EPRA NAV adjusted to reflect the fair value of debt and derivatives and to include deferred taxation on revaluations. EPRA vacancy rate is the estimated market rental value (ERV) of vacant space divided by ERV of the whole portfolio, excluding developments. This is the inverse of the occupancy rate.

Estimated Rental Value (ERV) is the external valuers' opinion as to the open market rent which, on the date of valuation, could reasonably be expected to be obtained on a new letting or rent review of a property.

Fair value movement is accounting adjustment to change the book value of an asset or liability to its market value.

Gearing see loan to value (LTV).

Gross investment activity as measured by our share of acquisitions, sales and investment in committed development.

Gross rental income is the gross accounting rent receivable (quoted either for the period or on an annualised basis) prepared under IFRS which requires that rental income from fixed/minimum guaranteed rent reviews and tenant incentives is spread on a straight-line basis over the entire lease to first break. This can result in income being recognised ahead of cash flow.

Gross Value Added (GVA) provides a snapshot of a company's overall contribution to the UK economy, both directly through activities and indirectly through spending.

Group is The British Land Company PLC and its subsidiaries and excludes its share of joint ventures and funds on a line-by-line basis (i.e. not proportionally consolidated).

Headline rent is the contracted gross rent receivable which becomes payable after all the tenant incentives in the letting have expired.

IFRS are the International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union.

Income return is calculated as net income expressed as a percentage of capital employed over the period, as calculated by IPD.

Interest cover is the number of times net interest payable is covered by underlying profit before net interest payable and taxation.

IPDis Investment Property Databank Ltd which produces an independent benchmark of property returns.

Lettings and lease renewals are divided between short-term (less than two years' lease length) and long-term (over two years' lease length). Lettings and renewals are compared both to the previous passing rent as at the start of the financial year and the ERV immediately prior to letting. Both comparisons are made on a net effective basis.

Like-for-like ERV growth is the change in ERV over a period on the standing investment properties expressed as a percentage of the ERV at the start of the period. Like-for-like ERV growth is calculated monthly and compounded for the period subject to measurement, as calculated by IPD.

Like-for-like rental income growth is the growth in net rental income on properties owned throughout the current and previous periods under review. This growth rate includes revenue recognition and lease accounting adjustments but excludes properties held for development in either period and properties with guaranteed rent reviews.

Our performance

governance

Overview

glossary of terms continued

Loan to value (LTV) is the ratio of principal value of gross debt less cash, short-term deposits and liquid investments to the aggregate value of properties and investments.

Mark-to-market is the difference between the book value of an asset or liability and its market value.

Net Development Value is the estimated end value of a development project as determined by the external valuers for when the building is completed and fully let (taking into account tenant incentives and notional purchaser's costs). It is based on the valuers view on ERVs, yields, letting voids and rent-frees.

Net effective rent is the contracted gross rent receivable taking into account any rent-free period or other tenant incentive. The incentives are treated as a cost-to-rent and spread over the lease to the earliest termination date.

Net equivalent yield is the weighted average income return (after allowing for notional purchaser's costs) a property will produce based upon the timing of the income received. In accordance with usual practice, the equivalent yields (as determined by the external valuers) assume rent is received annually in arrears.

Net operating costs are property operating expenses and administrative expenses net of fees and other income.

Net rental income is the rental income receivable in the period after payment of direct property outgoings which typically comprise ground rents payable under head leases, void costs, net service charge expenses and other direct irrecoverable property expenses. Net rental income is quoted on an accounting basis. Net rental income will differ from annualised net cash rents and passing rent due to the effects of income from rent reviews, net property outgoings and accounting adjustments for fixed and minimum contracted rent reviews and lease incentives.

Net reversionary yield is the anticipated yield to which the initial yield will rise (or fall) once the rent reaches the estimated rental value.

Occupancy rate is the estimated rental value of let units as a percentage of the total estimated rental value of the portfolio, excluding development properties. It includes accommodation under offer or subject to asset management (where they have been taken back for refurbishment and are not available to let as at the balance sheet date).

Over rented is the term used to describe when the contracted rent is above the estimated rental value (ERV).

Overall 'topped-up' net initial yield is the EPRA Net 'topped-up' Initial Yield, adding all contracted uplifts to the annualised rents.

Passing rent is the gross rent, less any ground rent payable under head leases.

Portfolio valuation movement is the increase in value of the portfolio (after taking account of capital expenditure and capitalised interest) of properties held at the balance sheet date and sales during the period, expressed as a percentage of the capital value at the start of the period plus net capital expenditure.

Property Income Distributions (PIDs) are profits distributed to shareholders which are subject to tax in the hands of the shareholders as property income. PIDs are normally paid net of withholding tax currently at 20% which the REIT pays to the tax authorities on behalf of the shareholder. Certain types of shareholder (i.e. pension funds) are tax exempt and receive PIDs without withholding tax. Property companies also pay out normal dividends, called non-PIDs, which are treated as normal dividends and not subject to withholding tax.

Property valuation is reported by the Group's external valuers. In accordance with usual practice, they report valuations net, after the deduction of the notional purchaser's costs, including stamp duty land tax, agent and legal fees.

Rack rented is the term used to describe when the contracted rent is in line with the estimated rental value (ERV), implying a nil reversion.

Rent-free period see Tenant (or lease) incentives.

Rent reviews take place at intervals agreed in the lease (typically every five years) and their purpose is usually to adjust the rent to the current market level at the review date. For upwards only rent reviews, the rent will either remain at the same level or increase (if market rents have increased) at the review date.

Rents with fixed and minimum uplifts are either where rents are subject to contracted uplifts at a level agreed at the time of letting; or where the rent is subject to an agreed minimum level of uplift at the specified rent review.

Retail planning consents are separated between A1, A2 and A3 – as set out in The Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 2005. Within the A1 consent category, Open A1 consent grants planning for any type of retail, while Restricted A1 consent places limits on the types of retail that can operate (this is typically a restriction that only bulky goods operators are allowed to trade at that site).

Class Description Use for all/any of the following purposes
A1 Shops Retail sale of goods other than hot food; post
office; sale of tickets or as a travel agency;
sale of sandwiches or other cold food off
the premises; hairdressing; direction of
funerals; display of goods for sale; hiring
out of domestic or personal goods/articles;
the reception of goods to be washed,
cleaned or repaired; a retail warehouse club
being a retail club where goods are sold, or
displayed for sale, only to persons who are
members of that club; or as a night club.
Financial and
professional
services
Financial services; professional services
(other than health or medical); or other
services (including betting) appropriate
for a shopping area.
D2 Assembly
and leisure
Cinemas, music and concert halls,
bingo and dance halls (but not night clubs),
swimming baths, skating rinks,
gymnasiums or area for indoor or outdoor
sports and recreations.

Reversion is the increase in rent estimated by the external valuers, where the passing rent is below the estimated rental value. The increases to rent arise on rent reviews and lettings.

Scrip dividend British Land offers its shareholders the opportunity to receive dividends in the form of shares instead of cash. This is known as a Scrip dividend.

Tenant (or lease) incentives are incentives offered to occupiers to enter into a lease. Typically this will be an initial rent-free period, or a cash contribution to fit-out. Under accounting rules the value of lease incentives is amortised through the income statement on a straight-line basis to the earliest lease termination date.

The residual site value of a development is calculated as the estimated (net) development value, less development profit, all development construction costs, finance costs (assumed at a notional rate) of a project to completion and notional site acquisition costs. The residual is determined to be the current site value.

Topping out is a traditional construction ceremony to mark the occasion when the structure of the building reaches the highest point.

Total property return is calculated as the change in capital value, less any capital expenditure incurred, plus net income, expressed as a percentage of capital employed over the period, as calculated by IPD.

Total return (total accounting return) is the growth in EPRA NAV plus dividends paid, and this can be expressed as a percentage of EPRA NAV per share at the beginning of the period.

Total Shareholder Return is the growth in value of a shareholding over a specified period, assuming dividends are reinvested to purchase additional units of stock.

Total tax contribution is a more comprehensive view of tax contributions than the accountancy-defined tax figure quoted in most financial statements. It comprises taxes and levies paid directly, as well as taxes collected from others which we administered.

Turnover rents is where all or a portion of the rent is linked to the sales or turnover of the occupier.

Under rented is the term used to describe when the contracted rent is below the estimated rental value (ERV), implying a positive reversion.

Underlying earnings per share (EPS) consists of underlying profit after tax divided by the diluted weighted average number of shares in issue during the period.

Underlying profit before tax is the pre-tax EPRA earnings measure with additional Company adjustments. Adjustments include mark-to-market adjustments on, or profits on disposal of, held for trading assets, markto-market adjustments on the convertible bond and issue costs of the convertible bond.

Virtual freehold represents a long leasehold tenure for a period up to 999 years. A 'peppercorn', or nominal, rent is paid annually.

Weighted average debt maturity – each tranche of Group debt is multiplied by the remaining period to its maturity and the result is divided by total Group debt in issue at the period end.

Weighted average interest rate is the Group loan interest and derivative costs per annum at the period end, divided by total Group debt in issue at the period end.

Weighted average lease term is the average lease term remaining to first break, or expiry, across the portfolio weighted by contracted rental income (including rent-frees). The calculation excludes short-term lettings, residential leases and properties allocated as developments.

Yield on cost is the estimated annual rent of the completed development divided by the total cost of development including site value and finance costs, accruing at a rate of 4% per annum to the point of assumed rent commencement, expressed as a percentage return.

Yield shift is a movement (usually expressed in bps) in the yield of a property asset, or like-for-like portfolio, over a given period. Yield compression is a commonly-used term for a reduction in yields.

Index

Accounting policies
117
Administration expenses
112
Analysis of shareholders
171
B
Board of Directors
76
Borrowings
73, 114, 135–142, 152, 156, 159
Business model
14
C
Cash and short-term deposits
114, 115, 135–142, 156, 159
Chairman's governance review
74
Chairman's statement
6
Chief Executive's statement
8
Company balance sheet
156
Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code
80
Consolidated balance sheet
114
Consolidated statement of cash flows
115
Consolidated income statement
112
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
116
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
113
Corporate governance
74
Corporate responsibility
26, 60, 169
Corporate Responsibility Committee
79
Creditors
114, 118, 133, 156, 160
Customers
36
D
Debt maturity
136, 141, 142, 160
Debtors
114, 118, 133, 156, 160
Delivering our strategy
4
Delivering superior performance
5
Developments
20, 23, 24, 34, 35, 49, 59
Directors' remuneration
92
Directors' responsibility statement
110
Dividends
116, 129, 143
E
Estimated rental values (ERV)
5
Executive Committee
75, 77, 78
F
Financial calendar
171
Financial highlights
5
Financial instruments
135–142
Financial policies and principles
69
Financial review
62
G
Gearing (see Loan to value)
69
Glossary of terms
173
Going concern
85
Governance structure
75
Gross debt
67, 135, 159
Gross rental income
63, 120
I
Investment and development properties
114
Investment Committee
75, 78
J
Joint ventures and funds
40, 73, 129–132, 168
A
About our business
30
L
Lease lengths
67, 71, 142
Loan to value (LTV) 5, 28, 67, 69, 137
M
Management Committees 78
Markets 12
N
Net asset value (NAV) 5, 62, 69, 119, 152, 154
Net debt 65, 67, 135–142, 152, 159
Notes to the accounts 117
O
Obligations under financial leases 121, 142
Occupancy 18, 31, 32, 33, 36, 53, 54, 58, 71, 141, 165
Offices 3, 13, 18, 33, 57
Other investments 114, 118, 132, 152, 156, 158
P
Pensions 102, 107, 108, 124–126
People
Performance highlights
14, 17, 29, 41, 47
48
Portfolio overview 48
Principal risks and uncertainties 42
R
Real Estate Investment Trusts (REIT
s)
3
Remuneration Policy 94
Remuneration Report 92
Rent-free periods 118, 128, 154
Rent reviews 48, 118
Report of the auditor
Report of the Audit Committee
150, 162
86
Report of the Nomination Committee 90
Residential 13, 22, 23, 25, 33, 34, 35, 49
Retail 3, 12, 19, 22, 32, 53
Risk Committee 75, 79
Risk management 42, 79, 84, 86
S
Share capital 109, 114, 144, 156, 161
Shareholder information 172
Strategy
Supplementary disclosures
4, 16
151
T
Tax
72, 112, 114, 118, 122, 134, 157
Ten year record 170
Total accounting return 28
Total property return 29
Treasury shares 144
U
Underlying profit 62, 112
V
Valuation 88
W
What we do 2

Head office and registered office

York House 45 Seymour Street London W1 H 7 L X Telephone +44 (0)20 7486 4466 Fax +44 (0)20 7935 5552

www.britishland.com info @britishland.com @BritishLandPLC

Design and production Bostock and Pollitt Limited, London Board photography Barry Willis Print C P I Colour

Printed on Hello Fat Matt, from Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) certified sustainable mixed sources. Produced using vegetable based inks and printed by C P I Colour, a carbon neutral company, certified to ISO 14001 and EMAS environmental management standards.

Head office and registered office

York House 45 Seymour Street London W1H 7LX Telephone +44 (0)20 7486 4466 Fax +44 (0)20 7935 5552

@BritishLandPLC

Talk to a Data Expert

Have a question? We'll get back to you promptly.